A Wikiszótárból, a nyitott szótárból
Ugrás a navigációhoz Ugrás a kereséshez


  1. vi-ni-rodhin mfn. (√rudh) checking, obstructing Harav


  1. vi-nir-√gam P. -gacchati, to go out or away, depart or escape from (abl.) MBh. R. &c
  2. to be beside one's self BhP


  1. vi-nirgata mfn. gone out, come forth, issued R. VarBṛS. &c
  2. liberated or freed from (abl.) Mn. viii, 65


  1. vi-ḍnirgati f. coming forth, issuing Car


  1. vi-nirgama m. going out, departure from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. being spread or divulged, spreading abroad MārkP
  3. the last of the three divisions of an astrological house VarBṛS


  1. vi-nir-ghoṣa m. (√ghuṣ) sound MBh


  1. vi-nir-√ji P. -jayati, to conquer completely, win MBh. R
  2. to vanquish, defeat, overpower, subdue Mn. MBh. &c


  1. vi-nirjaya m. complete victory, conquest MBh


  1. vi-nirjita mfn. entirely conquered, subdued, won ib. R. BhP


  1. vi-nir-√jñā (only Pass. -jñāyate), to distinguish, discern, find out ŚBr


  1. vi-nir-ṇī (√nī
  2. only ind. p. -ṇīya), to decide or determine clearly BhP


  1. vi-nirṇaya m. complete settlement or decision, certainty, a settled rule Mn. MBh. &c


  1. vi-nirṇīta mfn. determined clearly, ascertained, certain W


  1. vi-nir-√dah P. -dahati, to burn completely, consume by fire, destroy MBh. BhP


  1. vi-nirdagdha mfn. completely burned up or consumed, utterly destroyed MBh. R. Hariv


  1. vi-nirdahana n. the act of burning or destroying utterly MW
  2. (ī), f. a partic. remedy Suśr


  1. vi-nir-√diś P. -diśati, to assign, destine for (loc.) BhP
  2. to point out, indicate, state, declare, designate as (two acc.) MBh. BhP. Suśr
  3. to announce, proclaim Yājñ. VarBṛS
  4. to determine, resolve, fix upon MBh


  1. vi-ḍnirdiṣṭa mfn. pointed out &c
  2. charged or entrusted with (loc.) R


  1. vi-ḍnirdeśya mfn. to be announced or reported VarBṛS


  1. vi-nir-√dhū (only ind. p. -dhūya), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter R
  2. to shake about, agitate ib
  3. to reject, repudiate Vcar


  1. vi-ḍnirdhuta mfn. shaken off or about, tossed, agitated ib


  1. vi-ḍnirdhūta mfn. shaken off BhP
  2. driven away MBh


  1. vi-nir-bandha m. (√bandh) persistence or perseverance in (comp.) MBh. MārkP


  1. vi-nirbāhu vi-nirbhaya &c. See p. 951, col. 1


  1. vi-nir-bhagna mfn. (√bhañj) broken asunder, broken down MBh
  2. -nayana mfn. one who has his eyes dashed out R


  1. vi-nir-√bharts (only ind. p. -bhartsya), to threaten or revile R. BhP


  1. vi-nir-√bhid (only ind. p. -bhidya), to split asunder, pierce, shoot through MBh. Hariv


  1. vi-ḍnirbhinna mfn. split asunder, cleft, opened, pierced MBh. Daś. BhP


  1. vi-nir-√bhuj (only ind. p. -bhujya), to bend or turn on one side Suśr


  1. vi-nir-bhoga m. (prob. fr. √3. bhuj) N. of a partic. cosmic period Buddh


  1. vi-nir-√math (or manth
  2. only ind. p. -mathya), to churn out Suśr. [Page 971, Column]
  3. to crush, annihilate Kathās


  1. vi-nir-√mā (only pf. -mame, with act. and pass. meaning), to fabricate, create, fashion, form, build, construct out of (instr. or abl.) Bhaṭṭ. Kathās


  1. vi-ḍnirmāṇa n. meting out, measuring MBh
  2. building, forming, creating (ifc. made of formed according to) Kathās. Rājat. Pañcar


  1. vi-ḍnirmātṛ m. a maker, builder, creator MBh


  1. vi-nirmita mfn. formed, created, constructed, built, prepared, made from or fashioned out of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
  2. laid out (as a garden) Kathās
  3. fixed, appointed, destined to be (nom.) Hariv. Kāv
  4. kept, celebrated, observed (as a feast) R


  1. vi-ḍnirmiti f. formation, building, creation Hcat


  1. vi-ḍnirmitsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to form or create Kpr


  1. vi-nir-√muc P. -muñcati (only ind. p. -mucya), to abandon, relinquish (the body, i.e. to die) Hariv.: Pass. -mucyate, to be liberated or set free, be delivered from, be rid of (instr.) PraśnUp


  1. vi-ḍnirmukta mfn. liberated, escaped, free or exempt from (instr. or comp.) MBh. VarBṛS. Suśr. &c
  2. discharged, shot off, hurled R


  1. vi-ḍnirmukti f. (ifc.) liberation W


  1. vi-nir-mokṣa m. (√mokṣ) emancipation, liberation, release from (comp.) MBh. R
  2. exclusion, exemption L


  1. vi-nir-yat mfn. (√5. i) going forth, issuing W


  1. vi-nir-√yā P. -yāti, to go forth, go out, issue, set out MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-ḍniryāṇa n. the act of going forth, setting out R


  1. vi-ḍniryāta mfn. gone forth or out, set out W


  1. vi-nir-√yuj (only fut. -yokṣyāmi), to discharge, shoot off R. ii, 23, 37 (B. vi-ni-yokṣyāmi)


  1. vi-nir-√likh P. -likhati, to make incisions in, scarify Suśr
  2. to scratch or scrape off, free from dirt Car


  1. vi-nir-√vam P. -vamati, to vomit or spit out R


  1. vi-nir-√varṇ (only ind, p. -varṇya), to look closely at, contemplate Śak. v, 17/18 (v. l. for nir-varṇya)


  1. vi-nir-vṛtta mfn. (√vṛt) proceeded, come forth, issued from (abl.) R
  2. completed, finished Yājñ. ii, 31


  1. vi-nír-hata mfn. (√han) completely destroyed AV


  1. vi-nir-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to take out, extract Suśr
  2. to remove, destroy MBh


  1. vi-ni-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to make known, announce, inform, report MBh. R. Kathās
  2. to offer, present Hcat


  1. vi-nivedana n. the act of announcing, announcement Kathās


  1. vi-niḍvedita mfn. made known, announced MBh


  1. vi-ni-√viś Caus. -veśayati, to cause to enter into, set down or place in, put on Hariv. Kāv. Rājat
  2. to apply Kāv
  3. to appoint to, institute or instal in (loc.) MBh
  4. to fix (the eyes or thoughts) upon (loc.) MBh. Hariv
  5. to fix or erect (a statue) Rājat
  6. to establish or found (a city) Kum
  7. to draw up in array (as troops) MBh
  8. (with kare) to place in tribute, make tributary MBh
  9. (with hṛdaye) to impress on the heart Rājat


  1. vi-ḍniviṣṭa mfn. dwelling or residing in (comp.) VarBṛS
  2. occurring in (loc.) Sāh
  3. placed on or in (loc.) Kām
  4. drawn on (loc.) R
  5. laid out (as tanks) MBh
  6. divided i.e. various or different Lāṭy. Sch


  1. vi-niveśa m. putting down, placing upon Śiś. Gīt
  2. an impression (as of the fingers &c.) Śak
  3. putting down (in a book), i.e. mentioning Sarvad
  4. suitable apportionment or disposition ŚrS. Sch
  5. entrance, settling down MW


  1. vi-ḍniveśana n. setting down Dharmaś
  2. raising, erection, building Rājat
  3. arrangement, disposition ĀpŚr. Sch
  4. impressing Yogas. Sch


  1. vi-ḍniveśita mfn. raised, erected, built Rājat
  2. placed or fixed in or on (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-ḍniveśin mfn. situated in or on (comp.) Kathās. [Page 971, Column]


  1. vi-ni-√vṛ Caus. -vārayati (Pass. -vāryate), to keep or ward off, check, prevent, suppress MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to prohibit, forbid Rājat
  3. to remove, destroy MBh. R. &c
  4. to dismiss (a minister), depose (a king) Rājat


  1. vi-nivāraṇa n. keeping off, restraining R. Kathās


  1. vi-ḍnivārita mfn. kept off, prevented, hindered, opposed W
  2. screened, covered ib


  1. vi-ḍnivārya mfn. to be removed or supplanted Rājat


  1. vi-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn back, return MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to turn away, desist or cease from (abl.) ib
  3. to cease, end, disappear Mn. MBh. &c
  4. to be extinguished (as fire) Yājñ
  5. to be omitted Lāṭy.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to return, call or lead back from (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. to cause to cease or desist from (abl.) R. MārkP
  7. to draw back (a missile) MBh
  8. to avert, divert (the gaze) R. Mālav
  9. to give up, abandon MBh. R
  10. to cause to cease, remove R
  11. to render ineffective, annul (a curse, fraudulent transactions &c.) ŚvetUp. Mn. MBh. &c


  1. vi-nivartaka mfn. reversing, annulling TPrāt


  1. vi-nivartana n. turning back, return MBh. R. &c
  2. coming to an end, cessation Daśar. Sch


  1. vi-nivarti f. ceasing, cessation Divyâv


  1. vi-nivartita mfn. caused to turn back or to desist from anything MBh
  2. turned away, averted Mālav


  1. vi-ḍnivartin See a-vinivartin


  1. vi-ḍnivṛtta mfn. turned back, returned, retired, withdrawn Yājñ. R
  2. turned away or averted or adverse from, (abl. or comp.) R. MārkP
  3. (ifc.) freed from MBh
  4. desisting from (abl.), having abandoned or given up R., disappeared, ended, ceased to be Hariv. Kāv. Kathās
  5. -kāma mfn. one whose desires have ceased, foiled in one's wishes Bhag
  6. -śāpa mfn. freed from (the evil effects of) a curse Kathās


  1. vi-ḍnivṛtti f. cessation, coming to an end Mn. Hariv. &c
  2. omission, discontinuance PārGṛ. Car


  1. vi-ni-√śam (only ind. p. -śamya), to hear, learn MBh


  1. vi-niś-√car P. -carati, to go forth in all directions ŚBr. MBh


  1. vi-niś-√ci (only ind. p. -citya), to debate about, deliberate, consider Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to determine, resolve, decide BhP


  1. vi-niścaya m. deciding, settling, ascertainment, settled opinion, decision, firm resolve regarding (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (aṅga-v○, the fixing or settling of a horoscope MW.)
  2. -jña mfn. knowing the certainty of anything MBh


  1. vi-ḍniścāyin mfn. settling finally, deciding Sarvad


  1. vi-niścita mfn. firmly resolved upon (comp.) MBh
  2. ascertained, determined, settled, certain ib. R. &c
  3. (am), ind. most certainly, decidedly Amar
  4. ○târtha mfn. having a decided meaning Bhartṛ


  1. vi-ni-√śvas (cf. vi-niḥ-√śvas), P. -śvasita, to breathe hard, snort, hiss R. Bhaṭṭ
  2. to sigh deeply MBh. R


  1. vi-ḍniśvasita n. exhalation Jātakam


  1. vi-ḍniśvāsa m. breathing hard, sighing, a sigh W


  1. vi-ni-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣīdati, to sit down separately


  1. vi-ni-ṣūdita mfn. (√sūd) destroyed utterly MBh. (C. -sūdita)


  1. vi-niṣkampa vi-niṣkriya &c. See p. 951, col. 1


  1. vi-niṣ-√kṛ Caus. -kārayati, to cause to be mended or repaired Kauś


  1. vi-niṣ-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate (ind. p. -kramya), to step forth, go out, issue from (abl.) MBh. R. &c


  1. vi-ḍniṣkrānta mfn. gone forth, come out MBh


  1. vi-ni-ṣṭan (prob. for vi-niḥ-ṣṭan
  2. ṣṭan = √stan), P. -ṣṭanati, to groan loudly Car


  1. vi-niṣ-ṭapta mfn. (√tap
  2. Pāṇ. 8-3, 102) well roasted or fried R


  1. vi-ni-√ṣṭhiv P. -ṣṭhīvati, or ○vyati, to spit out Suśr


  1. vi-niṣ-√paṭ P. -pāṭayati to split or cleave asunder BhP. [Page 971, Column]


  1. vi-niṣ-√pat P. -patati, to fall out of, fly forth from, rush forth, issue MBh. R. &c
  2. to fly or run away Mn. vii, 106 (Kull. 'to double or flee or move crookedly, as a hare')


  1. vi-ḍniṣpatita mfn. rushed forth, lept out MBh. R


  1. vi-ḍniṣpāta m. rushing forth or out, pushing on (muṣṭi-vi-niṣ○, a blow with the fist) BhP


  1. vi-niṣ-pādya mfn. (√pad) to be accomplished or effected MārkP


  1. vi-niṣ-√piṣ P. -pinaṣṭi, to grind to pieces, crush, bruise MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (pāṇau pāṇim), to rub the hands together MBh


  1. vi-ḍniṣpiṣṭa mfn. ground down, crushed into powder, smashed MBh. BhP


  1. vi-niṣpeṣa m. grinding to pieces, rubbing together, friction MBh


  1. vi-niṣ-√pīḍ P. pīḍayati, to squeeze out Suśr


  1. vi-ni-√sūd See vi-ni-ṣūdita


  1. vi-ni-sṛta See vi-niḥ-sṛta


  1. vi-nis-tap See vi-niṣ-ṭapta


  1. vi-ni-smṛta mfn. (√smṛ) recorded, mentioned Pañcar


  1. vi-ni-√han P. -hanti, to strike down, slay, slaughter, kill, destroy MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-nighnat mfn. striking down, destroying R


  1. vi-nihata mfn. struck down &c
  2. dispelled (as darkness) MBh
  3. disregarded (as a command) R
  4. afflicted, distressed (as the mind) MBh
  5. m. a great or unavoidable calamity, infliction caused by fate or heaven W
  6. a portent, comet, meteor ib


  1. vini-√hnu P. -hnauti, to deny, disown MBh. xiii, 5521 (wṛ. hnoti)


  1. vini-√hḍnihnuta mfn. denied, disowned, hidden, concealed Kāv. Kathās


  1. vi-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te, to lead or take away, remove, avert RV. AV
  2. to throw off, drive away, dispel, expel (a disease) Car
  3. (Ā.) to elicit, draw from (abl.) RV
  4. to stir up (the Soma) RV
  5. to part (the hair) GṛŚrS
  6. to stretch, extend ŚāṅkhBr. R
  7. to train, tame, guide (horses) MBh. Kāv. &c
  8. to educate, instruct, direct MBh. R. &c
  9. to chastise, punish Yājñ. Kum
  10. to induce, ead or cause to (inf.) RV. i, 1, 64, 6
  11. to spend, pass (time) Gīt
  12. to perform, accomplish MBh
  13. (Ā.) to pay off, restore (a debt) Pāṇ. 1-3, 36
  14. to expand (esp. for religious purposes) ib. Sch
  15. to get rid of. give up, cease from (anger) Pāṇ. 1-3, 37: Desid. A. -ninīṣate, to wish to get rid of or give up (egoism) ŚāṅkhSr


  1. vi-nayá mfn. (for 1. See p. 969) leading away or asunder, separating RV. ii, 24, 9
  2. cast, thrown L
  3. secret L
  4. m. taking away, removal, withdrawal Śiś. x, 42
  5. leading, guidance, training (esp. moral training), education, discipline, control MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. (with Buddhists) the rules of discipline for monks MWB. 55 &c
  7. good breeding, propriety of conduct, decency, modesty, mildness ib. (in the Purāṇas sometimes personified as son of Kriyā or of Lajjā)
  8. an office, business Śiś. xi, 36
  9. N. of a son of Sudyumna MārkP
  10. a man of subdued senses L
  11. a merchant, trader L
  12. (ā), f. Sida Cordifolia L
  13. -karman n. instruction Ragh
  14. -kṣudraka or ○ka-vastu n. N. of a Buddhist wk
  15. -grāhin mfn. conforming to rules of discipline, compliant, tractable L
  16. m. an elephant which obeys orders L
  17. -jyotis (?), m. N. of a Muni Kathās
  18. -tā f. good behaviour
  19. modesty Cāṇ
  20. -datta m. N. of a man Mṛicch
  21. -deva m. N. of a teacher Buddh
  22. of a poet Sadukt
  23. -nandin m. N. of the leader of a Jaina sect Inscr
  24. -ṃ-dhara m. N. of a chamberlain Veṇis
  25. -pattra n. = -sūtra (below) Buddh
  26. -piṭaka, 'basket of discipline', (with Buddhists) the collection of treatises on discipline (cf: above)
  27. -pradhāna mfn. having humility pre-eminent, of which modesty is chief. MW
  28. -pramāthin mfn. violating propriety, behaving ill or improperly W
  29. -bhāj mfn. possessing propriety or modesty ib
  30. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of propriety Kād
  31. -yogin mfn. possessing humility MW
  32. -rāma m. = -sundara Cat
  33. -vat mfn. well-behaved (in a-vin○) Vet
  34. (atī), f. N. of a woman Kathās. Daś. Pañcat
  35. -vallī f. N. of wk
  36. -vastu n. (with Buddhists) N. of a section of the works which treat of Vinaya (q.v.) [Page 972, Column]
  37. -vāc mfn. speaking modestly W
  38. f. modest speech ib
  39. -vijaya m. N. of an author Cat
  40. -vibhaṅga m. N. of wk
  41. -vibhāṣā-śāstra n. N. of a Buddhist wk
  42. -śrī f. N. of a woman HPariś
  43. -sāgara, -sundara m. N. of authors Cat
  44. -sūtra n. (with Buddhists) the Sūtra treating of discipline (cf. above)
  45. -stha mfn. conforming to discipline, compliant, tractable L
  46. -svāminī f. N. of a woman Kathās
  47. ○yâditya m. N. of Jayâpiḍa, Rajat
  48. of a king of the race of the Cālukyas Inscr
  49. (-pura n. N. of a town built by Jayâpiḍa Rājat.)
  50. ○yâdidhara (i.e. vinaya-dh○), m. N. of a man Kāv
  51. ○yânvita mfn. endowed with modesty, humble L
  52. ○yâvanata mfn. bending down modestly, bowing low with modesty MBh. Kathās
  53. ○yôkti f. pl. modest speech Bālar


  1. vi-ḍnayana mfn. taking away, removing MBh. Megh
  2. n. the act of taming or training, education, instruction Daś


  1. vi-nāyaka mf(ikā)n. taking away, removing MW
  2. m. 'Remover (of obstacles)', N. of Gaṇêśa Yājñ. VarBṛS. &c
  3. a leader, guide MBh. R
  4. a Guru or spiritual preceptor L
  5. a Buddha L
  6. N. of Garuḍa L
  7. an obstacle, impediment L
  8. = anātha (?) L
  9. N. of various authors &c. Cat
  10. pl. a partic. class of demons MānGṛ. MBh. &c
  11. N. of partic. formulas recited over weapons R
  12. (ikā), f. the wife of Gaṇêśa or Garuḍa L
  13. -caturthī f. the fourth day of the festival in honour of Gaṇea Cat
  14. (○thī-vrata n. N. of wk.)
  15. -carita n. N. of the 73rd ch. of the Krīḍā-khaṇḍa or 2nd part of the Gaṇêśa-Purāṇa
  16. -dvādaśa-nāma-stotra n. N. of wk
  17. -paṇḍita m. N. of a poet ŚārṅgP
  18. = nanda-paṇḍ○ Cat
  19. -purāṇa n. -pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wks
  20. -bhaṭṭa m. N. of various authors Cat
  21. -bhojana-varṇanā f. -māhātmya n. -vratakalpa m. -vrata-pūjā f. -śānti f. -śānti-paddhati f. śānti-prayoga m. -śānti-saṃgraha m. -saṃhitā f. -sahasra-nāman n. -stava-rāja m. N. of wks. or chs. from wks
  22. -snapana-caturthī f. the fourth day of the Ganêśa festival (when his image is bathed) Cat
  23. ○kâvatāra-varṇana n. ○kâvir-bhāva m. ○kôtpatti f. N. of parts of wks


  1. vi-nīta mfn. led or taken away, removed &c
  2. stretched, extended R
  3. tamed, trained, educated, well-behaved, humble, modest Mn. MBh. &c
  4. versed in, acquainted or familiar with (loc. or comp.) Yājñ. R. &c
  5. performed, accomplished MBh
  6. one who has subdued his passions L
  7. lovely, handsome W
  8. plain, neat (in dress &c.) A
  9. m. a trained horse L
  10. a merchant, trader L
  11. N. of a son of Pulastya VP
  12. -tā. f. (Kām.), -tva n. (Ragh.) modesty, decency, decorum
  13. -datta or -deva m. N. of a poet Cat
  14. -prabha m. N. of a Buddhist scholar
  15. -mati m. N. of two men Kathās
  16. -veṣa m. modest or plain attire Śak
  17. ○ṣâbharaṇa mfn. humble or modest in dress and ornaments Mn. viii, 2
  18. -sattva mfn. (a grove) containing tame animals Ragh
  19. -sena m. N. of a man Buddh
  20. ○tâtman mfn. having a well-controlled mind, well-behaved, modest Mn. vii, 39
  21. ○tâśva m. N. of a man Hcat
  22. ○têśvara m. N. of a divine being Buddh


  1. vi-ḍnītaka mṇ. = vainītaka


  1. vi-ḍnīti f. training, good behaviour, modesty Hit


  1. vi-ḍnīya m. = kalka L


  1. vi-netṛ m. a leader, guide, instructor, teacher MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a chastiser, punisher Ragh. Mcar
  3. a tamer, trainer Kull. on Mn. iii, 162
  4. a prince, king L


  1. vi-netra m. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 1) a teacher, preceptor Hariv


  1. vi-neya mfn. to be taken away or removed Hariv
  2. to be trained or educated or instructed Sāh. Sarvad
  3. to be chastised L
  4. m. a pupil, disciple L


  1. vi-nīla vi-nīvi &c. See p. 951, col. 1


  1. vi-√nu Ā. -navate, to go or spread in different directions RV. x, 22, 9


  1. vi-√nud P. Ā. -nudati, ○te, to drive away or asunder, scare away, dispel, remove RV. ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. to strike (cords), play (on a musical instrument) BhP. (vḷ. vi-tud), Caus. -nodayati, to drive asunder or away, dispel Śiś. Gīt
  3. to spend (time) MBh
  4. to divert, amuse, entertain Hariv. Kāv. Kathās
  5. to amuse one's self with, delight in (instr.) Ragh.v, 67


  1. vi-ḍnutti f. dispelling, removal Kāṭh
  2. N. of an Ekâha ŚrS


  1. vi-ḍnúd f. a stroke, thrust, blow RV. ii, 13, 3


  1. vi-ḍnunna mfn. driven asunder &c
  2. stricken, hurt, wounded MBh. [Page 972, Column]


  1. vi-noda m. driving away, removal VarBṛS. Kathās
  2. diversion, sport, pastime, pleasure, playing or amusing one's self with (comp.) Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat. &c. (○dāya ind. for pleasure)
  3. eagerness, vehemence L
  4. a kind of embrace L
  5. a kind of palace L
  6. N. of wk. on music
  7. -kallola m. -mañjari f. -raṅga m. N. of wks
  8. -rasika mfn. given or addicted to pleasure Kathās
  9. -vat mfn. amusing, delightful ib
  10. -sthāṇa n. ground (lit. and fig.) for pleasure or enjoyment Śak
  11. ○dârtham ind. for the sake of sport or pleasure Kathās
  12. ○dâpapādin mfn. causing pleasure or delight ib


  1. vi-ḍnodana n. diversion, play, amusement, pastime (-tā f.) Kāv. Kathās
  2. -śata n. pl. hundreds of amusements Vikr


  1. vi-ḍnodita mfn. (fr. Caus.) driven away, dispelled Śiś. Gīt
  2. diverted, amused, delighted R. Hariv
  3. allayed, soothed W


  1. vi-nodin mfn. driving away, dispelling Śak. Kathās
  2. amusing, diverting Kathās. Pañcar


  1. vi-√nṛt P. -nṛtyati, to begin to dance TBr


  1. vinôkti See under vinā, p. 969


  1. vinta m. N. of a partic. divine being MārkP


  1. vind P. vindati, See √3. vid


  1. vinda mfn. finding, getting, gaining (ifc
  2. See go-, cāru-v○ &c.)
  3. m. a partic. hour of the day R
  4. N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
  5. of a king of Avanti ib


  1. vindaka m. N. of a man Rājat


  1. vindát-vat mfn. containing a form of √3. vid
  2. (atī), f. a verse of this kind MaitrS


  1. vindu mfn. finding, getting, acquiring, procuring PañcavBr. (cf. go-, loka-v○)


  1. vindu mfn. (fr. √1. vid) knowing, acquainted or familiar with (ifc.) Vās
  2. = veditavya L


  1. vindu ○duka, ○dula. See bindu


  1. vindh Ā. vindhate, See √2. vidh


  1. vindha vindha-culaka wṛ. for vindhya, vindhya-culika


  1. vindha-pattra m. (or ī f.) a plant (commonly called Bel Suṇṭh) L


  1. vindhasa (?), m. the moon L


  1. vindhya m. (of doubtful derivation) N. of a low range of hills connecting the Northern extremities of the Western and Eastern Ghauts, and separating Hindūstān proper from the Dekhan (the Vindhya range is reckoned among the seven principal ranges of Bhārata-varsha [see kulagiri, p. 294, col.], and according to Manu ii, 21, forms the Southern limit of Madhya-deśa or the middle region
  2. according to a legend related in MBh. iii, 8782 &c., the personified Vindhya, jealous of Himâlaya, demanded that the sun should revolve round him in the same way as about Meru, which the sun declining to do, the Vindhya then began to elevate himself that he might bar the progress of both sun and moon
  3. the gods alarmed, asked the aid of the saint Agastya, who approached the Vindhya and requested that by bending down he would afford him an easy passage to the South country, begging at the same time that he would retain a low position till his return
  4. this he promised to do, but Agastya never returned, and the Vindhya range consequently never attained the elevation of the Himâlaya) Mn. MBh. &c
  5. N. of a prince HPariś
  6. a hunter L
  7. (ā), f. Averrhoa Acida L
  8. small cardamoms L


  1. ○kandara n. N. of a place Cat


  1. ○kūṭa


  1. ○kūḍṭaka or m. N. of the saint Agastya L


  1. ○kūḍṭana m. N. of the saint Agastya L


  1. ○ketu m. N. of a king of the Pulindas Kathās


  1. ○kailāsavāsinī f. a form of Durgā Hariv


  1. ○giri m. the Vindhya range of hills Vās


  1. ○culika m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. -pulika)


  1. ○nilayā f. a form of Durgā L


  1. ○nivāsin m. N. of Vyāḍi L. (cf. -vāsin)


  1. ○para m. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas Kathās


  1. ○parvata m. = -giri Virac


  1. ○pālaka m. pl. N. of a people VP


  1. ○pulika m. pl. id. MBh. (cf. -culika)


  1. ○mūlika (VP.) or (MārkP.), m. pl. id


  1. ○mauleya (MārkP.), m. pl. id


  1. ○vat m. N. of a man, MārkP


  1. ○vana n. a forest in the Vindhya R


  1. ○varman m. N. of a king Inscr


  1. ○vāsin mfn. dwelling in the VṭVindhya L
  2. m. N. of Vyāḍi Cat. Vās., Introd. [Page 972, Column]
  3. of a medical writer Cat
  4. (inī), f. (with or without devii) a form of Durgā Kathās. Daś
  5. N. of a place VP
  6. ○nī-daśaka n. N. of wk


  1. ○śakti m. of a king VP. Inscr


  1. ○śaila m. the Vindhya hills MW


  1. ○sena m. N. of a king VP. (v. l. bimbisāra)


  1. ○stha mfn. residing in the VṭVindhya L
  2. m. N. of Vyāḍi Cat


  1. vindhyâcala m. = ○ya-giri Var
  2. -vāsinī f. a form of Durgā RTL. 575


  1. vindhyâṭavī f. a forest in the Vindhya VarBṛS. Kathās. &c


  1. vindhyâdri m. = ○ya-giri Ragh. VarBṛS. &c
  2. -vāsinī f. = vindhya-vās○? MW


  1. vindhyâdhivāsinī f. a form of Durgā Cat


  1. vindhyânta-vāsin m. pl. the inhabitants of the inner Vindhya VarBṛS


  1. vindhyâri m. N. of Agastya KāśīKh


  1. vindhyâvali or f. N. of the wife of the Asura Bali and mother of Bāṇa Pur


  1. vindhyâvalī f. N. of the wife of the Asura Bali and mother of Bāṇa Pur
  2. ○lī-putra (C.) or -suta (W.), m. N. of the Asura Bāṇa


  1. vindhyêśvarī-prasāda m. N. of an author Cat


  1. vindhyaka m. pl. N. of a dynasty VP


  1. vindhyāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to represent or act the part of the Vindhya mountains Śiś


  1. vinna See pp. 964, 965


  1. vinni-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author Cat


  1. vi-ny-aya m. (√5. i) position, situation TPrāt


  1. vi-ny-√as P. -asyati (rarely -asati), to put or place down in different places, spread out, distribute, arrange Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to put down, deposit, place or lay on, fix in, turn or direct towards, apply to (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to mark or designate by (instr.) Megh
  4. to entrust or make over to (loc.) Vikr


  1. vi-ḍnyasana n. putting down (pada-vinyasaṇam-√kṛ, to put down the feet, step, stride) Vcar


  1. vi-ḍnyasta mfn. put or placed down &c
  2. directed to (as the mind, eyes) R
  3. entrusted, delivered Yājñ


  1. vi-ḍnyasya mfn. to be put or placed upon (upari) VarBṛS


  1. vi-ḍnyāsa m. putting or placing down &c
  2. a deposit W
  3. putting on (ornaments) Kāvyâd
  4. movement, position (of limbs), attitude TPrāt. Kāv
  5. arrangement, disposition, order Pur
  6. scattering, spreading out MBh. Hariv
  7. establishment, foundation MārkP
  8. putting together, connecting (words &c.), composition (of literary works) Vās. Sāh. &c
  9. exhibition, display (ifc. = showing, displaying) MBh
  10. the utterance of words of despair Sāh
  11. assemblage, collection W
  12. any site or receptacle on or in which anything is deposited ib
  13. -rekhā f. a line drawn Bālar


  1. vinyāka m. the tree Echites Scholaris L


  1. vip (or vep), cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. x, 6) vepate (ep. also ○ti
  2. p. vipāná RV
  3. pf. vivepe Gr
  4. vivipre RV
  5. aor. avepiṣṭa Br
  6. fut. vepitā, vepiṣyate Gr
  7. inf. vepitum ib.), to tremble, shake, shiver, vibrate, quiver, be stirred RV. &c. &c
  8. to start back through fear Pañcar. Kathās.: Caus. vipáyati or vepayati (aor. aviivipat), to cause to tremble or move, shake, agitate RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Lat. vibrare ; Goth. weipan ; Germ. wîfen, weifen, Wipfel Eng. whiffle.]


  1. víp mfn. inwardly stirred or excited, inspired RV
  2. f. 'easily moved or bent, flexible (?)', a switch, rod &c., the shaft (of an arrow), the rods (which form the bottom of the Soma filter, and support the straining cloth) RV
  3. a finger Naigh. ii, 5


  1. vipá m. a learned man (= medhāvin) Naigh. iii, 15
  2. (ā), f. speech (= vāc) ib. i, 11


  1. vipaś in comp. for vipas


  1. ○cí mfn. = next TBr


  1. ○cít mfn. inspired, wise, learned, versed in or acquainted with (comp.) RV. &c. &c
  2. m. N. of Indra under Manu Svārocisha Pur
  3. of the Supreme Spirit Sarvad
  4. of a Buddha (prob. wṛ. for vipaśyin) Lalit


  1. ○cita mfn. = prec. Hariv


  1. vipina n. 'stirring or waving (scil. in the wind)', a wood, forest, thicket, grove MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a multitude, quantity Bālar
  3. -tilaka n. a kind of metre Col
  4. ○nâukas m. wood-dweller', an ape, monkey Mcar


  1. vipināya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become or be like a forest Gīt


  1. vipo-dhā mfn. (fr. vipas + dhā) bestowing inspiration RV. x, 46, 5


  1. vípra mf(ā)n. stirred or excited (inwardly), inspired, wise (said of men and gods, esp. of Agni, Indra, the Aśvins, Maruts &c
  2. cf. paṇḍita) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr. [Page 973, Column]
  3. learned (esp. in theology) TS. ŚBr
  4. a sage, seer, singer. poet, learned theologian RV. VS. ŚBr
  5. a Brāhman (ā f. a Brâhman woman) Mn. MBh. &c
  6. a priest, domestic priest R
  7. the moon L
  8. the month Bhādrapada L
  9. Ficus Religiosa L
  10. Acacia Sirissa L
  11. (in prosody) a proceleusmatic Col
  12. N. of a son of Ślishṭi VP. (vḷ. ripra)
  13. of a son of Śrutaṃ-jaya (or Śṛitaṃ-jaya) BhP
  14. of a son of Dhruva ib
  15. pl. a class of demi-gods (mentioned with the Sādhyas, Yakshas and Rākshasas) ĀśvGṛ


  1. ○kanyā f. a Brāhman girl MW


  1. ○kāṣṭha n. Thespesia Populneoides L


  1. ○kuṇḍa m. adulterous offspring of BrṭBrāhman parents L


  1. ○cit m. N. of a Dānava (father of Rāhu) BhP. (cf. -citti)


  1. ○cita g. sutaṃ-gamâdi


  1. ○citta wṛ. for next


  1. ○citti (vípra-), mfn. sagacious TBr
  2. m. N. of a preceptor BṛĀrUp
  3. of a Dānava (father of Rāhu) Suparṇ. MBh. &c. (cf. -cit)
  4. f. N. of an Apsaras VP


  1. ○cūdāmaṇi m. 'BrṭBrāhman-jwel', an excellent Brâhman MW


  1. ○jana m. a Brāhman or a priest (also collectively) MBh
  2. N. of a man (with the patr. Saurāki), Kāh


  1. ○jūta (vípra-), mfn. impelled or urged by the wise RV


  1. ○jūti m. N. of a man (with the patr. Vātaraśana, author of RV. x, 136, 3) Anukr


  1. ○tama (vípra-), mfn. most wise, wisest RV


  1. ○tā f. the rank or condition of a BrṭBrāhman (-tām upa-√gam, to become a Brāhman) VP


  1. ○tāpasa m. a Brāhman ascetic Kathās


  1. ○tva n. the rank of a Brāhman or a scholar Yājñ. BhP


  1. ○damana m. 'Brāhman-tamer', N. of a man (in a farce) Kautukas


  1. ○daha m. (possibly vi + pra + daha) dried fruit or roots &c. L


  1. ○deva m. N. of a prince Inscr
  2. of a chief of the Bhāgavatas Cat


  1. ○putra m. a Brāhman's son Kathās


  1. ○priya mfn. dear to Brâhman R
  2. m. the Palāśa tree L
  3. n. thick sour milk L


  1. ○bandhu m. 'Brāhman's friend', N. of the author of RV. v, 24, 4 ; x, 57-60 (having the patr. Gaupāyana or Laupāyana) Anukr


  1. ○bhāva m. the rank or dignity of a Brāhman Daś


  1. ○maṭha m. a Brâhman monastery Kathās


  1. ○manman (vípra-), mfn. having an inspired mind RV


  1. ○rā́ya n. the reign of the wise or pious RV
  2. the kingdom or sovereignty of the Brāhman or priests Pañcar


  1. ○rṣabha (for ṛṣ○), m. bull i.e. chief among Brāhman MBh


  1. ○rṣi (for ṛṣi), m. a BrṭBrāhman Ṛishi, priestly sage (e.g. Vasishṭha) MBh. R. Pur


  1. ○lobhin m. 'BrṭBrāhman-enticing', N. of the Kiṅkirāta tree L


  1. ○vacas (vípra-), mfn. one whose words are inspired RV


  1. ○vat ind. like a Brāhman Mn. iii, 220


  1. ○vācana n. = órāhmaṇa-v○ Hcat


  1. ○vāhas mfn. receiving the homage and offerings of the wise RV


  1. ○vitti v. l. for -citti


  1. ○vīra m. a heroic Brāhman Kathās
  2. (vípra-), mfn. having inspired men or inspiring men RV


  1. ○śeṣita n. the remainder of a BrṭBrāhman food L


  1. ○samāgama m. a concourse of BrṭBrâhman MW


  1. ○sāt-√kṛ P. -karoti, to present anything (acc.) to Brāhman Ragh


  1. ○sevā f. service of a Brāhman master Mn. x, 123


  1. ○sva n. the property of a BrṭBrāhman Mṛicch


  1. viprâdhipa m. the moon
  2. -mukhā f. a moon-faced woman Hcat


  1. viprânumadita mfn. rejoiced at by seer or poets TBr. ŚBr


  1. viprâpavāda m. abuse of a Brāhman W


  1. viprâvamanyaka mfn. despising Brāhmans VP


  1. viprêndra m. chief of Brāhmans MBh


  1. vipraka m. a contemptible Brāhman Kautukas


  1. vi-paktrima vi-pakva, See p.951, col. 1


  1. vi-pakṣa mfn. deprived of wings R
  2. m. 'being on a different side.', an opponent, adversary, enemy (mfn. 'counteracting' Jātakam.) Inscr. Kāv. Kathās
  3. a disputant Kir
  4. a female rival Ragh. Śiś
  5. the day of transition' from one half of a lunar month to another KātyŚr
  6. (in gram.) an exception MW
  7. (in logic) a counter-statement, counter-instance, argument proving the contrary (e.g. 'there cannot be fire in a lake, because there is no smoke there') Tarkas. Bhāshāp. Sāh
  8. -tas ind. from or after a rival Kir
  9. hostilely, inimically W
  10. -tā f. -tva n. hostility, enmity, opposition R
  11. -bhāva m. hostile disposition, state of hostility Ragh
  12. -ramaṇī f. a female rival Amar
  13. -śūla m. N. of a chief of a sect called Ārādhya Cat
  14. ○kṣâkrānta mfn. seized by an enemy MW
  15. ○kṣī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to deprive of wings Kathās
  16. ○kṣīya. mfn. hostile, inimical BhP


  1. vipakṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make enemies (p.p. vi-pakṣita) MBh


  1. vi-√pac P. -pacati, to cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking or boiling KātyŚr. Suśr. [Page 973, Column]
  2. Pass. -pacyate, to be cooked or baked or roasted MBh
  3. to be digested ib
  4. to be completely matured or ripened or developed Ragh. Suśr
  5. to bear fruit, develop consequences VarBṛS.: Caus. -pācayati, to cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking, melt, liquefy Suśr


  1. vi-ḍpaktavya mfn. to be cooked or boiled Car


  1. ví-pāka mf(ā)n. ripe, mature RV
  2. m. cooking, dressing (= pacana) L
  3. ripening, maturing (esp. of the fruit of actions), effect, result, consequence (of actions in the present or former births pursuing those who commit them through subsequent existences) Yājñ. MBh. &c
  4. maturing of food (in the stomach), digestion conversion of food into a state for assimilation MBh. Hariv. Suśr
  5. bad digestion Car
  6. any change of form or state Uttarar
  7. calamity, distress', misfortune Yājñ. Uttarar
  8. withering, fading Śiś
  9. 'sweat' or 'flavour '(sveda or svāda) L
  10. (ibc.) subsequently, afterwards ( See comp.)
  11. -kaṭuka mfn. sharp or bitter in its consequences Kathās
  12. -kāla m. the time of ripening or maturing Rājat
  13. -tīvra mfn. sharp or terrible in consequence of (comp.) BhP
  14. -dāruṇa mfn. terrible or dangerous in results Prab
  15. -doṣa m. morbid affection of the digestive powers Suśr
  16. -visphūrjathu m. the consequences (of sins committed in a former birth) compared to a thunder stroke Ragh
  17. -śruta n. N. of a sacred book of the Jainas W


  1. ví-ḍpākin mfn. ripening, maturing bearing fruits or having consequences, Mālatim
  2. difficult to be digested (in a-vip○) Car


  1. vi-√pañcaya P. -pañcayati, to divulge, proclaim HPariś. (cf. pra-pañcaya)


  1. vi-pañcanaka or m. a soothsayer Divyâv


  1. vi-pañḍcika m. a soothsayer Divyâv


  1. vi-pañcikā vi-patāka &c. See p. 951, col. 2


  1. vi-√paṭ P. -pāṭayati, to split in two, tear open, tear out, destroy MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to drive asunder, scare away Kād. Rājat


  1. vi-pāṭa m. a kind of arrow MBh. Śiś
  2. N. of a man MBh


  1. vi-ḍpāṭaka mfn. (prob.) opening, unfolding, bringing MārkP


  1. vi-ḍpāṭana n. the act of splitting in two, tearing open Nir
  2. eradication, destruction Rājat
  3. acute pain Car


  1. vi-ḍpāṭita mfn. split in two, torn asunder, uprooted, eradicated, destroyed Hariv. Pur. &c
  2. separated, divided Ṣaguruś


  1. vi-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to read through, peruse BhP


  1. vi-√paṇ P. -paṇati, to sell Hariv. Pañcat
  2. Ā. -paṇate, to bet, wager for (gen.) MBh


  1. vi-paṇa m. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 2) selling, sale Mn. MBh. &c
  2. a wager MBh
  3. a trading-place, shop, market-place MBh. MārkP
  4. 'market' (fig. applied to speech, the organ of speech, or the energy of activity) MārkP
  5. N. of Śiva MBh. (= nirvyavahāra or daṇḍâdi-rahita)
  6. ○ṇâpaṇa-vat mfn. furnished with shops and markets MBh


  1. ○paṇana n. selling, traffic Śiś. Sch


  1. ○ḍpaṇi f. sale, traffic Mn. MBh. Hariv
  2. a place where things are sold, shop, stall, fair, market-place MBh. Kāv. &c. (also ī f.)
  3. any article or commodity for sale L
  4. a street of shops L
  5. -gata mfn. being on the market Mālav
  6. -jīvikā f. subsistence by traffic MBh
  7. -jīvin mfn. subsisting by traffic Hariv
  8. -patha m. a shop-street Kād
  9. -madhya-ga mfn. being in the midst of a market Kathās
  10. -stha-paṇya mfn. (a town) containing commodities exposed for sale Ragh


  1. ○ḍpaṇin m. a trader, shopkeeper, merchant Śiś


  1. vi-√pat P. -patati, to fly or dash or rush through RV. i, 168, 6
  2. to fly apart, fall off, burst asunder, be divided or separated ŚBr. ChUp
  3. to fly along RV. x, 96, 9: Caus. -patayati, to fly in various directions RV. iii, 55, 3
  4. to fall asunder, be opened ib., vi, 9, 6
  5. -pātayati, to cause to fly away, shoot off (arrows) AV
  6. to cause to fly asunder or off, split or strike off (a head) ib
  7. to strike down, kill MBh


  1. vi-ḍpatita (ví-), mfn. flown away, fallen off &c
  2. -loman mfn. one whose hair has fallen out ŚBr


  1. ví-patman See under 1. vi, p. 949, col. 3


  1. vi-pāta g. brāhmaṇâdi


  1. vi-ḍpātaka mfn. (fr. prec.), g. yāvâdi


  1. vi-ḍpātana n. (fr. Caus.) melting, liquefying Pāṇ. 7-3, 39


  1. vi-patha m. n. a different path, wrong road, evil course L. [Page 973, Column]
  2. a partic. high number Buddh
  3. (á), m. n. a kind of chariot (fit for untrodden paths) AV. PañcavBr. ŚrS
  4. -gāmin mfn. going in a wrong way or evil course MW
  5. -gati f. the going in a wrong way MBh
  6. -yamaka n. a kind of Yamaka (q.v.) in which the paronomasia is only at the beginning and end of the verse (e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 16)
  7. -yuga n. a yoke fit for bad roads ĀpŚr
  8. -vāhá m. drawing a chariot called Vipatha ( See above) AV
  9. ○thâvapāta-paratā f. the inclination to go in wrong ways (or pursue evil courses) Rājat


  1. ○pathaya Nom. P. ○yati, to lead upon the wrong way Lalit


  1. ○pathi (vi-), mfn. going in wrong ways RV
  2. going on paths that spread in different directions MW


  1. vi-√pad Ā. -padyate, to fall or burst asunder MBh. xi, 95
  2. to come between, intervene, prevent, hinder Kauś
  3. to go wrongly, fail, miscarry, come to nought, perish die ṢaḍvBr. MBh. &c.: Caus. pādayati, to cause to perish, destroy, kill Rājat


  1. vi-pat in comp. for vi-pad
  2. -kara mf(ī)n. causing misfortune Harav
  3. (ī), f. N. of a goddess ib
  4. -kāla m. season of misfortune or calamity Hit
  5. -phala mfn. resulting in misfortune, calamitous MW
  6. -sāgara m. 'ocean of misfortune', heavy calamity W


  1. vi-patti f. going wrongly, adversity, misfortune, failure, disaster (opp. to sam-pattí) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. unfavourableness (of time) Kām
  3. ruin, destruction, death MBh. R. &c
  4. cessation, end MBh. xii, 9140
  5. agony, torment (= yātanā) L
  6. -kara mfn. causing misfortune or calamity VarBṛS
  7. -kāla m. a season of adversity or misfortune Pañcat
  8. -yukta mfn. attended with misfortune, unfortunate W
  9. -rahita mfn. free from misfortune, prosperous, happy ib


  1. vi-pad f. going wrongly, misfortune, adversity, calamity, failure, ruin, death MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. -ākrānta and -gata mfn. fallen into misfortune L
  3. -uddharaṇa n. -uddhāra m. extrication from misfortune W
  4. -grasta mfn. seized by misfortune, unfortunate ib
  5. -daśā f. a state of misfortune, calamitous position MW
  6. -yukta mfn. attended with misfortune, unfortunate W
  7. -rahita mfn. free from misfortune, prosperous ib


  1. vi-ḍpadā f. misfortune, adversity, calamity L


  1. vi-ḍpadī f. g. kumbha-pady-ādi


  1. vi-panna mfn. gone wrong, failed, miscarried (opp. to sam-panna) MBh
  2. afflicted, distressed Hit
  3. ruined, destroyed, decayed, dead, gone MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. m. a snake L
  5. -kṛtya mfn. (a deity) whose rites have been disturbed or neglected VarBṛS
  6. -tā f. misfortune, ruin, destruction VarBṛS. (-tāṃgataḥ, ruined R.)
  7. -dīdhiti mfn. one whose splendour or glory is gone. Bhartṛ
  8. -deha mfn. 'having a decomposed body', dead, defunct Mṛicch. i, 30
  9. ○nnâpatyā f. a woman who has lost her child by abortion MW
  10. ○nnârtha mfn. one whose property or fortune is ruined R. (vḷ. ○nnâtman)


  1. vi-ḍpannaka mfn. unfortunate, dead, destroyed MW


  1. vi-pādana n. the act of destroying, killing, destruction W


  1. vi-ḍpādaniya


  1. vi-ḍpāditavya or mfn. to be killed, destructible ib


  1. vi-ḍpādya mfn. to be killed, destructible ib


  1. vi-ḍpādita mfn. destroyed, killed ib


  1. vipadumaka (?), n. a dead body gnawed by worms Buddh


  1. vi-√pan (only 1. pl. pr. Pass. -panyāmahe), to pride one's self, boast RV. i, 180, 7


  1. vi-ḍpanyā́ or ind. joyfully, wonderfully RV. ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. vi-ḍpanyáyā ind. joyfully, wonderfully RV. ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. vi-ḍpanyú mfn. praising, admiring, rejoicing, exulting RV
  2. wonderful, admirable (said of the Aśvins and Maruts) ib


  1. vi-pari-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to step or walk round, circumambulate ŚBr


  1. vi-ḍparikrānta mfn. one who has shown valour (in battle), courageous, powerful R


  1. vi-ḍparikrā́mam ind. having walked round, going all about ŚBr


  1. vi-pari-√gā P. -jigāti, to go over, be upset (as a cart) BhP


  1. vi-pari-cchinna mfn. (√chid) cut off on all sides, utterly destroyed
  2. -mūla mfn. having the roots cut completely round or off, entirely uprooted MBh


  1. vi-pari-ṇam (√nam), Pass. -ṇamyate, to undergo change or alteration, be changed into (instr.) Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Sch.: Caus. -ṇamayati, to alter, change into (instr.) Pat. ĀpŚr. Sch. [Page 974, Column]


  1. vi-ḍpariṇata mfn. altered, changed ib


  1. vi-ḍpariṇamana n. changing, change, alteration MW


  1. vi-ḍpariṇamayitavya mfn. to be changed or altered Pat


  1. vi-ḍpariṇāma m. change, exchange, transformation Pat. Śaṃk. &c
  2. ripening, maturing Naigh. Sch


  1. vi-ḍpariṇāmin mfn. undergoing a change of state or form, turning into (instr.) Kull. on Mn. i, 27


  1. vi-pari-ṇīta mfn. (√nī) having one's place changed for that of another ṢaḍvBr


  1. vi-pari-√tap Pass. -tapyate, to be greatly distressed, suffer great pain R


  1. vi-pari-√dru P. -dravati, to run round about Kāṭh


  1. vi-pari-√dhā Ā. -dhatte, to exchange, alter TS. Kauś
  2. (ind. p. -dhāya, with or scil. vāsas, having shifted one's clothes) Gobh. Yājñ


  1. vi-ḍparidhāna n. change, exchange Kauś


  1. vi-pari-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run about or through, overrun MBh. Hariv. R


  1. vi-paridhāvaka mfn. running about or in all directions R


  1. vi-pari-√pat P. -patati, to fly round or back ŚBr. Saṃk


  1. vi-pari-bhraṃśa m. (√bhraṃś) failure, miscarriage MBh
  2. (ifc.) being deprived of, loss ib


  1. vi-pari-√muc Pass. -mucyate, to be freed or released from (abl.) MBh


  1. vi-pari-mlāna mfn. (√mlai) entirely faded or withered R


  1. vi-pari-lupta mfn. (√lup) broken or destroyed utterly, broken up Śaṃk


  1. vi-pari-luḍparilopá m. destruction, loss, ruin ŚBr. Śaṃk


  1. vi-pari-vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn round, revolve Bhag
  2. to roll (on the ground) Mn. vi, 22
  3. to move about, roam, wander MBh
  4. &c
  5. to turn round or back, return MBh
  6. to be transformed, change, alter ib
  7. to visit or afflict continually ib.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn round or revolve, turn round or away Lāṭy. MBh. &c


  1. vi-parivartana mf(ī)n. causing to turn round or to return
  2. (ī), f. (with or scil. vidyā) a partic. magical formula supposed to be efficacious in causing the return of an absent person Kathās
  3. n. turning round ĀpŚr. Sch
  4. rolling about, wallowing R


  1. vi-ḍparivartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned away
  2. ○tâdhara mfn. having the lips turned away Ragh


  1. vi-parivṛtti f. turning round or back, return Prab


  1. vi-pari-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to transpose, exchange Br. GṛŚrS


  1. vi-pariharaṇa n. transposition, exchange ĀpŚr. Sch


  1. vi-ḍparihāra m. id. Sāy


  1. vi-parī7 ([pari+ √i), P. -pary-eti, to turn round or back, return ŚBr
  2. to turn out badly or wrongly, fail, Mālatim


  1. vi-parī7ta mfn. turned round, reversed, inverted ĀśvŚr. Nir. &c
  2. being the reverse of anything, acting in a contrary manner, opposite, contrary to (abl.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
  3. going asunder or in different directions, various, different KaṭhUp
  4. perverse, wrong, contrary to rule MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. adverse, inauspicious, unfavourable ib
  6. false, untrue Bhām
  7. (ā), f. a perverse or unchaste woman L
  8. N. of two metres RPrāt
  9. -kara or -kartṛ mfn. acting in a contrary manner or perversely MW
  10. -kārin mfn. id. Gīt
  11. -krīḍā f. N. of a ch. of ŚārṅgP
  12. -gati mfn. going backwards or in a reverse direction W
  13. f. inverse or reverse motion ib
  14. -graha-prakaraṇa n. N. of. wk
  15. -citta (MBh.), -cetas (R.), mfn. contrary-minded, having a perverted mind or impaired mental faculties
  16. -tā f. -tva n. contrariety, inversion, counterpart Kāv. Pañcat
  17. -pathyā f. a kind of metre Col
  18. -pratyaṅgirā f. N. of a Tantric wk
  19. -buddhi (Pañcat.), -bodha (MW.), -mati (Yājñ.), mfn. = -citta
  20. -malla-taila n. a kind of preparation made of oil Bhpr
  21. -rata n. inverted sexual intercourse Caurap
  22. -lakṣaṇā f. ironical description of an object by mentioning its contrary properties MW
  23. -vat ind. invertedly R
  24. -vṛtti mfn. acting or behaving in a contrary manner Ragh
  25. ○tâkhyānakī f. 'inverted Ākhyānaki', a kind of metre Col
  26. ○tâdi n. (with vakra) a kind of metre Ked. [Page 974, Column]
  27. ○tânta m. (with pragātha) a kind of metre RPrāt
  28. ○tâyana n. a contrary Ayana or progress of the sun from solstice to solstice (-gata mfn. situated in contrary Ayanas) MW
  29. ○tôttara n. (with pragātha) a kind of metre RPrāt


  1. vi-parī7taka mfn. reversed, inverted Kāv
  2. m. (with bandha) inverted coitus L


  1. vi-paryaya mfn. reversed, inverted, perverse, contrary to (gen.) BhP
  2. m. turning round, revolution Jyot
  3. running off, coming to an end R
  4. transposition, change, alteration, inverted order or succession, opposite of. ĀśvŚr. Nir. MBh. &c. (e.g. buddhi-v○, the opposite opinion
  5. svapna-v○, the opp of sleep, state of being awake
  6. saṃdhi-viparyayau, peace and its opposite i.e. war
  7. viparyaye, ○yena and ○yāt ind. in the oppṭopposite case, other wise)
  8. exchange, barter (e.g. dravya-v○, exchange of goods, buying and selling, trade) MW
  9. change for the worse, reverse of fortune, calamity, misfortune Mn. MBh. &c
  10. perverseness R. Kathās. BhP
  11. overthrow, min, loss, destruction (esp. of the world) Kāv
  12. change of opinion Sāh
  13. change of purpose or conduct, enmity, hostility W
  14. misapprehension, error, mistake Mn. BhP. Sarvad
  15. mistaking anything to be the reverse or opposite of what it is MW
  16. shunning, avoiding R. vii, 63, 31 (Sch.)
  17. N. of partic. forms of intermittent fever Suśr


  1. vi-ḍparyāya m. = vi-paryaya, reverse, contrariety L


  1. vi-parê ([parA-+√i]
  2. only Impv. -páretana), to go back again, return RV. x, 85, 33


  1. viparya m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh


  1. vi-pary-√as Ā. -asyate, to turn over, turn round, overturn, reverse, invert ŚBr. Gaut
  2. to change, interchange, exchange KātyŚr
  3. to have a wrong notion, be in error Bhartṛ.: Caus. -āsayati, to cause to turn round or to change Bālar


  1. vi-ḍpáryasta mfn. turned over, reversed, opposite, contrary AitBr. MBh. &c
  2. (in gram.) interchanged, inverted Pāṇ. 2-3, 56 Sch
  3. standing round Kathās
  4. erroneously conceived to be real W
  5. -tā f. perverseness Siṃhâs
  6. -putrā f. a woman bearing no male children MW
  7. -manaś-ceṣṭa mfn. having mind and actions perverted or inverted Mṛicch


  1. vi-paryāsa m. overturning, overthrow, upsetting (of a car) GṛS
  2. transposition, transportation MBh
  3. expiration, lapse (of time) MBh
  4. exchange, inversion, change, interchange ŚrS. MBh. &c
  5. reverse, contrariety, opposition, opposite of (e.g. stuti-v○, the opposite of praise, i.e. blame) MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. change for the worse, deterioration MBh
  7. death R
  8. perverseness Rājat
  9. error, mistake, delusion, imagining what is unreal or false to be real or true Kāv. Bhāshāp. Pañcat
  10. ○sôpamā f. an inverted comparison (in which the relation between the Upamāna and Upameya is inverted) Kāvyâd


  1. vi-ḍparyā́sam ind. alternately AitBr. ŚBr. Śulbas


  1. vi-pary-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to be turned back Kauś.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn away from, cause to be overturned TS


  1. vi-pary-√ūh P. -ūhati, to place or fix separately TS


  1. vi-pala n. (fr. pala) a moment, instant, 1/6 or 1/10 of a breathing, Siddhântas


  1. vi-palây (fr. palā = parā + ay = √5. i
  2. only impf. vy-apalâyata), to run away in different directions R


  1. vi-ḍpalâyana n. running away or asunder W


  1. vi-ḍpalâyita mfn. run away, routed, put to flight ib


  1. vi-ḍpalâyin mfn. running away, fleeing Yājñ


  1. vi-palāśa vi-pavana &c. See p. 951, col. 2


  1. vi-paly-√aṅg (paly = pari
  2. only Caus. vi-palyāṅgayanta), to envelop, surround ŚBr


  1. vi-paly-√ay (paly = [pari+ay] = √i), Ā. -ayate, to go back, turn round, return ŚBr


  1. vi-pavya See vi-√pū, p. 975


  1. vi-√paś P. -paśyati (rarely ○te), to see in different places or in detail, discern, distinguish RV. AV. AitBr. KaṭhUp
  2. to observe, perceive, learn, know R. BhP. [Page 974, Column]


  1. vi-ḍpaśyana n. (or ā f.) right knowledge Buddh


  1. vi-ḍpaśyin m. N. of a Buddha (sometimes mentioned as the first of the 7 Tathāgatas or principal Buddhas, the other six being Śikhin, Viśva-bhū, Kraku-cchanda, Kanaka-muni, Kāśyapa, and Śākya-siṃha) Dharmas. 6 (cf. MWB. 136)


  1. vi-ḍpaśvin m. N. of a Buddha Kāraṇḍ


  1. vipaś-ci vipaś-cit, See √vip


  1. vi-√pā P. Ā. -pibati, ○te (rarely -pip○), to drink at different times, drink deep RV. AitBr
  2. to drink up from (abl.) VS


  1. vi-pāna n. drinking up VS. Br


  1. vi-pipāna mfn. one who drinks much or variously RV. AV


  1. vi-pīta mfn. drunk up Sāy
  2. -vat mfn. one who has drunk up ib


  1. vi-pāka vi-pākin, See under vi-√pac, p. 973


  1. vi-pāṭala vi-pāṇḍu &c. See p. 951, col. 2


  1. vipāṭha m. (cf. vi-pāṭa under vi-√paṭ) a kind of large arrow (described by Nīlak. as viśālo vaiśākhī-mukha-vat) MBh. R
  2. (ā), f. N. of a woman MārkP


  1. vi-pāpa vi-pāpman &c. See p. 951


  1. ví-pāś f. (nom. -pāṭ) 'fetterless' (cf. next), the Vipāś or Vipaśā river ( See below) RV. (ifc. ○śam ind., g. śarad-ādi)
  2. (-pāṭ) -chutudrī f. du. the river Vipaśā and Śutudrī RV. iii, 33, i


  1. vi-pāśa mfn. having no noose Hariv. R
  2. unnoosed, untied, freed from fetters AitBr. MBh
  3. (ā), f. the Vipāśā or Beas river (one of the 5 rivers of the Panjāb, said to be so called as having destroyed the cord with which Vasishṭha had tried to hang himself through grief for his son slain by Viśvāmitra
  4. it rises in the Kullu range of the Himâlaya, and after a course of 290 miles joins the Sutlej at the southern boundary of Kapurthala
  5. it is considered identical with the ? of Arrian, the Hyphasis of Pliny, and ? of Ptolemy) MBh. Hariv. Var. Pur


  1. vi-pāśana n. unbinding, unfettering Nir


  1. vi-ḍpāśaya Nom. (fr. vi-pāśa
  2. only Pass. vyapāśyanta), to unbind, loose ib


  1. vi-pāśin (ví), mfn. without fastenings, without a trace (as a chariot) RV. iv, 30, 11 (Nir
  2. but vípāśi is prob. loc. of ví-pāś)


  1. vipina &c. See under √vip


  1. vi-√piś P. -piṃśati = vi-puṣyati Nir. vi, 11 Sch


  1. vi-ḍpiśita mfn. = vi-kasita, or vinihita, placed or laid on (as an ornament) ib. viii, 11 Sch


  1. vi-piṣṭī See vi-pṛṣṭhī, p. 951


  1. vi-√puth Caus. -pothayati, ○te, to crush, dash to pieces MBh. Hariv. R
  2. to grind down, pulverise Car


  1. vi-ḍpothita mfn. crushed, shattered MBh. Hariv. MārkP


  1. vi-pula mf(ā)n. (prob. fr. pula = pura
  2. under. √pul) large, extensive, wide, great, thick, long (also of time), abundant, numerous, important, loud (as a noise), noble (as a race) PārGṛ. MBh. &c
  3. m. a respectable man W
  4. N. of a prince of the Sauviras MBh
  5. of a pupil of Deva-śarman (who guarded the virtue of Ruci, his preceptor's wife, when tempted by Indra during her husband's absence) MBh
  6. of a son of Vasu-deva BhP
  7. of a mountain (either Meru or the Himâlaya) Pur
  8. (ā), f. the earth L
  9. a form of the Āryā metre (in which the caesura is irregular
  10. divided into 3 species, Ādi-, Anlya-, and Ubhaya-vipulā) Col
  11. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt
  12. n. a sort of building Gal
  13. -grīva mfn. long-necked R
  14. -cchāya mfn. having ample shade, shady, umbrageous MW
  15. -jaghanā f. a woman with large hips ib
  16. -tara mfn. larger or very large Śiś
  17. -tā f. (Śak.), -tva n. (MBh.) largeness, greatness, extent, width, magnitude
  18. dravya mfn. having great wealth, wealthy Car
  19. -pārśva m. N. of a mountain Buddh
  20. -prajña (MBh.), -buddhi (Suśr.), mfn. endowed with great understanding
  21. -mati mfn. id. Bhartṛ
  22. m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
  23. -rasa m. 'having abundant juice', the sugar-cane L
  24. -vrata mfn. one who has undertaken great duties MBh
  25. -śroni mf(ī)n. having swelling hips MW
  26. (○ṇī-bhara mf[ā]n. id. Amar.) [Page 975, Column]
  27. -skandha m. 'broad-shouldered', N. of Arjuna L
  28. -sravā f. = ○lâsravā L
  29. -hṛdaya mfn. large-hearted, large-minded Bhartṛ. (v. l.)
  30. ○lâyatâkṣa mfn. having large and long eyes MW
  31. ○lârtha-bhoga-vat mfn. having great wealth and many enjoyments VarBṛS
  32. ○lâśravā f. Aloe Perfoliata L
  33. ○lêkṣaṇa mfn. large-eyed MW
  34. -lôraska mfn. broad-chested ib
  35. ○lâujas mfn. having great strength, very strong R


  1. vi-pulaka mfn. very extensive' and 'without bristling hair' Śiś. (cf. pulaka)


  1. vipulaya Nom. P. ○yati, to lengthen, make longer Subh


  1. vipulī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to extend BhP


  1. vipulī-bhāva m. spaciousness, extensiveness VP


  1. vi-√pū P. -punāti, to cleanse thoroughly, purity effectually MBh
  2. = vi-dārayati Nir. xii, 30 Sch


  1. vi-pavya mfn. to be thoroughly cleansed or purified Pāṇ. 3-1, 117 Sch


  1. vi-pūya mfn. cleansing, purifying Bhaṭṭ
  2. m. Saccharum Munjia Pāṇ. 3-1, 117


  1. vi-pū́jana m. (√pūj) N. of a man MaitrS


  1. vi-pūyaka n. (√pūy) suppuration or an offensive smell Suśr
  2. a decomposed corpse Buddh


  1. vi-√pṛc P. -pṛṇakti (Impv. -pṛṅktam Pot. -papṛcyāt, inf. -pṛ́ce), to isolate, separate from (instr.) VS
  2. to scatter, dispel RV. iv, 13, 3
  3. to fill, satiate ib. iv, 24, 5


  1. pṛkta (ví-), mfn. separated, divided ib. i, 163, 3


  1. ḍpṛkvat mfn. unmixed, pure ib. v, 2, 3 (= sarvato vyāpta Sāy.)


  1. vi-pṛ́c mfn. isolated, separate VS


  1. vi-pṛccham See vi-√prach


  1. vi-pṛtha vi-pṛthu, See p. 951


  1. vipo-dhā See √vip, p. 972


  1. vipra &c. See √vip, p. 972


  1. vi-pra-kīrṇa mfn. (√kṝ-) scattered or thrown about, dispersed, dashed to pieces MBh. R. &c
  2. dishevelled, loose ( See comp.), extended, wide, spacious R
  3. -śiroruha mfn. having dishevelled or flowing hair MBh. iii, 401
  4. ○ṇâikapārśva mfn. having one side stretched out Megh. 87 (v. l. for saṃ-ni-kīrṇ○)


  1. vi-pra-√kṛ P. -karoti, to treat with disrespect, hurt, injure, offend, oppress MBh. R. &c
  2. to appoint, admit (sākṣye, as a witness) MBh. v, 1225 (prob. wṛ. for adhi-√kṛ): Pass. of Caus. -kāryate, to be slighted or injured or treated disrespectfully MW


  1. vi-ḍprakartṛ mfn. injuring an injurer, offender ib


  1. vi-prakāra m. treating with disrespect, hurt, injury, wickedness MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. retaliation W
  3. various manner MW. (rather fr. vi-pra-√kṝ)


  1. vi-ḍprakārin mfn. treating with contempt, opposing, retaliating W


  1. vi-prakṛt mfn. hurting, injuring, offending (with gen.) BhP


  1. vi-ḍprakṛta mfn. hurt, injured, offended &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. thwarted, frustrated MBh


  1. vi-ḍprakṛti f. change, variation Yājñ. ii, 9
  2. injury, offence, opposition, retaliation W


  1. vi-pra-√kṛṣ P. -karṣati, to drag or draw apart, lead away or home MBh
  2. to remove from (abl.) Naish


  1. vi-prakarṣa m. dragging away, carrying off MBh
  2. remoteness, distance (in space or time) Gobh. Kāv
  3. difference, contrast MBh
  4. (in gram.) the separation of two consonants by the insertion of a vowel


  1. vi-prakṛṣṭa mfn. dragged or drawn apart &c
  2. remote, distant, a long way off R.: Pañcat. Suśr. (with gen. or abl. Pāṇ. 2-3, 34
  3. ○ṭādāgataḥ, come from afar ib. ii, 1, 39 Sch.)
  4. remote in rank, See a-vip○ - protracted, lengthened MW
  5. -tva n. remoteness, distance MBh
  6. ○ṭântara mfn. separated by a long distance Śak


  1. vi-ḍprakṛṣṭaka mfn. remote, distant L


  1. vi-pra-kḷpti f. (√kḷp) separate or special arrangement or preparation KātyŚr. [Page 975, Column]


  1. vi-pra-√gam -gacchati, to go apart or asunder, be dispersed or scattered MBh


  1. vi-pra-gīta mfn. (√gai) that about which opinions differ, not agreed upon Jaim. Sch


  1. vi-pra-√cint (only ind. p. -cintya), to meditate on, think about MBh


  1. vi-pra-cchanna mfn. (√chad) concealed, hidden, secret Kathās


  1. vi-√prach P. -pṛcchati (rarely ○te
  2. Ved. inf. -pṛ́ccham), to ask various questions, make various inquiries RV. BhP


  1. vi-pṛṣṭa m. N. of a son of Vasu-deva BhP


  1. vi-praśna m. interrogation of fate Pāṇ. 1-4, 39 (cf. vaipraśnika)


  1. vi-ḍpraśnika m. a fortuneteller, Kath
  2. (ā), f. L


  1. viprájitti m. N. of a preceptor ŚBr. (cf. vipra-citti)


  1. vi-pra-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇaśyati, -ṇaśati, to be lost, perish, disappear Yājñ. MBh
  2. to have no effect or result, bear no fruit MBh.: Caus. -ṇāśayati, to cause to be lost or perish SaddhP


  1. vi-ḍpraṇāśa See a-v○


  1. vi-ḍpranaṣṭa mfn. (not ○praṇaṣṭa, Pāṇ. 8-4, 36) lost, disappeared, gone, fruitless, vain MBh
  2. -viśeṣaka mfn. one who has lost his discriminative faculty R


  1. vi-pra-ṇi (√nī), to turn (the mind) to (loc.) MBh
  2. to let elapse or pass away (time) ib


  1. vi-pra-tāraka m. (√tṝ) an impostor, deceiver L


  1. vi-ḍpratārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) imposed upon, deceived Śatr


  1. vi-prati-√kṛ P. -karoti, to counteract, oppose MW


  1. vi-ḍpratikāra m. counteraction, opposition, reverse, retaliation ib


  1. vi-ḍpratikṛta mfn. counteracted, opposed, requited ib


  1. vi-prati-√pad Ā. -padyate, to go in different or opposite directions, turn here and there ŚBr
  2. to roam, wander (said of the senses) Kād
  3. to be perplexed or confounded, be uncertain how to act, waver, hesitate MBh
  4. to differ or diverge in opinion, be mutually opposed Śaṃk
  5. to be mistaken, have a false opinion about (loc.) Car
  6. to reply falsely or erroneously Nyāyas. Sch


  1. vi-pratipatti f. divergence, difference or opposition (of opinion or interests), contrariety, contradiction, ŚrS. Gaut. VarBṛS. &c
  2. incompatibility of two conceptions, opposition of one rule to another Sarvad
  3. erroneous perception or notion, error, mistake Suśr. Car
  4. suspicion about (loc.) Jātakam
  5. aversion, hostile feeling or treatment ib
  6. false reply or objection (in argument) Nyāyas
  7. various acquirement, conversancy W
  8. mutual connection or relation ib


  1. vi-pratipadya mfn. to be opposed or contested W
  2. to be variously acquired ib


  1. vi-pratipanna mfn. gone in different directions &c
  2. perplexed, confounded, uncertain Āpast
  3. of opposite opinion, dissentient Śaṃk. Sarvad
  4. wrong, false (as an opinion) Pat
  5. having a false opinion, being mistaken about or in (loc.) Car
  6. forbidden, prohibited Āpast
  7. conversant or acquainted with in various ways W
  8. mutually connected ib
  9. -buddhi mfn. having a false opinion, being mistaken or in error Pat


  1. vi-prati-√bhā P. -bhāti, to appear as, seem to be (nom.) MBh


  1. vi-prati-ṣiddha mfn. (√2. sidh) prohibited, forbidden KātyŚr
  2. contradicted, opposed (am ind.) Nir. Āpast. &c
  3. of opposed meaning Pāṇ. 2-4, 13


  1. vi-pratiṣedha m. restraining, keeping in check MBh
  2. opposition, contradiction, contrariety, conflict (of two statements) ŚrS. Śaṃk. &c. (esp. in gram., pratiṣedhe, where there is a conflict between two rules Pāṇ. 1-4, 2
  3. ○dhena, in consequence of a conflict of two rules, iv, 1, 170 Vārtt. 1
  4. pūrva-vipratiṣedha, a conflict of two rules of which the former prohibits the latter, iv, 2, 39 Vārtt. 1
  5. para-v○, a conflict of two rules of which the latter prohibits the former, ii, 2, 35 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)
  6. prohibition, negation, annulment Nyāyas


  1. vi-prati-sāra n. (L. m. fr. √sṛ) repentance Kāraṇḍ. [Page 975, Column]
  2. evil, wickedness L
  3. anger, wrath L
  4. -vat mfn. = next Jātakam


  1. vi-ḍpratisārin mfn. full of repentance Lalit
  2. afflicted, dejected ib


  1. vi-ḍpratīsāra m. = ○pratisāra L


  1. vi-√prath P. Ā. -prathati, ○te, (P.) to spread (trans.) RV. vi, 72, 2
  2. (Ā.) to spread out, extend (intrans.), be wide RV. TS. Hcar.: Caus. -prathayati, spread out or abroad, celebrate RV. MBh
  3. to unfold, display, exhibit MBh


  1. vi-ḍprathita mfn. spread out or abroad, celebrated MBh


  1. vi-pra-duṣṭa mfn. (√duṣ) very corrupt or corrupted, very sensual or dissolute, very bad Mn. ix, 72 &c
  2. -bhāva mfn. having a very wicked or vicious disposition ib. ii, 97


  1. vi-pra-√duh P. -dogdhi (cf. pravi-√duh), to milk out, drain, exploit RV. iv, 24, 9 (Sāy. 'to take')


  1. vi-pra-√dru P. -dravati, to run asunder or away, disperse, flee PañcavBr. MBh. R


  1. vi-ḍpradruta mfn. fled, escaped MBh. R


  1. vi-pra-dharṣa m. (√dhṛṣ) harassing, annoyance (in ati-v○) R


  1. vi-pra-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run in different directions MBh


  1. vi-pranaṣṭa See vi-pra-ṇaś


  1. vi-pra-pāta m. (√pat) a partic. method of flying Pañcat
  2. a precipice. abyss MBh


  1. vi-pra-buddha mfn. (√budh) awakened, awake Megh


  1. vi-ḍprabodhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) mentioned, discussed MBh


  1. vi-pra-māthin mfn. (√math) destroying everything, destructive Kām


  1. vi-pra-mādin mfn. (√mad) heeding nothing, thoroughly heedless ib. (vḷ.)


  1. vi-pra-√muc P. -muñcati, to loosen, unfasten, take off MBh
  2. to liberate, set free ib
  3. to discharge, hurl, shoot R.: Pass. -mucyate, to be liberated or released from (abl.), get off free MBh. Kāv. Pur


  1. vi-pramukta mfn. loosened &c
  2. discharged, shot, hurled R
  3. delivered or freed from (instr. or comp.) MBh. BhP
  4. vḷ. for vi-prayukta (below)
  5. -bhaya mfn. removed from danger, free from fear Hariv


  1. vi-ḍpramocya mfn. to be liberated or freed from (abl.) R


  1. vi-pra-√muh Caus. -mohayati, to throw into confusion, render confused MBh


  1. vi-pramoha m. committing a fault, transgression (in a-vipr○) ĀśvŚr


  1. vi-ḍpramohita mfn. confused, perplexed, bewildered MBh


  1. vi-pra-mokṣa m. (√mokṣ) loosening, release ChUp. Sarvad
  2. deliverance from (abl. or gen.) MBh. Hcat


  1. vi-ḍpramokṣaṇa n. (ifc.) deliverance from Hariv. Sarvad


  1. vi-pra-yāṇa n. (√yā) going away, flight L


  1. vi-ḍprayāta mfn. gone apart or asunder, fled in all directions MBh


  1. vi-pra-√yuj P. -yunakti, to separate from, deprive of (instr.) MBh.: Pass. -yujyate, to be separated from (instr.) R.: Caus. -yojayati, to cause to be separated from, deprive of (instr.) R
  2. to release from (instr.) Hariv


  1. vi-prayukta mfn. separated or removed or absent from, destitute of, free from, without (instr. or comp.). MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. not being in conjunction with VarBṛS. (vḷ. ○pramukta)


  1. vi-prayoga m. disjunction, dissociation, separation from (instr. with or without saha gen., or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. absence, want Sāh
  3. quarrel, disagreement W
  4. the being fit or deserving ib


  1. vi-ḍprayogin mfn. separated (from a beloved object) Kathās


  1. prayojita mfn. (fr. Caus.) freed from (instr.) Hariv


  1. vi-pra-√lap P. -lapati, to discourse or speak about variously, be at variance, disagree Pāṇ. 1-3, 50 (also Ā.)
  2. to complain, lament, bewail MBh


  1. vi-pra-lapita mfn. discussed, debated about MW


  1. vi-pra-lapta n. discussion, debate, disquisition MBh. 2


  1. vi-pra-lāpa m. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 2) discussion, explanation MBh. [Page 976, Column]
  2. talking idly, prattle Suśr
  3. mutual contradiction Pāṇ. 1-3, 50
  4. breaking of a promise or engagement, deception L


  1. vi-pra-lāpin mfn. prattling, a prattler Kāv


  1. vi-pra-√labh Ā. -labhate, to insult, violate, to mock at, take in, cheat, deceive MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to regain, recover MBh. (B.) xiv 1732 (C. pra-vi-l○, prob. wṛ. for prati-l○): Caus. -lambhayati, to mock, insult, violate, Bhp


  1. vi-pralabdha mfn. insulted, violated &c. MBh
  2. (ā), f. a female disappointed by her lover's breaking his appointment (one of the incidental characters in a drama) W
  3. (am), ind. deceitfully, falsely (in a-v○) BhP


  1. vi-ḍpralabdhṛ mfn. deceiving, a deceiver MW


  1. vi-ḍpralabhya mfn. to be mocked at or imposed upon Naish


  1. vi-pralambha m. (fr. Caus.) deception, deceit, disappointment MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. the being disappointed or deceived through (abl.) MBh. xiv, 133
  3. separation of lovers Ragh. Uttarar. &c
  4. disunion, disjunction W
  5. quarrel, disagreement ib


  1. vi-ḍpralambhaka mfn. deceiving, fallacious, a cheat or deceiver Kathās. Prab
  2. -tva n. deceptiveness, fallaciousness Saṃk


  1. vi-ḍpralambhana n. pl. deception, fraud, trick Daś


  1. vi-ḍpralambhin mfn. deceiving, fallacious Pañcat


  1. vi-pra-lambaka wṛ. for ○lambhaka Prab


  1. vi-pra-laya m. (√lī) extinction, annihilation, absorption in (loc.) R. Uttarar


  1. vi-ḍpralīna mfn. dispersed or scattered in all directions, routed (said of a defeated army) MBh


  1. vi-pra-√lup P. -lumpati, to tear or snatch away, rob, plunder Mn. MBh
  2. to visit, afflict, disturb MBh


  1. vi-pra-√luḍpralupta mfn. robbed, plundered MBh
  2. interrupted, disturbed BhP


  1. vi-pralumpaka mfn. rapacious, exacting, avaricious Mn. viii, 309


  1. vi-pralopa m. destruction, annihilation Vajracch


  1. vi-praloḍpralopin mfn. plucking off Jātakam


  1. vi-pra-√lubh Caus.Ā. -lobhayate, to allure, try to seduce or deceive MBh


  1. vi-ḍpralobhin m. a species of plant (= kiṃkirāta) L


  1. vi-pra-lūna mfn. (√lū) cut off, plucked off, gathered Sāh


  1. vi-pra-loka m. (√lok) a birdcatcher Nalac


  1. vi-pra-loḍita mfn. (fr. Caus. of √luḍ) disarranged, spoiled MBh. vii, 6624


  1. vi-pra-√vad P. Ā. -vadati, ○te, to speak variously, be at variance, disagree Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 50)


  1. vi-ḍpravāda m. disagreement MBh


  1. vi-pra-√vas P. -vasati, to set out on a journey, go or dwell abroad GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh.: Caus. -vāsayati, to cause to dwell away, banish, expel from (abl.) Mn. Yājñ. MBh
  2. to take away, remove R


  1. vi-ḍpravasita mfn. withdrawn, departed (n. impers.) BhP. -1


  1. vi-pra-√vas--pravāsa m. going or dwelling abroad, staying away from (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. &c


  1. vi-pra-√vas--ḍpravāsana n. expulsion, banishment R
  2. residence abroad W


  1. vi-pra-√vas--ḍpravāsita mfn. removed, destroyed (as sin) R


  1. vi-prôṣita mfn. (vi-pra + uṣita) dwelling abroad, set out or gone away to (acc.), absent from (abl.) MBh. R. Hariv
  2. banished ( See next)
  3. -kumāra m. (a kingdom) whose hereditary prince is banished Ragh
  4. -bhartṛkā f. (a woman) whose husband or lover is absent W


  1. prôṣya ind. having dwelt abroad, having been absent, (returning) after a journey Gobh. Gaut. Āpast


  1. vi-pra-vāsa m. (√4. vas) the offence committed by a monk in giving away his garment Buddh


  1. vi-pra-viddha mfn. (√vyadh) dispersed, scattered MBh
  2. violently struck or shaken Ragh


  1. vi-pra-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go away in different directions KātyŚr
  2. to depart from (abl.) Āpast


  1. vi-ḍpravrājinī f. a woman who consorts with two men ĀśvGṛ. (= dvi-pr○ Sch.) [Page 976, Column]


  1. vi-praśna vi-praśnika, See under vi-√prach, p. 975, col. 2


  1. vi-pra-√sṛ P. -sarati (Ved. inf. -sartave), to spread, be expanded or extended RV. MBh. &c


  1. vi-prasāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) stretching out (the limbs) Suśr


  1. vi-prasṛta mfn. spread, extended, diffused ib


  1. vi-pra-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to wind about or round, meander (said of a river) Hariv


  1. vi-pra-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate (m. c. also ○ti), to spread in different directions, go apart or asunder, be diffused or dispersed GṛS. MBh
  2. to set out, depart MBh


  1. vi-prasthita mfn. set out on a journey, departed Hariv


  1. vi-pra-hata mfn. (√han) struck down, beaten, defeated (as an army) MBh. Hariv
  2. trodden ( See a-v○)


  1. vi-pra-√hā P. -jahāti, to give up, abandon MBh


  1. vi-ḍprahāṇa n. disappearance, cessation MBh


  1. vi-ḍprahīṇa (also written ○hīna), mfn. excluded from (abl.) MBh
  2. disappeared, vanished, gone ib
  3. deprived or destitute of, without, lacking (instr.) ib


  1. vi-√prā (only 2. sg. pf. -paprā́tha), to fill completely RV. vi, 17, 7


  1. vi-prâpaṇa n. (√āp) Nir. vii, 13 ; ix, 26


  1. vi-prâḍprâpta mfn. (to explain vi-ṣpitā) ib. vi, 20 (= vi-stīrṇa Sch.)


  1. viprāṣika (?), m. a kind of culinary herb, MārkP


  1. vi-priya &c. See p. 951, col. 2


  1. vi-√pru (cf. vi-plu), Ā. -pravate, to sprinkle about, scatter MaitrS


  1. vi-ḍpruta (ví-), mfn. borne away, cast or carried away, vagrant RV


  1. vi-pruṣ -pruṣyati, to ooze out, drip away ŚBr


  1. vi-pruḍ-ḍhoma m. (for 2. vipruṣ + homa) an expiatory offering designed to atone for the drops of Soma let fall at a sacrifice ŚrS


  1. vi-prúṣ f. (nom. ○prúṭ) a drop (of water), spark (of fire), speck, spark, small bit, atom AV. &c. &c
  2. pl. (with or scil. mukhyāḥ) drops falling from the mouth while speaking Mn. Yājñ. MārkP
  3. a phenomenon (= āścarya-v○) Rājat
  4. -mat mfn. having or covered with drops BhP


  1. vi-ḍpruṣa m. or n. a drop Pañcat. MārkP
  2. m. a bird L


  1. vi-prê ([pra+-√i]), P. -prâiti (Impv. -prâihi for -prehi MBh. i, 6392), to go forth in different directions, disperse RV
  2. to go away, depart MBh


  1. vi-ḍprêta mfn. gone asunder or away, dispersed ŚBr


  1. vi-prêkṣ (pra + √īkṣ), Ā. -prêkṣate, to look here and there, regard, consider MBh. Kathās


  1. vi-ḍprêkṣaṇa n. looking round R


  1. vi-ḍprêkṣita n. a look, glance Kum


  1. vi-ḍprêkṣitṛ mfn. one who looks round Rājat


  1. vi-prôṣita vi-prôṣya, See under vi-pra-√vas, col. 1


  1. vi-√plu Ā. -plavate (m. c. also P.), to float asunder, drift about, be dispersed or scattered TS. MBh
  2. to fall into disorder or confusion, go astray, be lost or ruined, perish MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -plāvayati, to cause to swim or float about Kauś
  3. io spread abroad, make known, divulge Mn. xi, 198
  4. to bring to ruin or calamity, waste, destroy Śiś. Bālar
  5. (-plav○), to perplex, confuse, confound Kpr


  1. vi-plava m. (for 2. See p. 951, col. 2) confusion, trouble, disaster, evil, calamity, misery, distress Mn. MBh. &c
  2. tumult, affray, revolt Kāv. Rājat
  3. destruction, ruin MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. loss, damage Yājñ
  5. violation (of a woman) Kathās
  6. profanation of the Veda by unseasonable study Yājñ. Sch
  7. shipwreck Hariv
  8. rust (on a mirror) Kir. ii, 26
  9. portent, evil omen L
  10. terrifying an enemy by shouts and gestures W
  11. spreading abroad, divulging (○vaṃ-√gam, to become widely known) MW
  12. mfn. confused (as words) BhP
  13. -tas ind. in consequence of misfortune MW. [Page 976, Column]
  14. ○vâṭṭahāsa m. malicious laughter Dharmaś


  1. vi-ḍplavin mfn. fugitive, transitory Kathās


  1. vi-ḍplāva m. a horse's canter or gallop L
  2. deluging W
  3. devastating ib
  4. causing tumult or public disturbance ib


  1. vi-ḍplāvaka (Gaut.),


  1. vi-ḍplāvin (Prâyaśc.), mfn. spreading abroad, divulging


  1. vi-ḍplāvana n. abusing, reviling Yājñ. Sch


  1. vi-ḍplāvita (fr. Caus.), mfn. made to float or drift about, divulged, confused, &c
  2. confounded, ruined, lost BhP


  1. vi-pluta mfn. drifted apart or asunder, scattered, dispersed &c
  2. confused, disordered, gone astray, lost, perished Mn. MBh. &c
  3. suffused, dimmed (as the eyes) R
  4. agitated, excited, troubled (as speech or reason) MBh
  5. broken, violated (as chastity, a vow &c.) Mn. Yājñ. BhP
  6. vicious, immoral Kathās
  7. committing adultery with (saha) Mn. viii, 377
  8. (with karmaṇā) wrongly treated, mismanaged (in med.) Car
  9. (with plava) drawn out of the water, landed (?) Hariv
  10. depraved, wicked W
  11. contrary, adverse ib
  12. inundated, immersed ib
  13. am n. springing or bursting asunder Hariv
  14. -netra or -locana mfn. having the eyes suffused or bathed (with tears, joy &c.) R. Hariv. BhP
  15. -bhāṣin mf(iṇī)n. speaking confusedly, stammering, stuttering R
  16. -yoni f. (in med.) a partic. painful condition of the vagina Suśr


  1. vi-ḍpluti f. destruction, ruin, loss Suśr


  1. vi-pluṣ m. f. = 2. vi-pruṣ, a drop of water R. Śiś
  2. pl. drops falling from the mouth while speaking L


  1. vi-pluṣṭa mfn. (√pluṣ) burned, scorched R


  1. vipsā f. = vii7psā, repetition, succession W


  1. vi-√phal (only pf. -paphāla, 3. pl. -phelire, v. l. -pecire), to burst or split asunder MBh
  2. to bear or produce fruit, become fruitful Ragh. (C.) xvii, 52


  1. vi-phala mf(ā)u. bearing no fruit (as a tree) Kāv. VarBṛS
  2. fruitless, useless, ineffectual, futile, vain, idle Yājñ. Hariv. &c
  3. having no testicles R
  4. m. Pandanus Odoratissimus L
  5. -tā f. -tva n. fruitlessness, uselessness, unprofitableness Kāv. Pañcat
  6. -prêraṇa mfn. flung in vain Hit
  7. -śrama mfn. exerting one's self in vain (-tva n.), Rājat
  8. ○lârambha mfn. one whose efforts are vain or idle Yājñ
  9. ○lâśa mfn. one whose hopes are disappointed Hariv. (v. l. niṣphal○)


  1. viphalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to render fruitless, frustrate, disappoint, prevent any one (gen.) from (inf.) Mudr


  1. viphalī in comp. for vi-phala


  1. ○karaṇa n. making fruitless, frustrating, foiling, defeating W
  2. doing anything in vain ib


  1. ○√kṛ P.Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to make fruitless or useless, frustrate, thwart, foil Inscr. Kāv
  2. to emasculate R


  1. ○kṛta mfn. rendered fruitless, frustrated MBh. Hariv. R
  2. done in vain W. (○ta-yatna mfn. making fruitless efforts MW.)


  1. ○bhaviṣṇu mfn. becoming or become useless or unprofitable (-tā f. -tva n.) Kāv


  1. ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become useless, be unprofitable Kāv. Pañcat


  1. ○bhūta mfn. become useless R


  1. vi-phalpha mfn. (cf. vi-gulpha) abundant, plentiful KātyŚr. (?wṛ. for vi-phalka)


  1. vi-√bandh P. Ā. -badhnāti, -badhnīte, to bind or fasten on different sides, stretch out, extend RV. AV. ŚrS
  2. to seize or hold by (instr.) Kauś
  3. to obstruct (faeces) Car


  1. vi-baddha mfn. bound or fastened &c
  2. obstructed, constipated (as the bowels) Suśr


  1. vi-ḍbaddhaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi


  1. vi-bandha m. encircling, encompassing MBh. vii, 5923
  2. = ākalana L
  3. a circular bandage Suśr
  4. obstruction, constipation ib
  5. a remedy for promoting obstrṭobstruction Car
  6. -hṛt mfn. destroying or curing obstrṭobstruction Vāgbh


  1. vi-ḍbandhana mfn. obstructing, constipating Suśr
  2. n. the act of fastening or binding on both sides (paraspara-v○, mfn. mutually bound, depending on each other) MW


  1. vi-bandhu vi-bala, vi-bāṇa &c. See p. 951, col. 2


  1. vi-bādh Ā. -bādhate, to press or drive asunder in different directions, drive or scare away RV. AV. Kāṭh. [Page 977, Column]
  2. to oppress, harass, annoy, molest, afflict, injure, violate Kāv. Pur.: Intens. -bābadhe, to release, set free RV. vii, 36, 5


  1. vi-bādhá m. an expeller, remover RV. x, 133, 4 (AV. ví-b○)
  2. expulsion, removal (in ○dhá-vat mfn. expelling, removing) TS. Kāṭh
  3. (ā), f. pressure, pain, agony, anguish L


  1. vibālī f. (of doubtful derivation) N. of a river RV. iv, 30, 12


  1. vi-bāhu vi-bila &c. See p. 951, col. 3


  1. vibuka m. the son of a Vaiśya and a Malli L


  1. vi-√budh Ā. -budhyate, to awake, be awake or a wakened MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to become conscious or aware of, perceive, learn BhP.: Caus. -bodhayati, to awaken RV. &c. &c
  3. to restore to consciousness Daś


  1. vi-buddha mfn. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 3) awakened, wide awake MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. expanded, blown ib
  3. clever, experienced, skilful in (loc.) MBh. xiv, 1015
  4. -kamala mfn. having expanded lotuses MBh
  5. -cūta m. a mango-tree in blossom Mālav


  1. vi-budha mfn. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 3) very wise or learned Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat. &c
  2. m. a wise or learned man, teacher, Paṇḍit ib
  3. a god MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. the moon L
  5. N. of a prince (son of Deva-miḍha) R
  6. of Kṛita VP
  7. of the author of the Janma-pradipa
  8. -guru m. 'teacher of the gods', Bṛihas-pati or the planet Jupiter VarBṛS
  9. -taṭinī f. 'river of the gods', the Gaṅgā Prasaṅg
  10. -tva n. wisdom, learning Cat
  11. -nadī f. = -taṭinī Viddh
  12. -pati m. 'king of the gods', N. of Indra Car
  13. -priyā f. 'favourite of the gods', N. of a metre Piṅg
  14. -mati, mfn. of wise understanding Kām
  15. -rañjanī f. N. of wk
  16. -rāja, m.= -pati R
  17. -ripu m. an enemy of the gods Prab
  18. -rṣabha (for -ṛṣ○), m. chief of the gods BhP
  19. -vijaya m. a victory won by the gods MW
  20. -vidviṣ (MBh.) or -śatru (Vikr.), m. 'foe of the gods', a demon
  21. -sakha m. a friend of the gods Bhaṭṭ
  22. -sadman n. 'abode of the gods', heaven or the sky Kād
  23. -strī f. 'divine female', an Apsaras Śak
  24. ○dhâcārya m. 'teacher of the gods', N. of Bṛihas-pati Daś
  25. ○dhâdhipa (MBh.), ○dhâdhipati (VarBṛS.), m. sovereign of the gods (○tya n. sovereignty of the gods BhP.)
  26. ○dhânucara m. a god's attendant Mn. xii, 47
  27. ○dhâvāsa m. 'god's abode', a temple Rājat
  28. ○dhêtara m. 'other than a god', an Asura BhP
  29. ○dhêndra m. 'best of the wise', (with ācārya or āśrama) N. of a teacher Cat
  30. ○dhêśvara m. lord of the gods MBh
  31. ○dhôpadeśa m. N. of a vocabulary


  1. vi-ḍbudhāna m. a wise man, teacher, preceptor MW


  1. vi-bodha m. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 3) awaking MaitrUp. Kāv. &c
  2. perception, intelligence BhP
  3. (in dram.) the unfolding of the faculties in carrying out an object Bhar. Daśar. &c
  4. N. of a bird (a son of Droṇa) MārkP


  1. vi-ḍbódhana m. an arouser, promoter of (gen.) RV. viii, 3, 22
  2. n. awaking, awakening (trans. and intrans.) MBh. MārkP


  1. vi-ḍbodhayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be awakened Bālar


  1. vi-ḍbodhita mfn. (fr. id.) awakened W
  2. instructed ib


  1. vi-bubhūṣā See under vi-√bhū


  1. vi-√bṛh (or vṛh), P. -bṛhati, to tear in pieces, break or pluck off, tear away RV. Br. GṛŚrS


  1. vi-barha m. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 2) scattering, dispersing (in a-v○) ŚāṅkhBr


  1. vi-√bṛh (or bṛṃh), P. -bṛhati (only 1. du. Pot. -bṛheva), to embrace closely or passionately RV. x, 10, 7
  2. 8


  1. vibboka See bibboka


  1. vi-√brū P.Ā. -braviiti, -brūte, to speak out, express one's self. state, depose, declare Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to explain, propound, teach RV. TS. Br. &c
  3. to interpret, decide (a law) Mn. viii, 390
  4. to answer (a question) Āpast. MBh
  5. to make a false statement Mn. viii, 13 ; 194
  6. to be at variance, disagree Kathās
  7. to dispute, contend about RV. vi, 25, 4


  1. vi-√bhaj P. Ā. -bhajati, ○te, to divide, distribute, apportion, assign (with two acc., or with acc. of thing and dat. or loc. of pers., or with acc. of pers. and instr. of thing) RV. &c. &c. (Ā. also = 'to share together or with each other' or 'to share with instr. [Page 977, Column]
  2. with samam, to divide into equal parts
  3. with ardham and gen., to divide in halves)
  4. to separate, part, cut Mn. MBh. &c
  5. to divide (arithmetically) Sūryas. VarBṛS
  6. to open (a box or chest) Kathās
  7. to worship MārkP.: Pass. -bhajyate, to receive one's share from (instr.) MBh. i, 2344: Caus. -bhājayati, to cause to distribute or divide or share AV
  8. to divide Kathās. Sūryas. &c


  1. ví-bhakta mfn. divided, distributed among (instr.). AV. &c. &c. (e ind. after a partition, Yājn. ii, 126)
  2. one who has received his share Mn. ix, 210 ; 215
  3. one who has caused a partition to be made BhP. (Sch.)
  4. parted, separated by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. separated from, i.e. without (instr.) Yājñ. iii, 103
  6. isolated, secluded R
  7. distinct, different, various, manifold MBh. Kāv. &c
  8. divided into regular parts, harmonious, symmetrical ib
  9. ornamented, decorated Hariv. Kathās
  10. divided (arithmetically) Sūryas
  11. m. N. of Skanda MBh
  12. n. isolation, seclusion, solitude Pāṇ. 2-3, 42
  13. -gātra mfn. one whose limbs are embellished with (comp.) Hariv
  14. -ja m. a son born after the partition of the family property between his parents and brothers Gaut
  15. -tva n. manifoldness, variety Vām. iv, 1, 7 (quot.)
  16. ○tâtman mfn. divided (in his essence) Ragh. x, 66
  17. ○tâvibhakta-nirṇaya m. N. of wk


  1. ví-bhakti f. separation, partition, division, distinction, modification Br. Mn. MBh
  2. part, portion, share of inheritance &c. W
  3. (in gram.) inflection of nouns, declension, an affix of declension, case (accord. to Pāṇ. a termination or inflection either of a case or of the persons of a tense'
  4. certain Taddhita affixes which are used like case terminations have also the name Vi-bhakti
  5. in the Yājyā formulas esp. the cases of agni are so called) TS. Br. &c
  6. a partic. division of a Sāman (= bhakti) ŚāṅkhBr. Sch
  7. a partic. high number Buddh
  8. -tattva n. -vivaraṇa, n
  9. ○ty-artha-kāraka-prakriyā f. ○ty-artha-nirṇaya m. ○ty-artha-vicāra m. N. of wks


  1. ví-ḍbhaktika (ifc.) = ○bhakti (in āpta-v○, complete as to case terminations) TāṇḍBr


  1. ví-ḍbhaktin See a-vibhaktin


  1. vi-bhaktṛ́ (with gen., or ví-bhaktṛ, with acc.), mfn. one who distributes, distributer, apportioner RV. ŚBr
  2. (ifc.) an arranger Pañcar


  1. vi-bhaja m. a partic. high number Buddh


  1. vi-ḍbhajana n. separation, distinction L


  1. vi-ḍbhajanīya mfn. to be apportioned or partitioned or distributed or divided &c. Pāṇ. Sch. Kull. 1


  1. bhajya mfn. to be divided Hariv
  2. to be (or being) distinguished Pāṇ. 5-3, 57. 2


  1. ḍbhajya ind. having distributed or separated or divided, by dividing or distinguishing &c
  2. -pāṭha m. the distinct pronunciation (of every sound) Piṅg. Sch
  3. -vāda m. a partic. Buddhist doctrine
  4. -vādin m. an adherent of the above doctrine SaddhP


  1. vi-bhāgá m. distribution, apportionment RV. AitBr
  2. partition of patrimony, law of inheritance (one of the 18 titles or branches of law) Mn. Yājñ. &c. (cf. IW. 261)
  3. a share, portion, section, constituent part of anything Yājñ. MBh. &c
  4. division, separation, distinction, difference Nir. GṛŚrS. &c. (ena, separately, singly, in detail
  5. cf. also yoga-v○)
  6. disjunction (opp. to saṃ-yoga and regarded in Nyāya as one of the 24 Guṇas) IW. 68
  7. (in arithm.) the numerator of a fraction Col
  8. N. of Śiva R
  9. -kalpanā f. apportioning or allotment of shares or portions W
  10. -jña mfn. (ifc.) knowing the difference between ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. -tas ind. according to a part or share, proportionately Sarvad. W
  11. -tattva-vicāra m. N. of wk
  12. -tva n. state of separation or distinction Sarvad
  13. -dharma m. the law of division, rule of inheritance Mn. i, 115
  14. -pattrikā f. a deed of partition MW
  15. -bhāj mfn. one who shares in a portion of property already distributed (applied esp. to a son by a father and mother of the same tribe, born subsequently to a distribution of property amongst his parents and brethren, in which case he inherits the portion allotted or reserved to the parents) Yājñ. Pañcat
  16. -bhinna n. = takra, buttermilk mixed with water L
  17. -rekhā f. partition-line, boundary between (gen.) Bālar
  18. -vat mfn. divided, separated, distinguished (-tā f.) Sarvad
  19. -śas ind. according to a part or share, separately, proportionately Mn. MBh. &c
  20. (ifc.) according to BhP. [Page 977, Column]
  21. -sāra m. N. of wk
  22. ○gêcchu mfn. wishing for a partition or distribution MW


  1. vi-ḍbhāgaka m. a distributer, arranger Pañcar. (perhaps wṛ. for ○bhājaka)


  1. vi-ḍbhāgin See a-vibhāgin


  1. vi-ḍbhāgī√kṛ P. -karoti, to divide, parcel out Pañcad


  1. vi-ḍbhāgya mfn. to be separated or divided Lāṭy


  1. vi-bhāj mfn. separating, dividing Āpast


  1. vi-ḍbhājaka mfn. id. Nīlak
  2. distributing, apportioning Hariv
  3. (○kī-bhūta mfn. being a distributer or divider Cat.)


  1. vi-ḍbhājana n. division, distinction L
  2. the act of causing to share or distribute, participation MW


  1. vi-ḍbhājayitṛ mfn. one who causes to divide or distribute Pāṇ. 4-4, 49 Vārtt. 3


  1. vi-ḍbhājita mfn. caused to be divided, distributed, apportioned, partitioned VarBṛS. Kathās


  1. vi-ḍbhājya mfn. to be divided or apportioned, divisible Mn. ix, 219


  1. vi-√bhañj P. -bhanakti, to break asunder, break to pieces R. VarBṛS. &c
  2. to frustrate, disappoint VP


  1. vi-bhagna mgn. broken asunder, shattered, crushed PañcavBr. SaṃhitUp. &c


  1. vi-bhaṅga m. bending, contraction (esp. of the eyebrows) Ragh. Vās
  2. a furrow, wrinkle MBh. Vās. Gīt
  3. interruption, stoppage, frustration, disturbance Kāv. Pur
  4. fraud, deception Vās
  5. a wave Vās
  6. breaking, fracture W
  7. division ib
  8. N. of a class of Buddhist wks. MWB. 64, n. 1


  1. vi-ḍbhaṅgi f. the mere semblance of anything (= bhaṅgi), Dharmaś


  1. vi-ḍbhaṅgin mfn. wavy, undulating, wrinkled MW


  1. vi-ḍbhaṅgura mfn. unsteady (as a look) Śiś


  1. vibhaṇḍaka wṛ. for vi-bhāṇḍaka ( See p. 951, col. 3)


  1. vibharaṭṭa m. N. of a king Buddh. (vḷ. vi-bharata)


  1. vi-bhava &c. See under vi-√bhū


  1. vi-√bhā P. -bhāti, to shine or gleam forth, come to light, become visible, appear RV. &c. &c
  2. to shine upon, illumine RV. AV. MBh
  3. to procure light, i.e. to kindle (fire, dat.) RV. i, 71, 6
  4. to shine brightly, glitter, be resplendent or beautiful, strike or catch the eye, excel by (instr.) RV. &c. &c
  5. to strike the ear, be heard (as sound) MBh
  6. to seem or appear as, look like (nom. with or without iva, or adv. in -vat) RV. &c. &c


  1. vi-bhā́ mfn. shining, bright RV. ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. f. light, lustre, splendour, beauty Śiś. Sāh
  3. N. of the city of Soma VP
  4. -kara m. 'light-maker', the sun Sāh
  5. fire L
  6. that portion of the moon which is illumined by the sun Gaṇit
  7. a king, prince (and 'the sun') Sāh
  8. (○ra-śarman m. N. of a poet Cat.)
  9. -vasu (vibhā́-), mfn. abounding in light (applied to Agni, Soma, and Kṛishṇa) RV. VS. Hariv
  10. m. fire or the god of fire MBh. Kāv. &c
  11. the sun, APariś. MBh. BhP
  12. the moon L
  13. a sort of necklace or garland L
  14. N. of one of the 8 Vasus BhP
  15. of a son of Naraka ib
  16. of a Dānava ib
  17. of a Ṛishi MBh
  18. of a mythical prince dwelling on the mountain Gaja-pura Kathās
  19. of a Gandharva (who is said to have stolen the Soma from Gāyatri as she was carrying it to the gods) MW


  1. vi-ḍbhā́t mfn. shining, splendid (applied to Ushas) RV
  2. m. the world of Prajā-pati AitBr. TS


  1. vi-ḍbhāta mfn. shone forth, grown light &c. (○tā vibhāvarī, the morning has dawned Kathās.)
  2. become visible, appeared ChUp. BhP
  3. n. dawn, day-break, morning Kālid


  1. vi-ḍbhānu mfn. shining, beaming, radiant RV. 1


  1. vi-ḍbhāva (for 2. See p. 978, col. 3) and mf(arī, See next)n. (voc. vi-bhāvas), id. ib


  1. vi-ḍbhā́van mf(arī, next)n. (voc. vi-bhāvas), id. ib


  1. vi-ḍbhāvarī f. ( See prec.) brilliant, bright (in RV. often applied to Ushas, 'Dawn'
  2. accord. to Nīlak. on MBh. v, 4495 also= kupitā)
  3. the (starry) night MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. turmeric L
  5. = -haridrā and ○drā-dāru Bhpr
  6. a kind of ginger L
  7. a procuress L
  8. a deceitful woman L
  9. a loquacious woman L
  10. (?) the shreds of a garment torn in a scuffle (= vivāda-vastra-guṇṭhī or ○tra-muṇḍī) L
  11. a kind of metre Ked
  12. N. of a daughter of the Vidyādhara Mandāra MārkP
  13. of the city of Soma BhP
  14. of the city of the Pracetas ib
  15. -kānta m. 'husband of night', the moon Kpr
  16. -mukha n. 'beginning of night', evening MBh
  17. -"ṣśa (○rī7śa), m. 'lord of night', the moon VarBṛS


  1. vi-bhāva. and 2 See above and p. 978, col. 3


  1. vi-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to speak variously, speak against, abuse, revile MBh. [Page 978, Column]
  2. (in gram.) to admit an alternative, be optional Kāt


  1. vi-bhāṣā f. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 3) an alternative, option, optionality (vi-bhāṣayā, optionally), one of two ways (cf. vi-kalpa) APrāt
  2. (in gram.) the allowing a rule to be optional (of two kinds, viz. prâpta-v○ or prâpte v○, an option allowed in a partic. operation which another rule makes necessary
  3. aprâpta-v○ or aprâpte v○, an option allowed in a partic. operation which another rule makes impossible) Pāṇ. 1-1, 44 &c
  4. -vṛtti f. N. of wk


  1. vi-ḍbhāṣita mfn. admitting an alternative (esp. in gram. = optional) Nir. Kauś. Pāṇ


  1. vi-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate (in Ved. also P.), to shine brightly or pleasantly, be bright AV. R. Śatr.: Caus. -bhāsayati, to cause to shine, illuminate, brighten MBh


  1. vi-ḍbhās f. brightness, splendour Kir., ix, 9
  2. -vat mfn. very brilliant or resplendent Cat


  1. vi-ḍbhāsá m. N. of one of the 7 suns TĀr
  2. a partic. Rāga Vās. Gīt
  3. N. of a deity, MārkP
  4. (ā), f. shining brightly, light, lustre W


  1. vi-ḍbhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made bright, illuminated MBh


  1. vi-√bhid P. Ā. -bhinatti, -bhintte to split or break in two, break in pieces, cleave asunder, divide, separate, open RV. &c. &c
  2. to pierce, sting ŚBr. MārkP
  3. to loosen, untie Hariv. BhP
  4. to break, infringe, violate R. Bālar. BhP
  5. to scatter, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. to alter, change (the mind) MBh. BhP.: Pass. to be split or broken, burst asunder &c. (also P. Cond. vyabhetsyat ChUp.)
  7. to be changed or altered R. BhP.: Caus. -bhedayati, to cause to split &c
  8. to divide, alienate, estrange MBh. R


  1. vi-bibhitsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to break asunder, purposing to cleave or pierce MW


  1. vi-bhitti f. cleaving, splitting Kāṭh. ṢaḍvBr


  1. ví-bhida m. N. of a demon Suparṇ
  2. (ā), f. 'perforation' and 'falling away', 'apostasy' Śiś. xx, 23


  1. vi-bhindú mfn. splitting or cleaving asunder RV
  2. m. N. of a man ib


  1. bhinduka m. N. of an Asura PañcavBr


  1. vi-bhinna mfn. split or broken in two &c
  2. passed across or through (as by a heavenly body) VarBṛS
  3. opened blown Ragh
  4. cleft (said of the temples of an elephant which exude during rut) Bhartṛ
  5. broken, destroyed BhP
  6. altered, changed (also in one's feelings) Kāv. Kathās
  7. alienated, estranged, become faithless Rājat
  8. separated, divided Kathās
  9. disunited, living at variance R
  10. (a place) filled with dissensions Kathās
  11. disappointed ( See āśā-v○)
  12. contradictory Subh
  13. various, manifold Kathās. MārkP
  14. mingled with (instr.) Kir
  15. m. N. of Śiva MBh
  16. -tamisra mfn. having darkness expelled or destroyed MW
  17. -tā f. -tva n. the state of being broken or split asunder or scattered &c. ib
  18. -darśin mfn. seeing different things, discerning differences, discerning well MārkP
  19. -dhairya mfn. having firmness or constancy shaken BhP
  20. -veṣa mfn. dressed in various garments Pañcar
  21. ○nnâṅga mfn. one who has his body pierced or transfixed R


  1. vibhinnī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to separate, divide HYog


  1. vi-bhettṛ mfn. one who splits or breaks asunder, a destroyer of (gen.) Śak


  1. vi-bheda m. breaking asunder, splitting, piercing, division, separation MBh. R. &c
  2. knitting, contraction (of the brows) Sāh
  3. interruption, disturbance Bālar
  4. change, alteration Car
  5. diverging (in opinion), dissension, disagreeing with (samam) MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. distinction, variety VarBṛS. Kathās. BhP


  1. vi-bhedaka mfn. distinguishing anything (gen.) from (abl.) Cat
  2. m. = vibhīdaka L


  1. vi-ḍbhedana mfn. splitting, cleaving, piercing VarBṛS
  2. n. the act of splitting &c. Nir. MBh
  3. setting at variance, disuniting MBh. R. &c


  1. vi-ḍbhedika mfn. separating, dividing (ifc.) Kāraṇḍ


  1. vi-ḍbhedin mfn. piercing, rending ( See marma-bh○)
  2. dispelling, destroying (with gen.) Hariv


  1. vi-ḍbhedya mfn. to be split or cleft or broken MBh


  1. vi-√bhī P. -bibheti, to be afraid of, fear MBh. MārkP.: Caus. -bhīṣayati, ○te, to frighten, terrify, intimidate RV. TS. MBh


  1. vi-bhīta mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) afraid, intimidated MārkP


  1. vi-bhīṣaka mf(ikā)n. frightening, terrifying MW. [Page 978, Column]
  2. (ikā), f. the act of terrifying, means of terrifying, terror MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. ○ṣikā-sthāna n. an object or means of terrifying MW


  1. vi-bhī́ṣaṇa mf(ā) n. terrifying, fearful, horrible RV. &c. &c
  2. bullying or blustering (as language) MW
  3. m. miscarriage, abortion MBh
  4. Amphidonax Karka L
  5. N. of a brother of Rāvaṇa (his other brothers were Kubera by a different mother and Kumbha-karṇa
  6. both Rāvaṇa and Vibhishaṇa are said to have propitiated Brahmā by their penances, so that the god granted them both boons, and the boon chosen by Vibhishaṇa was that he should never, even in the greatest calamity, stoop to any mean action
  7. hence he is represented in the Rāmāyaṇa as endeavouring to counteract the malice of his brother Rāvaṇa, in consequence of which he was so ill-treated by him that, leaving Laṅkā, he joined Rāma, by whom, after the death of Rāvaṇa, VṭVibhishaṇa was placed on the throne of Laṅkā) MBh. Hariv. R. &c
  8. of two kings of Kaśmira (the sons of Go-narda and Rāvaṇa) Rājat. i, 192 &c. (in later times Vibhishaṇa appears to have been used as a general N. of the kings of Laṅkā)
  9. N. of an author Cat
  10. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
  11. n. the act or a means of terrifying, terror, intimidation MBh
  12. N. of the 11th Muhūrta Cat
  13. ○ṇâbhiṣeka m. 'Vibhishaṇa's inauguration', N. of R. v, 91 (accord. to one recension)


  1. vi-bhīṣā f. the wish or intention of terrifying MBh


  1. vi-ḍbhīṣikā f. See under vi-bhīṣaka above


  1. vi-bhetavya n. (impers.) it is to be feared Pañcat. Hit. (vḷ.)


  1. vibhīta m. n. = next, ŚāṅgS


  1. vibhī́taka m. (or ī f.) the tree Terminalia Bellerica
  2. n. its berry (used as a die) ŚBr. MBh. &c


  1. vibhī́daka
  2. m. n. id. RV. GṛŚrS. (cf. vi-bhedaka under vi-√bhid)


  1. vi-bhu &c. See col. 3


  1. vi-bhukta (√3. bhuj), in bhukta-v○ g. śāka-pārthivâdi (Siddh. on Pāṇ. 2-1, 69)


  1. vi-bhugna mfn. (√1. bhuj) bent, bowed, crooked L


  1. vi-bhuja mfn. in mūla-v○ (q.v.)


  1. vi-√bhū P. -bhavati, to arise, be developed or manifested, expand, appear RV. TS. MuṇḍUp
  2. to suffice, be adequate or equal to or a match for (dat. or acc.) ŚBr
  3. to pervade, fill PañcavBr
  4. to be able to or capable of (inf.), Bhp
  5. to exist (in a-vibhavat, 'not existing') KātyŚr.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to cause to arise or appear, develop, manifest, reveal, show forth, display ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. &c
  6. to pretend, feign Kull. on Mn. viii, 362
  7. to divide, separate BhP
  8. to perceive distinctly, find out, discover, ascertain, know, acknowledge, recognise as (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. to regard or consider as, take for (two acc.) Kuval
  10. to suppose, fancy, imagine BhP. Pañcar
  11. to think, reflect Kathās. Pañcat
  12. to suppose anything of or about (loc.) BhP
  13. to make clear, establish, prove, decide Mn. Yājñ
  14. to convict, convince Yājñ. Daś.: Pass. of Caus. -bhāvyate, to be considered or regarded as, appear, seem (nom.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid., See -bubhūṣā: Intens., -bobhuvat


  1. vi-bubhūṣā f. (fr. Desid.) the wish or intention to manifest one's self. BhP


  1. vi-buḍbubhūṣu mfn. wishing to develop or expand one's self. ib


  1. vi-bobhuvat mfn. (fr. Intens.) spreading or expanding exceedingly over (loc.) MaitrS


  1. vi-bhava mfn. powerful, rich MBh. xiii, 802
  2. m. being everywhere, omnipresence Kaṇ
  3. development, evolution (with Vaishṇavas 'the evolution of the Supreme Being into secondary forms') Sarvad
  4. power, might, greatness, exalted position, rank, dignity, majesty, dominion R. Kālid. VarBṛS. &c. (ifc. with loc., 'one whose power consists in' Gīt.)
  5. influence upon (loc.) ŚāṅkhŚr
  6. (also pl.) wealth, money, property, fortune MBh. Kāv. &c.: luxury, anything sumptuary or superfluous Hcar
  7. magnanimity, lofty-mindedness W
  8. emancipation from existence Inscr. BhP
  9. N. of the 2nd year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBṛS
  10. destruction (of the world) Buddh
  11. (in music) a kind of measure
  12. -kṣaya m. loss of fortune or property Cāṇ
  13. -tas ind. according to rank or fortune or dignity Kālid. Prab
  14. -mati f. N. of a princess Rājat
  15. -mada m. the pride of power MW
  16. -vat mfn. possessed of power', wealthy Mṛicch. [Page 978, Column]


  1. vi-ḍbhavin mfn. rich, wealthy Śiś


  1. vi-bhāva m. (for 1. See under vi-√bhā) any condition which excites or develops a partic. state of mind or body, any cause of emotion (e.g. the persons and circumstances represented in a drama, as opp. to the anu-bhāva or external signs or effects of emotion) Bhar. Daśar. Sāh. (-tva n.)
  2. a friend, acquaintance L
  3. N. of Śiva Pañcar


  1. vi-ḍbhāvaka mfn. causing to appear, procuring or intending to procure (ifc.) MBh. iii, 1347 (Nilak.)
  2. discussing W


  1. vi-ḍbhāvana mfn. causing to appear, developing, manifesting Hariv
  2. (ā), f. (in rhet.) description of effects the causes of which are left to be conjectured (or, accord. to some, 'description by negatives, bringing out the qualities of any object more clearly than by positive description') Vām. Kāvyâd. &c
  3. n. causing to appear or become visible, development, creation BhP. (Sch. = pālana)
  4. showing, manifesting Kull. on Mn. ix, 76
  5. clear perception, examination, judgment, clear ascertainment Mn. Vikr
  6. (ifc.) reflection on Kathās
  7. the act of producing a partic. emotion by a work of art Sāh
  8. ○nâlaṃkāra m. the rhetorical figure described above MW


  1. vi-ḍbhāvanīya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be clearly perceived or ascertained MārkP
  2. to be convicted (= bhāvya) Kull. on Mn. viii, 60


  1. vi-ḍbhāvita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to arise or appear &c
  2. -tva n. the state of being perceived or judged W


  1. vi-ḍbhāvin mfn. mighty, powerful Śiś
  2. (ifc.)causingto appear (varṇa-v○ m. N. of Śiva). MBh. xiii, 1219
  3. arousing a partic. emotion (esp. of love) Nalôd


  1. vi-ḍbhāvya mfn. to be clearly perceived or observed, distinguishable, comprehensible MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to be attended to or heeded (n. impers. 'it should be heeded') MBh. Kāvyâd


  1. vi-bhú or (Ved.)


  1. vi-bhū́ mf(ū́ or vií)n. being everywhere, far-extending, all-pervading, omnipresent, eternal RV. VS. Up. MBh. &c
  2. abundant, plentiful RV. VS. Br
  3. mighty, powerful, excellent, great, strong, effective, able to or capable of (inf.) RV. &c. &c
  4. firm, solid, hard L
  5. m. a lord, ruler, sovereign, king (also applied to Brahmā, Vishṇu, and Śiva) MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. (ifc.) chief of or among VarBṛS
  7. a servant L
  8. the sun L
  9. the moon L
  10. N. of Kubera L. (W. also 'ether
  11. space
  12. time
  13. the soul')
  14. N. of a god (son of Veda-śiras and Tushitā) BhP
  15. of a class of gods under Manu Sāvarṇi MārkP
  16. of Indra under Manu Raivata and under the 7th Manu ib. BhP
  17. of a son of Vishṇu and Dakshiṇā BhP
  18. of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi ib
  19. of Buddha L
  20. of a brother of Śakuni MBh
  21. of a son of Śambara Hariv
  22. of a son of Satya-ketu and father of Su-vibhu VP
  23. of a son of Dharma-ketu and father of Su-kumāra ib
  24. of a son of Varsha-ketu or Satya-ketu and father of Ānarta Hariv
  25. of a son of Prastāva and Niyutsā BhP
  26. of a son of Bhṛigu MW
  27. pl. N. of the Ṛibhus RV
  28. -krátu mfn. strong. heroic RV
  29. -tā f. power, supremacy W
  30. -tva n. being everywhere, omnipresence ŚvetUp. Sarvad
  31. omnipotence, sovereignty PraśnUp. Śak. Bālar
  32. -tva-samarthana n. N. of wk
  33. -pramita n. the hall of Brahmā KaushUp
  34. -mát mfn. extending everywhere RV
  35. joined with the Vibhus or Ṛibhus VS. AitBr. ŚrS
  36. -varman m. N. of a man Inscr


  1. vi-ḍbhuvarī f. (prob. f. of vi-bhvan) far-reaching Kāṭh


  1. vi-bhū in comp. for


  1. vi-bhu
  2. -dā́van mfn. bestowing richly, liberal TS
  3. -mát mfn. joined with the Vibhus or Ribhus MaitrS
  4. -vasu (vibhū́.), mfn. possessing mighty treasures or wealth RV


  1. ví-bhūta mfn. arisen, produced &c
  2. great, mighty ( See comp.)
  3. m. = next Buddh
  4. -ṃ-gamā f. a partic. high number Buddh
  5. -dyumna (ví○), mfn. abounding in splendour or glory RV
  6. -manas mfn. (used to explain vi-manas) Nir. x, 26
  7. -rāti (vi○), mfn. bestowing rich gifts


  1. ví-bhūti mfn. penetrating, pervading Nir
  2. abundant, plentiful RV
  3. mighty, powerful ib
  4. presiding over (gen.) ib. viii, 50, 6
  5. m. N. of a Sādhya Hariv
  6. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh
  7. of a king VP
  8. f. development, multiplication, expansion, plenty, abundance Kāv. Kathās. &c
  9. manifestation of might, great power, superhuman power (consisting of eight faculties, especially attributed to Śiva, but supposed also to be attainable by human beings through worship of that deity, viz. aṇiman, the power of becoming as minute as an atom
  10. laghiman, extreme lightness
  11. prâpti, attaining or reaching anything e.g. the moon with the tip of the finger [Page 979, Column]
  12. prākāmya, irresistible will
  13. mahiman, illimitable bulk
  14. īśitā, supreme dominion
  15. vaśitā, subjugating by magic
  16. and kāmâvasāyitā, the suppressing all desires) ib
  17. a partic. Śakti Hcat
  18. the might of a king or great lord, sovereign power, greatness Kālid. Pañcat. Kathās. &c
  19. successful issue (of a sacrifice) MBh. R
  20. splendour, glory, magnificence Hariv. Ragh. VarBṛS
  21. fortune, welfare, prosperity PraśnUp. MBh. &c
  22. (also pl.) riches, wealth, opulence Kām. Kāv. Kathās
  23. N. of Lakshmi (the goddess of fortune and welfare) BhP
  24. the ashes of cow-dung &c. (with which Śiva is said to smear his body, and hence used in imitation of him by devotees) Pañcar. Sāh
  25. (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt
  26. -grahaṇa n. taking up ashes (at the Vaiśvadeva ceremony) RTL. 420
  27. -candra m. N. of an author, Cat
  28. -dvādaśī f. a Vrata or religious observance on a partic. twelfth day (in honour of Vishṇu) ib
  29. -dhāraṇa-vidhi m. N. of wk
  30. -bala m. N. of a poet Cat
  31. -mat mfn. mighty, powerful, superhuman Bhag. BhP
  32. smeared with ashes W
  33. -mādhava m. N. of a poet Cat
  34. -māhātmya n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP
  35. -yoga m. N. of the 6th canto of the Śiva-gītā


  1. ví-bhūman m. extension, greatness, might TS
  2. N. of Kṛihṇa BhP. (prob= 'appearing in manifold form' or, omnipotent')


  1. vi-bhūr-asi m. (lit. 'thou art mighty') a form of Agni or the god of fire MBh


  1. vi-bhū́vas mfn. (prob.) powerful MaitrS
  2. m. N. of a man Sāy


  1. vibhva in comp. for vi-bhvan below


  1. ○taṣṭá mfn. cut out or furnished by a skilful artificer, very perfect or handsome RV


  1. ví-bhvan mfn. far-reaching, penetrating, pervading. RV
  2. m. N. of one of the Ṛibhus ib
  3. (án), mfn. skilful ib
  4. m. an artificer ib


  1. vibhvā-sáh mfn. (vibhvā for vi-bhvan) conquering or overcoming the rich RV


  1. vi-√bhūṣ P


  1. vi-√bhūṣ--bhūṣati to be brilliant, appear (?) RV. i, 112 4 (Sāy. vyāpto bhavati)
  2. to adorn, decorate ib. vi, 15, 9: Caus. -bhūṣayati, to adorn, decorate MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-bhūṣaṇa mfn. adoming R
  2. m. N. of Mañju-śrī L
  3. n. (ifc. f. ā) decoration, ornament MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. splendour, beauty Daśar
  5. -kalā f. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
  6. -vat mfn. adorned, decorated Mṛicch
  7. ○nôdbhāsin mfn. glittering with ornaments Kum


  1. vi-ḍbhūṣā f. ornament, decoration VarBṛS. Kām
  2. light, splendour, beauty L


  1. vi-ḍbhūṣita mfn. adorned, decorated MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. n. an ornament, decoration R
  3. ○tâṅga mfn. decorated about the body MW
  4. ○tâlaṃkārā f. N. of a Gandharvii and of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ


  1. vi-ḍbhāṣin mfn. adorned, decorated(ifc.) MBh
  2. adornor, 'omnipotent' (said of Śiva
  3. cf. vi-bhū) Śivag


  1. vi-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te, to spread out, spread asunder RV. AV
  2. (Ā) to distribute, diffuse ib. VS
  3. to bear, endure MBh.: Intens. (only -bháribhrat and -jarbhritás), to move hither and thither or from side to side (as the tongue) RV. ii, 4, 4: to open the mouth, gape ib. i, 28, 7


  1. ví-bhṛta mfn. spread out, distributed RV. x, 45, 2 &c
  2. upheld, supported, maintained W


  1. ví-ḍbhṛtra (ví-), mf(ā)n. to be (or being) borne about or in various directions RV


  1. ví-ḍbhṛ́tvan mfn. bearing hither and thither ib


  1. vibhoka m. N. of a poet Cat


  1. vi-√bhraṃś (sometimes written bhraṃs), Ā. -bhraṃśate, to fall off (fig.), be unfortunate, fail or be unsuccessful in (loc.) PañcavBr
  2. to be separated from, desert (abl.) KātyŚr.: Caus. -bhraṃśayati, to cause to fall MBh
  3. to strike or break off R
  4. to cause to disappear or vanish, destroy annihilate BhP
  5. to divert from, deprive of (abl) MBh. BhP


  1. vi-ḍbhraṃśa m. diarrhoea, laxity of the bowels ( See manda-v○)
  2. decline, cessation, end MBh. Kathās. Pur
  3. disturbance, perturbation ( See citta-v○)
  4. fall, decay, ruin MBh. VarBṛS. BhP
  5. (ifc.) being deprived of, loss Pur. Rājat
  6. a precipice MW
  7. -yājña m. a partic. Ekâtha Vait


  1. vi-ḍbhraṃśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall &c
  2. -jñāna mfn. deprived of reason or consciousness BhP
  3. -puṣpa-pattra mfn. having the flowers and leaves knocked off R


  1. vi-ḍbhraṃśin mfn. crumbling to pieces ( See a-v○)
  2. falling down, dropping from (ifc.) Megh. [Page 979, Column]


  1. vi-bhraṣṭa mfn. fallen, sunk MBh
  2. disappeared, vanished, gone, lost R. MārkP
  3. useless, vain PañcavBr
  4. (ifc.) strayed from Kathās
  5. deprived of. MBh. R
  6. unsuccessful in TS
  7. -timira mfn. freed from darkness (as the sky) R
  8. -harṣa mf(ā)n. deprived of joy ib
  9. ○ṭêṣṭ-prayoga m. N. of wk


  1. vi-√bhram P. -bhramati, -bhrāmyati, to wander or roam or fly about, roll, hover, whirl MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to reel, quiver, shake BhP
  3. to roam over, wander through (acc.). MBh
  4. to fall into disorder or confusion, be disarranged or bewildered MBh. Hariv. &c
  5. to drive asunder, disperse, scare away MBh
  6. to move about (the tail) R.: Caus. -bhramayati, or -bhrāmayati (Pass. -bhrāmyate), to confise, perplex MārkP. Hcat


  1. vi-bhrama m. (ifc. f. ā) moving to and fro, rolling or whirling about, restlessness, unsteadiness Kāv. VarBṛS. Rājat
  2. violence, excess, intensity, high degree (also pl.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
  3. hurry, rapture, agitation, disturbance, perturbation, confusion, flurry MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. doubt, error, mistake, blunder (with daṇḍasya, 'erroneous application of punishment') Mn. MBh. &c
  5. illusion, illusive appearance or mere semblance of anything Kāv. Kathās. &c. (cf. -bhāṣita)
  6. beauty, grace Kālid. Mālatīm
  7. feminine coquetry, amorous gestures or action of any kind (esp. play of the eyes), perturbation, flurry (as when a woman in her confusion puts her ornaments in the wrong places) Bhar. Daśar. Sāh
  8. caprice, whim MW
  9. (ā), f. old age L
  10. -tantra n. (= -sūtra)
  11. -bhāṣita, n. pl. language in appearance Subh
  12. -vatī f. a girl Harav
  13. N. of a female servant Prab
  14. -sūtra n. N. of a treatise on grammar (attributed to Hema-candra)
  15. ○mârka m. N. of a man Rājat


  1. vi-bhramin mfn. moving hither and thither Chandom


  1. vi-bhrānta mfn. wandered or wandering about &c. (n. impers. 'it has been roamed' Nalôd.)
  2. rolling or ogling (as the eyes
  3. See below)
  4. spread abroad (as fame) Prab
  5. confused, bewildered MBh
  6. -nayana mfn. one who rolls the eyes or casts side glances R
  7. -manas mfn. bewildered or confused in mind MBh
  8. -śīla mfn. confused in mind or disposition, intoxicated or insane W
  9. m. a monkey ib
  10. the disc of the sun or moon ib


  1. vi-ḍbhrānti f. whirling, going round W
  2. hurry, agitation ib
  3. error, delusion Prab


  1. vi-√bhrāj Ā. -bhrājate (ep. also P.), to shine forth, be bright or radiant RV. &c. &c
  2. to shine through (acc.) RV. AV
  3. Caus. -bhrājayati, to cause to shine or beam MBh. Hariv. BhP


  1. vi-bhrā́j mfn. (nom. ṭ) shining, splendid, luminous RV
  2. m. (with saurya) N. of the author of RV. x, 170 Anukr


  1. vi-ḍbhrāja m. N. of a king Hariv


  1. vi-ḍbhrājita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made splendid or bright, caused to shine MBh


  1. ví-bhrāṣṭi f. radiance, flame, blaze RV


  1. vibhru m. (perhaps wṛ. for vi-bhu) a prince, king MBh. iii, 12705 (B. -babhru)


  1. vi-bhreṣa m. (√bhreṣ) commission of an offence, transgression (used to explain pramoga) ĀśvŚr. Sch


  1. vi-bhvan &c. See col. 1


  1. vi-√maṃh Ā. -maṃhate, to distribute, bestow RV


  1. vi√majj P. -majjati, to plungo or dive into, enter into MBh. vii, 9223 (perhaps wṛ. for mi-majj): Caus. majjayati, to submerge, cause to plunge, lead into (loc.) ib. vi, 538


  1. majjita mfn. (fr. Caus.) submerged, drowned ib. iii, 10612


  1. vi-mata See under vi-√man, col. 3


  1. vi-mati (or matsara &c. See p. 951, col. 3. For 2. vi-mati, See col. 3


  1. vi-√math (or manth), P. Ā. -mathati, ○te, -mathnāti, ○nīte &c. (in Veda generally Ā
  2. inf. -mathitos AitBr
  3. ○tum BhP.), to tear off, snatch away TS. ŚBr
  4. to tear or break in pieces, rend asunder, bruise ib. AitBr. Kāṭh
  5. to cut in pieces, disperse, scatter MBh. R
  6. to confuse, perplex, bewilder BhP


  1. vi-ḍmathita mfn. crushed or dashed to pieces, scattered, dispersed, destroyed ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c. [Page 979, Column]


  1. vi-ḍmathitṛ m. a crusher, destroyer ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. vi-manthana n. churning R


  1. vi-māthá m. the act of crushing or destroying utterly TBr. ŚBr


  1. vi-ḍmāthin mfn. crushing down, destroying Kathās


  1. vi-√mad P. -mādyati (Ved. also -madati), to be joyful or merry (only p. -mádat) AV
  2. to become perplexed or discomposed AitBr
  3. to confound, embarrass, disturb ŚāṅkhBr.: Caus, (only aor. vy-amīmadam), to confuse, perplex, be. wilder AV


  1. vi-matta mfn. discomposed, perplexed AitBr
  2. being in rut, ruttish ib. Kir
  3. intoxicated MW


  1. vi-mad f. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas ŚāṅkhBr


  1. vi-mada &c. See p. 951, col. 3


  1. vi-madita mfn. (fr. Caus.) discomposed, bewildered, confused AitBr


  1. vi-madhya vi-madhyama, See p. 951, col. 3


  1. vi-√man (only r. pl. pr. Ā. -manmahe), to distinguish RV. x, 92, 3: Caus. -mānayati to dishonour, slight, treat with disrespect, SaṃhitUp. MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-mata mfn. disagreed, at variance, of a different mind or disposition, hostile ĀśvŚr
  2. slighted, offended BhP
  3. any that may please (= 'every') Sarvad
  4. m. an enemy W
  5. m. orn. (?) N. of a place on the river Go-matī R. 2


  1. vi-ḍmati mfn. of different opinion, g. dṛḍhâdi
  2. f. difference of opinion. dissent, disagreement about (loc.) Pāṇ. Naish. Sāh
  3. dislike, aversion R
  4. doubt, uncertainty, error Lalit. Saddh
  5. -tā, t (MW.), -man m. (g. dṛḍhâdi), difference of opinion
  6. -vikīraṇa m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
  7. -samudghātin m. N. of a prince ib


  1. vi-māna m. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 3
  2. for 3. under vi-√mā) disrespect, dishonour ( See a-vi mana)


  1. vi-ḍmānana n. (and ā f.) disrespect, contempt, slight, humiliation MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. refusal, denial Suśr


  1. vi-ḍmānita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dishonoured, slighted, treated with disrespect MBh. R., &c


  1. vi-ḍmānya mfn. to be dishonoured or offended Śak


  1. vi-manas. 2 vi-manthara, vimanyu &c. See p. 951, col. 3


  1. vima-bhūpāla (?), m. N. of a, Scholiast Cat


  1. vi-maya See under vi-√me, p. 981


  1. vi-marda vi-marśa, See under vi√mṛd and vi-√mṛś, p. 981, col. 1


  1. vi-marṣa ○ṣaṇa, ○ṣin, w.i. for vi-marśa &c


  1. vi-mala mf(ā)n. stainless, spotless, clean, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (e ind. at daybreak MBh. v, 7247)
  2. clear, transparent Sarvad
  3. white ( See ○lêbha)
  4. m. a magical formula recited over weapons R
  5. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
  6. a partic. world ib
  7. a lunar year L
  8. N. of an Asura Kathās
  9. of a Deva-putra and Bodhimaṇḍa-pratipāla Lalit
  10. of a Bhikshu ib
  11. of a brother of Yaśas Buddh
  12. (with Jainas) N. of the 5th Arhat in the past Utsarpiṇi and of the 13th in the present Avasarpiṇī L
  13. of a son of Su-dyumna BhP
  14. of the father of Padma-pāda Cat
  15. of various authors (also with saracvatī) ib
  16. (ā), f. a species of Opuntia L
  17. a partic. Śakti Hcat
  18. N. of Dākshāyaṇī in Purushôttama Cat
  19. of a Yogini Hcat
  20. of a daughter of Gandharvii MBh
  21. (with Buddhists) N. of one of the 10 Bhūmis or stages of perfection Dharmas.64
  22. n. silver gilt L
  23. N. of a town ( See -pura)
  24. of a Tantra
  25. -kirīṭa-hāra-vat mfn. having a bright crest and pearl-necklace R
  26. -kīrti m. 'of spotless fame', N. of a Buddhist scholar
  27. -nirdeśa m. N. of a Mahāyāna-sūtra
  28. -garbha m. a partic. Samādhi, Buddb
  29. of a Bodhi-sattva and a prince ib
  30. -candra m. N. of a king Buddh
  31. -tā f. -tva n. stainlessness, cleanliness, brightness, clearness, purity MBh. Kāv. &c
  32. -datta m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
  33. N. of a prince ib
  34. (ā), f. N. of a princess ib
  35. -dāna n. a gift or offering to a deity MW
  36. -nātha-purāṇa n. N. of a Jaina wk
  37. -nirbhāsa m. a partic. Samādhi SaddhP
  38. -netra m. N. of a Buddha ib
  39. of a prince ib
  40. -piṇḍaka m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
  41. -pura n. N. of a city Kathās. [Page 980, Column]
  42. -pradīpa m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh. -prabha m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh. (also ā f. Dharmas. 136)
  43. N. of a Buddha ib
  44. of a Devaputra ib. (vḷ. a-vimala-p○)
  45. (ā), f. N. of a princess Rājat
  46. -prabhāsa-śrī-tejo-rāja-garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
  47. -praśnôttara-mālā f. N. of wk
  48. -buddhi m. N. of a man Kathās
  49. -bodha m. N. of a Commentator Cat
  50. -brahma-varya m. N. of an author ib
  51. -bhadra m. N. of a man Buddh
  52. -bhāsa m. a partic. Samādhi ib
  53. -bhūdhara m. N. of a Commentator Cat
  54. -maṇi m. crystal L
  55. (○ṇi-kara m. N. of a Buddhist deity, Klac.)
  56. -mati mfn. pure-minded, pure in heart VP
  57. -mitra m. N. of a scholar Buddh
  58. -vāhana m. N. of two princes Śatr
  59. -vega-śrī m. N. of a prince of the Gandharvas Buddh
  60. -vyūha m. N. of a garden ib
  61. -śrī-garbha m. N. of a Bodhisattva ib
  62. -svambhāva m. N. of a mountain ib
  63. ○-svabhāva m. N. of a mountain ib
  64. ○lâkara m. N. of a prince Kathās
  65. ○lâgra-netra m. N. of a future Buddha SaddhP
  66. ○lâtmaka mfn. pureminded, clean, pure L
  67. ○lâtman, 1, mfn. id. R
  68. ○lâditya m. a partic. form of the sun Cat
  69. ○lâdri m. N. of the mountain Vimala or Girnar in Gujarāt (celebrated for its inscriptions
  70. it is also called Śatruṃjaya) L
  71. ○lânana mfn. bright-faced Kāv
  72. ○lânanda (with yogī7ndra), m. N. of a teacher Cat. (○da-natha m. N. of an author
  73. ○da-bhāṣya n. N. of wk.)
  74. ○lâpa mfn. having pure water Laghuk
  75. ○lârthaka mfn. (said to be) = vimalâtmaka L
  76. ○lâśoka m. or n. (?) N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh
  77. ○lâśvā f. N. of a village Rājat
  78. ○lêśvaratīrtha n. and ○lêśvara-puṣkariṇī-saṃgama-tīrtha n. N. of two Tīrthas Cat
  79. ○lôdakā, or ○lôdā f. N. of a river MBh
  80. ○lôrja or ○logya (?), n. N. of a Tantra


  1. vi-malaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make clear or pure Ragh. Kuval
  2. ○lita mfn. clear, pure Inscr


  1. vi-ḍmaliman m. clearness, purity Daś


  1. vi-ḍmali-karaṇa n. the act of clearing, purification Sarvad


  1. vi-mastakita vi-mahat &c. See p. 951, eol. 3


  1. vi-mā √3. P. Ā. -māti, -mimīte, to measure, mete out, pass over, traverse RV. Br. Kauś
  2. to enumerate BhP
  3. to ordain, fix, set right, arrange, make ready, prepare RV


  1. ví-māna mf(ī)n. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 3
  2. for 2, under vi-√man) measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh
  3. m. n. a car or chariot of the gods, any mythical self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or throne, sometimes self-moving and carrying its occupant through the air
  4. other descriptions make the Vimāna more like a house or palace, and one kind is said to be 7 stories high
  5. that of Rāvaṇa was called puṣpaka, q.v
  6. the nau-v○ [Ragh. xvi, 6] is thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. any car or vehicle (esp. a bier) Rājat. vii, 446
  8. the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (esp. one with 7 stories) MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. a temple or shrine of a partic. form VarBṛS
  10. a kind of tower (?) R. v, 52, 8
  11. a grove Jātakam
  12. a ship, boat L
  13. a horse L
  14. n. measure RV
  15. extension ib
  16. (in med.) the science of (right) measure or proportion (e.g. of the right relation between the humours of the body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car
  17. -gamana n. 'going in a car', N. of a ch. of the GaṇP
  18. cārin mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW
  19. -cyuta mfn. fallen from a celṭcelestial car Rājat
  20. -tā f. -tva n. the state or condition of a celṭcelestial car Kāv. Kathās
  21. -nirvyūha m. a partic. Samidhi Kāraṇḍ
  22. -pāla m. the guardian of a celṭcelestial car MBh
  23. -pratima mfn. resembling a celṭcelestial car MBh
  24. -prabhu-tā f. the ownership of a celṭcelestial car MW
  25. -māhātmya n. N. of a ch. of the VP
  26. -yāna mf(ā)n. going or driving in a celṭcelestial car BhP
  27. -rāja m. the driver of a celestial car MW
  28. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk. on architecture
  29. -vat ind. like a self-moving car Kir
  30. -vidyā f. -suddhi-pūjā f. N. of wks
  31. -stha mfn. standing on a celṭcelestial car MW
  32. -sthāna n. N. of awk. on medicine


  1. ví-ḍmānaka (ifc.) = vi-māna, a celestial car Kathās
  2. a seven-storied palace or tower R


  1. vimānī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to turn into a celestial car Kād


  1. vi-māṃsa vi-mātṛ &c. See p. 951


  1. vi-mātavya See under vi-√me


  1. vi-mārga &c. See p. 951, col. 3


  1. vi-mārga See under vi-√mṛj. [Page 980, Column]


  1. vi-mārgaṇa n. (√mārg) the act of seeking for (gen.) Kir


  1. vi-√mi P. A. -minoti, -minute, to fix, build, erect RV. Br. GṛŚrS


  1. ví-mita mfn. fixed, built &c
  2. n. a square shed or large building resting on four posts (ifc. any hall or building) ŚBr. ŚrS. ChUp


  1. vi-√miśr P. -miśrayati, to mix or mingle together MBh


  1. vi-miśra mf(ā)n. mixed, mingled, miscellaneous MBh. Hariv. VarBṛS
  2. mixed or mingled with, attended or accompanied by (instr. or comp.) ib. Suśr. &c
  3. applied to one of the 7 divisions into which the course of Mercury, accord. to Parāśara, is divided VarBṛS
  4. n. capital and interest &c., Lil


  1. vi-ḍmiśraka mfn. mixed, miscellaneous VarBṛS
  2. n. a kind of salt L


  1. vi-ḍmiśrita mfn. mixed, mingled (with lipi f. a partic. mode of writing) Lalit


  1. vi-mukta See under I. vi-√muc


  1. vi-mukha mf(ā)n. having the face averted, turned backwards (acc. with √kṛ', to cause to fly', 'putto flight') MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. turning away from (gen.), disappointed, downcast Kāv. Kathās. Pur
  3. averse or opposed to, abstaining or desisting from (loc., abl., gen. with upari, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. (ifc.) indifferent to Vcar
  5. adverse, hostile (as fate), Veṇls
  6. (ifc.) wanting, lacking, Śāntiś
  7. (vi priv.) without the mouth or opening ŚārṅgS
  8. deprived of the face or head Hariv
  9. m. N. of a text (VS. xvii, 86
  10. xxxix, 7) KātyŚr
  11. of a Muni (v. l. vimuca) R
  12. -tā f. -tva n. aversion, disinclination to (loc., acc. with prati, or comp.) Kāv. Sāh


  1. vimukhaya Nom. P. ○yati, to render averse
  2. ○khita mfn. averse, hostile Kād


  1. vimukhin mfn. having the face averted, averse from, hostile W
  2. ○khi-tā f. (or -tva n.) turning away, aversion, enmity ib


  1. vimukhī in comp. for vimukha. -karaṇa n. (ifc.) the rendering averse to, Śaṃk,


  1. ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to put to flight MBh. Hariv
  2. to render averse or indifferent to (abl. or comp.) Śaṃk
  3. -kṛta mfn. turned away, averse, indifferent ib. Caurap
  4. frustrated R


  1. ○bhāva m. aversion Gīt


  1. ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to turn the back, flee Ragh
  2. to turn away from (abl.) Mṛicch


  1. vi-mugdha See under vi-√muh


  1. vi-√muc P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te (Impv. -mumoktu RV. i, 24, 13), to unloose, unharness (Ā. 'one's own horses'), unyoke (i.e. make to halt, cause to stop or rest') RV. &c. &c
  2. to take off (clothes, ornaments &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to release, set free, liberate ib
  4. to leave, abandon, quit, desert, give up, relinquish ib
  5. to shun, avoid MuṇḍUp. Bhag. &c
  6. to lose (consciousness) Hariv
  7. to pardon, forgive Gīt. BhP
  8. to emit, discharge, shed, pour or send forth MBh. R. Pañcat. (with grastam, to set free a seized planet i.e. 'free it from eclipse' Sūryas.)
  9. to throw, hurl, cast (with ātmānam and loc., 'to cast one's self into' Uttarar.) MBh. R. &c
  10. to utter (a sound) MBh
  11. to assume (a shape) Mn. i, 56
  12. to lay (eggs) Pañcat. i, 353/354/
  13. Pass. -mucyate, to be unloosed or detached &c
  14. to be slackened (as reins) Śak
  15. to drop or be expelled (prematurely, as a fetus) Suśr
  16. to be freed or delivered or released (esp. from the bonds of existence), get rid of, escape from (abl., adv. in -tas gen., or instr.) Mn. MBh. &c
  17. to be deprived of (instr.) Hit.: Caus. -mocayati, to loosen, detach Śak
  18. to unyoke Kauś
  19. to set free, deliver from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c
  20. to keep off, avoid R.: Desid. -mumukṣati, ○te, to wish to liberate (Ā. 'one's self') BhP


  1. vi-mukta mfn. unloosed, unharnessed &c
  2. set free, liberated (esp. from mundane existence), freed or delivered or escaped from (abl., instr., or ifc
  3. rarely ibc
  4. cf. -śāpa) Mn. MBh. &c
  5. deprived of(instr.) MBh
  6. launched (as a ship) R
  7. given up, abandoned, relinquished, deserted ib. BhP
  8. hurled, thrown MBh
  9. emitted or discharged by, flowing from (comp.) Ratnâv
  10. shed or bestowed on (loc.) Rājat
  11. (a snake) which has recently cast its skin MBh. viii, 740
  12. dispassionate R. iv, 32, 18
  13. -kaṇṭha mfn. having the throat or voice unloosed, raising a loud cry (am ind. aloud, at the top of one's voice) Amar
  14. -keśa mfn. having flowing or dishevelled hair BhP
  15. -tā f. loss of (gen.) Kām
  16. -pagraha mfn. with slackened reins Bhaṭṭ
  17. -maunam ind. breaking silence Kathās. [Page 980, Column]
  18. -śāpa mfn. released from the (consequences) of a curse VP
  19. -sena m. N. of a teacher Buddh
  20. ○tâcārya m. N. of an author Cat


  1. vi-ḍmukti f. disjunction (opp. to yukti) AitBr
  2. (ifc.) giving up Kum
  3. release, deliverance, liberation Kāv. Kathās. Pur
  4. release from the bonds of existence, final emancipation Kap. VP
  5. -candra m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
  6. -patha m. the way of final emancipation MW
  7. -mahiman m. N. of wk


  1. vi-múc f. unyoking, alighting, stopping, putting up RV. (vimuco napāt, 'son of unyoking', N. of Pūshan as' conductor on the way to the next world' ib.)


  1. vi-ḍmuca m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh


  1. vi-moká m. unyoking, unbending, cessation, termination TS. AV
  2. letting go, abandoning, giving up AgP
  3. deliverance from (abl. or comp.) Nyāyam. Sch
  4. liberation from sensuality or worldly objects Sarvad


  1. vi-ḍmókam ind. so that the horses are unharnessed or changed TS. Br


  1. vi-ḍmoktavya mfn. to be let loose or set at liberty MBh
  2. to be given up or abandoned R
  3. to be discharged or hurled or cast at (dat. or loc.) MBh


  1. vi-ḍmoktṛ́ mf(trī́)n. one who unyokes or unharnesses VS. TBr


  1. vi-ḍmokya See a-vimokyá


  1. vi-mocaka mfn. releasing, delivering from (ifc.) Cat


  1. vi-ḍmócana mf(ī)n. unyoking, loosening RV
  2. &c. &c
  3. m. N. of Śiva MBh
  4. (ī), f. N. of a river VP
  5. n. unharnessing, alighting, stopping for rest, relief. RV. TS. ŚBr
  6. deliverance, liberation (esp. from sin) MBh. MārkP
  7. giving up, abandoning MBh
  8. N. of a place of pilgrimage ib


  1. vi-ḍmocanīya mfn. (ifc.) relating to the unharnessing of ŚBr. KātyŚr. (cf. dundubhi- and ratha-v○)


  1. vi-ḍmocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) loosened, liberated
  2. m. N. of Śiva Śivag


  1. vi-ḍmocya mfn. to be released or delivered MBh


  1. vimuda m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh


  1. vi-√muh P. Ā
  2. -muhyati, ○te, to be confused, become bewildered or stupefied, faint away Yājñ. MBh. &c.: Caus. -mohayati, to confuse, bewilder, infatuate MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to confound, efface Sāy


  1. vi-mugdha mfn. confused, bewildered, infatuated Hit


  1. vi-mūḍha id. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (ifc.) perplexed as to, uncertain about Kathās
  3. foolish, stupid Prab
  4. -cetas (R.), -dhī (MārkP), mfn. foolish-minded, simple
  5. -bhāva m. bewildered state, confusion MW
  6. -saṃjña mfn. bewildered in mind, senseless, unconscious W
  7. ○ḍhâtman mfn. foolish-minded, perplexed in mind, senseless Bhag


  1. vi-ḍmūḍhaka n. a kind of farce Bhar. (perhaps wṛ. for dvi-gūḍhaka)


  1. vi-moha m. confusion of the mind, perplexity (also mati-v○), Kaths1s. BhP
  2. a kind of hell VP
  3. -da mfn. causing perplexity, bewildering Kathās


  1. vi-ḍmohaka mf(ikā)n. bewildering the mind, bewitching Naish


  1. vi-ḍmohana mfn. id. BhP
  2. m. a kind of hell VP. (cf. naraka)
  3. n. confusion, perplexity Rājat. Prab
  4. the art of confusing or bewildering (= ākuli-karaṇa) Pāṇ. 7-2. 54 Sch


  1. vi-ḍmohita mfn. confused, infatuated, bewitched, beguiled R. Kathās. &c


  1. vi-ḍmohin mfn. perplexing, bewildering, Kaths1s. BhP


  1. vi-mūrchita mfn. (√murch) thickened, coagulated, become solid Yājñ. Vāgbh
  2. (ifc.) full of, mixed with, Bh. Car
  3. resounding with BhP
  4. n. 'becoming stiff', fainting, a swoon Divyâv


  1. vi-mūrta mfn. coagulated, become hard or solid, SāṅkhBr


  1. vi-√mṛj P. Ā. -mārṣṭi, -mṛṣṭe (pf. Pot. -māmṛjīta RV.), to rub off or out, purify, cleanse Br. ŚrS
  2. to rub dry TS
  3. to rub on or in, anoint, smear with (instr.) GṛŚrS
  4. to wipe off MBh. Mṛicch
  5. to rub, stroke, caress MBh. R. &c
  6. Ā. (with tanvám), to adorn or arm one's self RV. vii, 95, 3


  1. vi-mārga m. (for 1. See p. 951, col. 3) wiping off ĀpŚr. Sch
  2. a broom, brush L


  1. vi-mārjana n. wiping off, cleansing, purifying ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. vi-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 2. See under vi-√mṛś) rubbed off &c
  2. depressed ( See below)
  3. rāga mfn. having the colour refined or purified Kum
  4. ○ṭântarâṃsa mfn. having the space between the shoulders a little depressed (nyūna Sch.) ŚBr


  1. vi-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, -mardati, to crush or press to pieces, bruise, pound, grind down, lay waste, destroy Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 981, Column]
  2. to rub together Suśr.: Caus. -mardayati, to crush to pieces, bruise Kāv. Pur
  3. to rub Suśr


  1. vi-marda m. crushing, bruising, grinding, pounding, rubbing, friction MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. trampling Ratnâv
  3. hostile encounter, conflict, scuffle, fight, war, tumult MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. laying waste, devastation, destruction ib
  5. interruption, disturbance Mṛicch. Hit
  6. touch, contact Sāṃkhyak
  7. refusal, rejection R
  8. complete obscuration, total eclipse Sūryas. VarBṛS
  9. weariness, tediousness MW
  10. the trituration of perfumes W
  11. Cassia Sophora L
  12. N. of a prince MārkP
  13. -kṣama mfn. patient of being trampled on (in wars or tumults, said of the earth) Uttarar
  14. ○dârdha n. the time from the apparent conjunction to the end of an eclipse W
  15. ○dôttha m. fragrance arising from the trituration of perfumes ib


  1. vi-ḍmardaka mfn. crushing, pounding, destroying Hariv
  2. m. the act of pounding, grinding, destroying, Mw
  3. rolling ib
  4. the trituration of perfumes ib
  5. the conjunction of the sun and moon, eclipse ib
  6. Cassia Tora L
  7. N. of a man Daś


  1. vi-ḍmardana mfn. pressing, squeezing Sāh
  2. crushing, destroying MBh. R. &c
  3. fragrance, perfume Gal
  4. N. of a Rākshasa R
  5. of a prince of the Vidyādharas Kathās
  6. n. (and ā f.) the act of rubbing or grinding, or pounding or crushing Gaut. Āpast
  7. hostile encounter, fight, battle, war Prab. BhP
  8. devastation, destruction MBh
  9. the trituration of perfumes W
  10. an eclipse ib


  1. vi-ḍmardita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crushed, bruised, &c. R. BhP
  2. rubbed, anointed Suśr


  1. vi-ḍmardin mfn. crushing to pieces, destroying, removing MBh. VarBṛS. &c


  1. vi-mṛdita mfn. bruised, pounded, broken, rubbed Yājñ. R. Suśr
  2. dhvaja mfn. having a crushed or broken banner R


  1. vi-mṛ́dh m. (√mṛdh) a despiser, foe, enemy Vait
  2. 'averter of enemies', N. of Indra RV
  3. ○mṛd-vat mf(atī)n. belonging to Indra ŚāṅkhBr


  1. vi-ḍmṛdhá mf(ā)n. warding off an enemy TS


  1. vi-√mṛś (often confounded with vi-√mṛṣ), P. -mṛśati, to touch (with the hands), stroke, feel MBh. R
  2. to touch (mentally), be sensible or aware of, perceive, consider, reflect on, deliberate about RV. &c. &c
  3. to investigate, examine, try, test MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. (with inf.) to hesitate about doing anything Sāh.: Caus. -marśayati, to ponder, reflect on, consider Kāv. Pañcat. BhP


  1. vi-marśa m. consideration, deliberation, trial, critical test, examination PañcavBr. MBh. &c
  2. reasoning. discussion Prab
  3. knowledge, intelligence Sarvad
  4. N. of Śiva MBh
  5. (in dram.) critical juncture or crisis (one of the 5 Saṃdhis or jonctures of the plot, intervening between the garbha or germ and the nirvahana or catastrophe, e.g. in the Śakuntalā the removal of her veil in the 5th act) Bhar. Daśar. &c
  6. -vat mfn. reflecting, meditative, doubtful Jātakam
  7. -vādin mfn. uttering discussions, one who reasons, a reasoner Prab
  8. ○śâṅga n. a division of the dramatic Vimarśa (of which there are said to be 13) Bhar


  1. vi-ḍmarśana m. (written ○marṣaṇa) N. of a king of the Kirātas Cat
  2. n. discussing, investigation BhP


  1. vi-ḍmarśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) reflected on, considered Pañcat


  1. vi-ḍmarśin mfn. considering, trying, examining Kathās. Sarvad


  1. vi-mṛśa m. reflection, consideration, deliberation ib


  1. vi-ḍmṛśita mfn. reflected on, considered BhP. 1


  1. vi-ḍmṛśya mfn. to be tried or examined ib. 2


  1. vi-ḍmṛśya ind. having deliberated or considered (-kārin, mfn. acting after due deliberation) Hit


  1. vi-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See under vi-√mṛj) reflected on, considered, weighed MW


  1. vi-√mṛṣ P. Ā. -mṛṣyati, ○te, or -marṣati, ○te (cf. vi-√mṛś), to l, e distressed, bear hardly W


  1. vi-marṣa m. irritation, impatience, displeasure W


  1. vi-ḍmarṣin mfn. impatient, intolerant, averse, disliking ib


  1. vi-√me Ā. -mayate, to change places, alternate (?) RV. x, 40, 10


  1. vi-maya m. exchange, barter L


  1. vi-mātavya mfn. to be bartered with (instr.) Vās


  1. vi-megha vi-mogha, &c. See p. 952


  1. vi-√mokṣ P. -mokṣayati, to set free, let loose, liberate MBh


  1. vi-ḍmokṣá m. the being loosened or undone PārGṛ. [Page 981, Column]
  2. release, deliverance from (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
  3. liberation of the soul, i.e. final emancipation (sometimes 8, sometimes 3 kinds are enumerated, Dharmas.59 and 73) ŚBr. Bhag. &c
  4. letting loose, setting at liberty (a thief) Mn. viii, 3, 16
  5. giving up, abandoning VPrāt. MBh
  6. letting flow, shedding (of tears) MBh
  7. gift, bestowal (of wealth) R
  8. discharge (of arrows) MBh
  9. -karā f. N. of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ


  1. vi-ḍmokṣaka mfn. one who releases from (ifc.) R


  1. vi-ḍmokṣaṇa mfn. liberating from (ifc.) BhP
  2. n. untying, loosening VarBṛS
  3. liberation, deliverance from (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (also, from an embryo' MBh. i, 2369
  4. aṇḍáá-v○', laying eggs' Pañcat
  5. asṛg-v○, letting blood' Suśr.)
  6. taking off, casting away, Sṛiṅgār
  7. giving up (the ghost) MBh
  8. discharging (arrows) R


  1. vi-ḍmokṣin mfn. one who has attained to final emancipation MBh


  1. vi-mocaka ○cana &c. See p. 980


  1. vimba &c. See bimba


  1. vi-√mrad (only Impv. -mradā), to make soft or tender, soften RV. vi, 53, 3


  1. vi-√mrit P. -mrityati, to fall to pieces, crumble away, decay ŚBr


  1. vi-√mlai P, Ā. -mlāyati, ○te, to wither away, languish, become wesk or weary ChUp.: Caus. -mlāpayati, to cause to wither or languish, weary, enfeeble Suśr


  1. vi-mlāna mfn. (for 1. See p. 952, col. 1) faded or withered away, bereft of lustre or beauty, fresh, pure W


  1. vi-mlāpana n. causing to wither or languish, softening Suśr


  1. viyaṅga See 2. avyaṅga


  1. vi-√yat Ā. -yatate, to dispose in various rows AV.: Caus. -yātayati, to place in rows, arrange TS
  2. to do penance AV
  3. to torment, pain, punish MBh


  1. vi-yát mfn. (pr. p. of vi- √5. i) going apart or asunder RV. i, 164, 38
  2. being dissolved, passing away, vanishing BhP
  3. n. the sky, heaven, air, atmosphere (prob. as 'that which parts asunder or forms the intermediate region between heaven and earth') VS. &c. &c
  4. ether (as an element) BhP. Sarvad
  5. N. of the 10th mansion VarBṛS
  6. a kind of metre VS


  1. ○patākā f. 'sky-banner', lightning, Ṛit. iii, 12


  1. ○patha m. 'sky-path', the atmosphere Dharmaś


  1. ○stha mfn. standing or being in the air MBh


  1. viyac in comp. for vi-yat


  1. ○cara mfn. flying through the air MBh


  1. ○cārin m. 'sky-goer', Falco Cheela (= cilla) L


  1. viyad in comp. for vi-yat


  1. ○gaṅgā f. the heavenly Ganges, i.e. the galaxy L


  1. ○gata mfn. moving or flying in the air MBh. Śiś


  1. ○gati f. motion in the air W


  1. ○bhūti f. 'sky-power', darkness ib


  1. ○vyāpin mfn. filling the air, Vṛishabhān


  1. viyan in comp. for vi-yat


  1. ○maṇi m. 'skyjewel', the sun L


  1. ○madhya-haṃsa m. 'the flamingo in the middle of the sky', the sun Daś


  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of air Hcar


  1. viyati m. N. of one of the six sons of Nahusha Pur
  2. a bird L


  1. vi-√yam P. -yacchati (3. pl. pf. Ā. -yemire RV. iv, 54, 5), to spread out, extend RV
  2. to stretch out the legs, step out (as a running horse) ib
  3. to hold apart or asunder ib.: Caus. -yāmayati to stretch out, extend AV


  1. vi-yata mfn. stretched out, extended, kept apart RV. AV
  2. (am), ind. separately, at intervals, intermittingly ŚrS


  1. vi-yama m. (only L.) = next Pāṇ. 3-3, 63


  1. vi-yāma m. (only L.) a partic. measure of length (= a fathom measured by the two extended arms)
  2. for bearance, restraint
  3. rest, stop, cessation, pain, distress


  1. vi-√yā P. -yāti, to go or pass through, traverse, cross, drive through (with a car), cut through (with wheels), destroy RV. MaitrS. ŚBr
  2. to depart, turn away MaitrS. BhP


  1. vi-ḍyāta mfn. 'gone apart or from the right path', shameless, impudent, ill-behaved L
  2. -tā f. = next Śiś


  1. vi-ḍyātiman m. shamelessness, impudence L


  1. viyāṅga See 2. avyaṅga. [Page 981, Column]


  1. vi-yāsá m. (√yas) N. of a partic. demon who inflicts torment in Yama's world VS. TS


  1. vi-√yu P. -yuyoti, -yauti, to separate, part (intr.) RV. AV
  2. to be separated from or deprived of (instr.) RV. VS
  3. to separate (trans.), divide, detach or exclude from, deprive of (instr.) RV
  4. to keep off, avert Śiś
  5. to spread, scatter TS
  6. to open RV


  1. ví-yuta mfn. separated from, deprived of (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
  2. not being in conjunction with (comp.) VarBṛS
  3. diminished, that from which something has been subtracted Sūryas
  4. (ā), f. du.'the two separated ones', heaven and earth RV. iii, 54, 7
  5. ○târthaka mfn. void of meaning, L-


  1. ví-ḍyuti f. the difference between two quantities Bijag


  1. vi-yotṛ́ mfn. one who divides or separates RV. iv, 55, 5


  1. vi-√yuj P. Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to disjoin, detach, divide, separate from or deprive of (instr., rarely abl.) AV. &c. &c
  2. to part from (instr.) Śaṃk
  3. (Ā.) to forsake, abandon (acc.) Kir
  4. to relax, abate, yield BhP.: Pass. -yujyate, to be separated from or deprived of, lose (instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to break (a vow, instr.) Mn., v, 91
  6. to be relaxed, yield, give way R.: Caus. -yojayati, ○te, to cause to be disjoined, separate or deliver from, deprive of (instr. or abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. to rob MBh
  8. to subtract Līl


  1. vi-yukta mfn. disjoined, detached, separated or delivered from, deprived or destitute of. deserted by (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. disunited (as husband and wife) Mn. ix, 102
  3. failing, deficient MW
  4. -tā f. (ifc.) the being free from L


  1. vi-yoga m. disjunction, separation (esp. of lovers), loss or absence or want of (instr. with or with out saha abl., or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (○gaṃ √gam, to be lost Mṛicch. ix, 34/35)
  2. giving up, getting rid of, abstention from (comp.) Gaut
  3. subtraction Gaṇit
  4. = vi-yuti, Bījag
  5. a partic. astrological Yoga Cat
  6. -tas ind. (ifc.) from want of, in consequence of any one's absence Kathās
  7. -tā wṛ. for ○gi-tā (q.v.) Kathās
  8. -pura n. N. of a town ib
  9. -bāhya mfn. excluded from separation, not separated MW
  10. -bhāj mfn. suffering from separated W
  11. ○gâvasāna mfn. ending in separated (-tva n.) MW
  12. ○gâvaha mfn. bringing or causing separation Śāntiś


  1. vi-yogāya Ā., ○yate, to be like or resemble a separation Subh


  1. vi-yogin mfn. separated or absent from (instr. or comp.) Kathās. MārkP. Dhūrtas
  2. liable to separation ( See a-v○)
  3. m. the ruddy goose, Anas Casarca (cf. cakravāka) L
  4. (inī), f. a woman separated from her husband or lover MW
  5. a kind of metre (commonly called vaitālīya, q.v.)
  6. ○gi-tā f. the being separated, separation Kathās


  1. viyogī-karâṇa n. causing separation, = hiṃsā Śīl


  1. vi-yojana n. detaching or liberating from (comp.) Sarvad
  2. separation from (comp.) Kāv. Kathās
  3. subtraction, Lil


  1. vi-ḍyojanīya mfn. to be separated from or deprived of (instr.) Kull. on Mn. viii, 374


  1. vi-ḍyojita mfn. (fr. Caus.) disjoined, disunited, separated from or deprived of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-ḍyojya mfn. to be separated from (abl.) Pañcat


  1. vi-yotṛ See under vi-√yu


  1. vi-yodha vi-yoni &c. See p. 952, col. 1


  1. vi-rakta &c. See under vi-√rañj


  1. vi-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to watch over, guard, protect AV. MBh


  1. viraga m. or u. (?) a partic. high number Buddh


  1. vi-√rac P. -racayati (rarely Ā
  2. aor. vy-araracat, once -arīracat
  3. ind. p. vi-racayya
  4. Pass. vi-racyate
  5. aor. vy-araci), to construct, contrive, form, fashion, make, arrange Kāv. Kathās. &c
  6. to build, erect Rājat
  7. to invent, produce, compose, write Kāv. VarBṛS. &c
  8. to put on, don, wear Kāv. BhP


  1. vi-ḍracana n. (and ā f.) arrangement, disposition, embellishment Kāv. (with alakānām, beautifully arranged locks Bālar.)
  2. putting on, wearing (ornaments &c.) Vikr. Mālatīm
  3. composition, compilation W


  1. vi-ḍracayitavya mfn. to be formed or made Śaṃk


  1. vi-ḍracita mfn. constructed, arranged &c. [Page 982, Column]
  2. performed BhP
  3. composed, written, Kalid. Pañcat
  4. put together, spoken, uttered ( See comp.)
  5. put on, worn Ragh
  6. furnished with (instr.) Megh
  7. put in, inlaid, set MW
  8. (ā), f. N. of a woman Kathās
  9. -pada mfn. (a speech or song &c.) the words of which are artificially composed or arranged, rhythmic, poetic Kālid
  10. -vapus mfn. one who has his body formed or arranged MW
  11. -vāc mfn. one who has composed a speech or who has spoken Ragh
  12. ○tôkti mfn. id. Kathās


  1. vi-raja (3. [vi+raja] for rajas), mf(ā)n. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig. 'free from passion') ŚBr. MBh. &c
  2. free from the menstrual excretion L
  3. m. N. of a Marut-vat Hariv
  4. of a son of Tvashṭṛi BhP
  5. of a son of Pūrṇiman ib
  6. of a pupil of Jātūkarṇya ib
  7. of the world of Buddha Padma-prabha SaddhP
  8. (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Sāvarṇi BhP
  9. (ā), f. Panicum Dactylon (= dūrā) MBh. (= kapitthānī L.)
  10. of the wife of Nahusha (spiritual daughter of a class of Pitṛis called Su-svadhas or Svaṣvadhas) Hariv
  11. of a mistress of Kṛishṇa (who was changed into a river) Pañcar
  12. of a Rākshasī Cat
  13. n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh
  14. -prabha m. N. of a Buddha Buddh
  15. -loka m. N. of a partic. world, VB
  16. ○jâkṣa m. N. of a mountain (to the north of Meru) MārkP
  17. ○jākṣetra n. N. of a sacred district Cat
  18. ○jêśvarī f. N. of Rādhā Pañcar


  1. vi-rajas mfn. = -raja, free from dust &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
  3. of a Ṛishi Hariv
  4. of a sage under Manu Cākshusha ib
  5. of a son of Manu Sāvarṇi MārkP
  6. of a son of Nārāyaṇa MBh
  7. of a son of Kavi ib
  8. of a son of Vasishtha BhP
  9. of a son of Paurṇamāsa MārkP
  10. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
  11. f. a woman who has ceased to menstruate L
  12. N. of Durgā L. -karaṇa n. freeing from dust, cleansing KātyŚr. Sch
  13. -tamas mfn. free from (the qualities of) passion and ignorance L
  14. -tejaḥ-svara m. N. of a serpentdemon Buddh
  15. -tejo' mbara-bhūṣaṇa mfn. having apparel and ornaments free from dust MW


  1. vi-rajaska mfn. = -rajas MBh. Hariv. BhP
  2. m. N. of a son of Manu Sāvarṇi BhP


  1. virajī in comp. for vi-raja or vi-rajas


  1. ○√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to render free from dust or passion ib
  2. -krita mfn. freed from dust, cleansed Śiś. xiii, 49. -√bhū- P. -bhavati, to be or become free from dust or pṭpassion (also with √as) Pāṇ. 5-4, 51 Sch
  3. -bhūta mfn. free from dust or passion. pure MW


  1. virañca m. (perhaps fr. √rac)Ṇ. of Brahmā BhP. Sch


  1. virañcana (L.),


  1. virañḍci (Kāv.),


  1. virañḍcya (BhP.), m. id


  1. vi-√rañj P. Ā. -rajyati, ○te, to be changed in colour, be discoloured, lose one's natural colour Kāv. VarBṛS. &c
  2. to become changed in disposition or affection, become indifferent to, take no interest in (abl. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -rañjayati, to discolour, stain Suśr


  1. vi-rakta mfn. discoloured, changed in colour Ragh
  2. changed in disposition, disaffected, estranged, averse, indifferent to, i.e. having no interest in (abl., loc., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. become indifferent, i.e. arousing no interest Rājat
  4. impassioned, feeling excessive passion W
  5. -citta mfn. disaffected at heart, estranged MW
  6. -prakṛti mfn. having disaffected subjects Kām
  7. -bhāva (Pañcat.), -hṛdaya (Kathās.), mfn. = -citta
  8. ○tâsarvasva n. N. of wk


  1. vi-ḍrakti f. change of disposition or feeling, alienation of mind, want of interest, freedom of passion, indifference to (loc., gen. with upari, or acc. with prati) Rājat. Pañcat. BhP
  2. indifference to worldly objects, weanedness from the world BhP
  3. -mat mfn. indifferent to (loc.) Kathās
  4. connected with freedom from worldly attachment BhP
  5. -ratnâvali f. N. of a Stotra


  1. vi-raṅga m. (for 1. See p. 952, col. 1) = 2. virāga L. (cf. vairangika)


  1. vi-rajana mfn. useful for or causing change of colour Car


  1. vi-rañjanīya See purīṣa-virañjanīya


  1. vi-ḍrañjita mfn. estranged, cooled in affection R


  1. vi-rāga m. (for 1. See p. 952, col. 1) change or loss of colour Naish
  2. excitement, irritation Pāṇ. 6-4, 91
  3. aversion, dislike or indifference to (loc., abl., or comp.) Kāv. Rājat. BhP
  4. indifference to external things or worldly objects Sāṃkhyak
  5. the faulty suppression of a sound in pronunciation, RPrāt [Page 982, Column]
  6. a partic. high number Buddh
  7. -vat mfn. indifferent (sarvatra, 'to everything') Cat
  8. -viṣabhṛt mfn. cherishing the poison of dislike or aversion MW
  9. ○gârha mfn. qualified for freedom from passion (= vairaṅgika) L


  1. vi-ḍrāgaya Nom. P


  1. vi-rāgayati to estrange, alienate Vishṇ
  2. to displease Divyâv
  3. ○gita mfn. exasperated, irritated Vajracch
  4. ifc., feeling aversion or dislike to MBh


  1. vi-ḍrāgin mfn. indifferent to (loc.) MBh. R. &c


  1. viraṭa m. the shoulder W
  2. a kind of black Agallochum ib
  3. N. of a king ib


  1. vi-√raṇ Caus. -raṇayati, to cause to sound, make to resound, play upon (a musical instrument) BhP


  1. vi-rāṇ m. an elephant L


  1. vi-raṇa See á-v○


  1. viraṇa n. = viiraṇa, Andropogon Muricatus L


  1. vi-rata vi-rati &c. See under vi√ram below


  1. vi-ratha &c. See p. 952, col. 1


  1. vi-√rad P. -radati, to rend asunder, sever RV. i, 61, 12
  2. to open to, bestow on, vii, 62, 3


  1. virada See viruda


  1. vi-√rapś Ā. -rapsate, to be full to overflowing, abound in (gen.), have too much of (instr.) RV. AV


  1. vi-ḍrapśá mf(ī́)n. copious, abundant RV. i, 8, 8
  2. m. superabundance ib. iv, 50 &c


  1. vi-ḍrapśin mfn. copious, exuberant, powerful, mighty RV. AV. VS


  1. vi-√ram P. -ramati (rarely Ā
  2. Pāṇ. 1-3, 83), to stop (esp. speaking), pause, cease, come to an end TS. &c. &c
  3. to give up, abandon, abstain or desist from (abl.) KātyŚr. MBh. &c.: Caus. [-r�Amayati], to cause to stop or rest &c., bring to an end, finish R. BhP.: Desid., See vi-riraṃsā


  1. vi-rata mfn. stopped, ceased, ended R. Kālid. &c. (n. impers., e.g. virataṃ vācā', the speech ended' Kathās.)
  2. one who has given up or resigned or ceased or desisted from (abl., loc., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. -tva n. the having come to an end, cessation Sāh
  4. -prasaṅga mfn. one who has ceased from being occupied in (loc.) Kum. iii, 47
  5. ○tâśaya mfn. one whose desires have ceased or who has resigned worldly intentions MW


  1. vi-ḍrati f. cessation, pause, stop, end (ibc. = finally) Kāv. Kathās. &c
  2. end of or caesura within a Pada Śrutab
  3. resignation, desistence or abstention from (abl., loc., or comp.) Kāv. Vedântas. ŚārṅgS


  1. vi-rama m. cessation, end MBh. BhP
  2. sunset Śiś. ix, 11
  3. (ifc.) desistence or abstention from MBh


  1. vi-ramḍamṇa n. ceasing cessation KātyŚr
  2. (ifc.) desistence from Subh


  1. vi-ḍramita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to cease, stopped BhP


  1. vi-rāma m. cessation, termination, end ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn. &c. (acc. with √yā or pra-√yā, to come to an end, rest)
  2. end of a word or sentence, stop, pause (ifc. = ending with), APrāt. Pāṇ. &c
  3. end of or caesura with in a Pāda Śrutab
  4. (in gram.), the stop', N. of a small oblique stroke placed under a consonant to denote that it is quiescent, i.e. that it has no vowel inherent or otherwise pronounced after it (this mark is sometimes used in the middle of conjunctions of consonants
  5. but its proper use, according to native grammarians, is only as a stop at the end of a sentence ending in a consonant)
  6. desistence, abstention Kāś. Vop
  7. exhaustion, languor Car
  8. N. of Vishṇu MBh
  9. of Śiva Śivag
  10. -tā f. cessation, abatement Pañcar


  1. vi-ḍrāmaka mfn. ending in (ifc.) L


  1. vi-ḍrāmaṇa n. a pause Hcat


  1. vi-riraṃsā f. (fr. Desid.) the wish to cease or desist from Subh


  1. virala mf(ā)n. (perhaps from vira = vila for bila + la, 'possessing holes') having interstices, separated by intervals (whether of space or time), not thick or compact, loose, thin, sparse, wide apart MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. rare, scarcely found, unfrequent, scanty, few Kāv. Kathās. &c. (ibc. and am ind. sparsely, rarely, seldom
  3. viralaḥ with or without ko' pi, one here and there)
  4. n. sour curds (= dadhi) L


  1. ○jānuka m. 'having knees wide apart', a bandy-legged man L


  1. ○tā f. rareness, scarcity Veṇis


  1. ○dravā f. gruel made of rice or other grain with the addition of ghee &c. Suśr. [Page 982, Column]


  1. ○druma mfn. (a wood) consisting of trees planted sparsely Hariv


  1. ○pātaka mfn. rarely committing crimes, sinning rarely Vet


  1. ○pārśvaga mfn. having a scanty retinue Rājat


  1. ○bhakti mfn. of little variety, monotonous Ragh


  1. ○sasya-yuta mfn. scantily furnished with grain VarBṛS


  1. viralâgata mfn. happening rarely, rare MW


  1. viralâṅguli mfn. (feet) having the toes wide apart VarBṛS


  1. viralâtapa-cohavi mfn. (a day) having little sunshine Śiś


  1. viralêtara mfn. 'other than wide apart, dense, thick, close L


  1. viralāya Nom. P. ○yate, to be thin or rare, to become clearer (as a wood) Kād


  1. viralikā f. a kind of thin cloth L


  1. viralita mfn. not dense or close (in a-v○) Uttarar


  1. viralī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to scatter, disperse Siṃhâs. (-kṛta mfn. Hariv.)
  2. to make clearer (a wood), kād


  1. vi-rava See under vi- √1, ru


  1. vi-ras √1. P. -rasati, to cry out, yell, shriek Hariv. Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-rasa &c. See p. 952, col. 1


  1. vi-√rah P. -rahayati (inf. -rahitum
  2. ind. p. -rahayya), to abandon, desert, relinquish, leave ŚāṅkhGṛ. R. BhP


  1. vi-raha m. abandonment, desertion, parting, separation (esp. of lovers), absence from (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. lack, want (ifc. = lacking, with the exception of) Kāv. Kathās. &c
  3. -guṇita mfn. increased by separation Megh
  4. -ja mfn. arising from separation Śak
  5. -janita mfn. id. MW
  6. -jvara m. the anguish of separation ib
  7. -virasa mfn. painful through (the idea of) separation, Śāntiś
  8. -vyāpad mfn. decreased by separation Megh
  9. -śayana n. a solitary couch or bed Megh
  10. ○hâdhigama m. experiencing separation ib
  11. ○hânala m. the fire of separation ib
  12. ○hârta mfn. pained by separation W
  13. ○hâvasthā f. state of separation MW
  14. ○hôtkaṇṭhikā f. (in dram.) a woman who longs after her absent lover or husband Sāh
  15. ○hôtsuka mfn. suffering from separation A


  1. vi-ḍrahita mfn. abandoned, deserted, solitary, lonely, separated or free from, deprived cf (instr., gen., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (āt), ind. with the exception of (gen.) Kāraṇḍ


  1. vi-ḍrahin mfn. separated, parted (esp. from a beloved person), lonely, solitary Kāv. Kathās. &c
  2. absent Bhartṛ
  3. (ifc.) abstaining from Sarvad
  4. (iṇī), f. a woman separated from her husband or lover W
  5. wages, hire ib
  6. ○ṇī-mano-vinoda, mṆ. of wk


  1. vi-ḍrahi-√kṛ P. -karoti, to separate from (instr.) R


  1. vi-√rāj P.Ā. -rājati, ○te, to reign, rule, govern, master (gen. or acc.), excel (abl.) RV. AV. Br
  2. to be illustrious or eminent, shine forth, shine out (abl.), glitter ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. to appear as (nom.) MBh.: Caus. -rājayati, (rarely ○te) cause to shine forth, give radiance or lustre, brighten, illuminate MBh. R. &c


  1. vi-rā́j mfn. (for 1. See p. 949, col. 3) ruling far and wide, sovereign, excellent, splendid RV
  2. mfn. a ruler, chief. king or queen (applied to Agni, Sarasvatī, the Sun &c.) ib. AV. VS. Br. MBh
  3. f. excellence, pre-eminence, high rank, dignity, majesty TS. Br. ŚrS
  4. m. or f. the first progeny of Brahmā (according to Mn. i, 32 &c., Brahmā having divided his own substance into male and female, produced from the female the male power Virāj, who then produced the first Manu or Manu Svāyambhuva, who then created the ten Prajā-patis
  5. the BhP. states that the male half of Brahmā was Manu, and the other half Śata-rūpā, and does not allude to the intervention of Virāj
  6. other Purāṇas describe the union of Śata-rūpā with VṭVirāj or Purusha in the first instance, and with Manu in the second
  7. Virāj as a sort of secondary creator, is sometimes identified with Prajā-pati, Brahmā, Agni, Purusha, and later with Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa, while in RV. x, 90, he is represented as born from Purusha, and Purusha from him
  8. in the AV. viii, 10, 24
  9. xi, 8, 30, Virāj is spoken of as a female, and regarded as a cow
  10. being elsewhere, however, identified with Prâṇa) IW. 22 &c
  11. (in Vedānta) N. of the Supreme Intellect located in a supposed aggregate of gross bodies (= vaiśvānara, q. v.), Vedantas
  12. m. a warrior (= kṣatriya) MBh. BhP
  13. the body MW
  14. a partic. Ekâha PañcavBr. Vait
  15. N. of a son of Priya-vrata and Kāmyā Hariv
  16. of a son of Nara VP
  17. cf Buddha L. [Page 983, Column]
  18. of a son of Rādhā MW
  19. of a district ib
  20. f. a particular Vedic metre consisting of four Pādas of ten syllables each (and therefore also a symbolical N. of the number 'ten'
  21. in RV. x, 130, 5 this metre is represented as attaching itself to Mitra and Varuṇa, and in AitBr. i, 4 Virāj is mystically regarded as 'food', and invocations are directed to be made in this metre when food is the especial object of prayer
  22. in prosody Virāj is applied to any metre defective by two syllables RPrāt.)
  23. pl. N. of partic. bricks (40 in number) VS. ŚBr


  1. vi-rāja mfn. shining, brilliant Pañcar
  2. m. a partic. form of a temple Hcat
  3. a part. Ekâha Vait
  4. a species of plant L
  5. N. of a Prajā-pati Hariv
  6. of a son of A-vikshit MBh


  1. vi-ḍrājana mfn. embellishing, beautifying (ifc.) Car
  2. n. ruling, being eminent or illustrious, &c. Nir


  1. vi-ḍrājita mfn. eminent, illustrious, brilliant, splendid, glorious MBh. Kāv. etc


  1. vi-ḍrājin mfn. splendid, brilliant MBh


  1. vi-ḍrā́jñī f. a female ruler, queen TBr


  1. vi-ḍrājya n. reign, dominion MaitrUp


  1. virāṭ in comp. for 2. vi-rāj


  1. ○kāmā f. a kind of Vedic metre, RPrs1t


  1. ○krama m. pl. a partic. religious observance ĀpŚr


  1. ○kṣetra n. N. of a district Cat


  1. ○tva n. the being ten or tenfold (from the metre Virāj containing 10 syllables) AitBr


  1. ○pūrvā f. N. of a metre RPrāt


  1. ○su n. (with vāmadevya) N. of a Sāman L


  1. ○suta m. 'son of Virāj', N. of a class of deceased ancestors (also called Soma-sads) Mn. iii, 195


  1. ○sthānā f. a partic. Vedic form of the Trishṭubh metre RPrāt


  1. ○svarāja m. a partic. Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. ○svarūpa mfn. consisting of Virāj (applied to the supreme Being) MW


  1. virāṭa m. N. of one of the midland or northwest districts of India (perhaps Berar) VarBṛS
  2. N. of an ancient king of a particular district in India, (the Pāṇḍavas being obliged to live in concealment during the thirteenth year of their exile, journeyed to the court of this king and entered his service in various disguises) MBh. Hariv. &c
  3. N. of Buddha L


  1. ○ja m. = rāja-paṭṭa, a sort of inferior diamond (said to be found in the country Virāṭa) L
  2. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of king Virāta MBh


  1. ○nagara n. the city of the Virāṭas MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-2, 89 Sch.)


  1. ○parvan n. N. of the fourth book of the Mahābhārata (describing the adventures of the Pāṇḍu princes when living in the service of king Virāṭa)


  1. virāṭaka m. a diamond of inferior quality MW


  1. virāḍ in comp. for 2. vi-rāj


  1. ○aṣṭama (virā́ḍ-), mfn. having the metre Virāj in the eighth place ŚBr


  1. ○deha m. 'having the body of Virāj', N. of the Universe MW


  1. ○rūpā f. a Vedic form of the Trishṭubh metre RPrāt


  1. ○varṇa mf(ā)n. having the form of the metre Virāj ŚāṅkhBr


  1. vi-rāṇin See under vi-√raṇ


  1. virātaka m. Terminalia Arunja L
  2. the fruit of Semecarpus Anacardium L


  1. vi-√rādh P. -rādhyati, to hurt, injure Śiś
  2. (only aor. Ā. -rādhiṣi), to lose, be deprived of (instr.) AV. ChUp.:
  3. Caus. -rādhayati, to become disunited, be at variance, disagree PañcavBr. (cf. a-virādhayat)


  1. vi-rāddha mfn. opposed, thwarted, offended, reviled, abused W


  1. râddhṛ mfn. opposing, thwarting
  2. an injurer, offender Śiś


  1. vi-rādha m. thwarting, opposition, vexation W
  2. N. of a Rākshasa Hariv. R. &c
  3. of a Dānava Hariv
  4. -gupta m. N. of a man Mudr
  5. -han m. 'slayer of Virādba', N. of Indra or Vishṇu Pañcar


  1. vi-ḍrā́dhana n. failure, want of success AV
  2. injury, offence L
  3. (ā). f. hurt, injury Śīl


  1. vi-ḍrādhaya (fr. Caus.), g. brāhmaṇâdi


  1. vi-ḍrādhāna (?), n. hurt, pain L


  1. vi-ḍrādhya mfn. to be lost, anything of which one is to be deprived Jātakam


  1. virāla m. = viḍāla, a cat W


  1. vi-rāva &c. See under vi-√ru


  1. virāvṛtta (?), n. black pepper L


  1. virā-ṣáh mfn. (nom. -ṣā́t
  2. vira prob. for viirā) subduing or confining or harbouring men (applied to Yama's heaven) RV. i, 35, 6


  1. vi-√ric Pass. -ricyate, to reach or extend beyond (aor. -reci) RV. iv, 16, 5
  2. to be emptied or purged Lāṭy.: Caus. -recayati, to empty, drain MBh
  3. to purge Suśr
  4. to emit Nīlak. [Page 983, Column]


  1. vi-rikta mfn. evacuated, emptied, purged Mn. Suśr


  1. vi-ḍrikti f. purging Car


  1. vi-reka m. purging, evacuation of the bowels Suśr
  2. making the head clear Car
  3. a purgative, cathartic Suśr


  1. vi-recaka mfn. purgative
  2. not accompanied by breath-exhalation (in this sense vi is priv.) Vām. ii, 2, 8 (in a quotation)


  1. vi-ḍrecana mfn. opening Suśr
  2. m. Careya Arborea or Salvadora Persica L
  3. n. purging or any purging substance Suśr
  4. a means for making the head clear Car
  5. -dravya n. any purging substance or medicine Suśr


  1. vi-ḍrecita mfn. (fr. Caus.) purged, emptied, evacuated W


  1. vi-ḍrecin mfn. purgative L


  1. vi-ḍrecya mfn. to be purged


  1. viriñca m. (perhaps fr. √ric
  2. but cf. virañca) N. of Brahmā (but also applied to Vishṇu and Śiva) MBh. Kathās. Pur. (-ta f. BhP.)


  1. viriñcana m. N. of Brahmā L


  1. viriñci m. = viriñca MBh. BhP. Sarvad
  2. N. of a poet Cat


  1. ○gola m. or n. (?) N. of a mythical place, Vīrac


  1. ○nātha m. N. of an author (○thīya n. his wk.) Cat


  1. ○pāda-śuddha m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat


  1. viriñcya m. N. of Brahmā BhP. (accord. to Sch. also, N. of Brahmā's world')


  1. vi-ribdha m. (√ribh) a note, tone, sound Śiś. xi, 41 (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 18)


  1. vi-ribhita and mfn. Pāṇ. 7-2, 18 Sch


  1. vi-rebhita mfn. Pāṇ. 7-2, 18 Sch


  1. vi-riraṃsā See under vi-√ram


  1. ví-riṣṭa mfn. (√riś
  2. cf. vi-liṣṭa) rent asunder, broken, disordered AV. TS


  1. vi-ru √1. P. -ruvati, -ravati, -rauti, to roar aloud, cry, buzz, hum, yell, sing, lament, &c. Kāv. Kathās. &c
  2. cry or call to, invoke Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -rāvayati, to roar or scream aloud Mn. iv, 64


  1. vi-ravá m. roaring, thundering RV


  1. vi-ḍrāva m. crying, clamour, sound, noise, buzzing, humming MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. N. of a horse MBh


  1. vi-ḍrāvaṇa mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing clamour or roar R


  1. vi-ḍrāvita mfn. (fr. id.) made to resound, filled with noise VarBṛS


  1. vi-ḍrāvin mfn. shouting, roaring, crying, singing, lamenting MBh. R. &c
  2. sounding, resounding R. VarBṛS
  3. m. N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
  4. (iṇī), f. weeping, crying W
  5. a broom ib
  6. N. of a river ib


  1. vi-ruta mfn. roared, cried, &c
  2. invoked VarBṛS
  3. made to resound, filled with the cries &c. of (instr. or comp.) R. BhP
  4. n. shrieking, howling, yelling, humming, chirping, &c., any noise or sound Mn. R. screaming, howling Kād. Mudr


  1. vi-√ruc Ā. -rocate (pf. -rurucuḥ RV
  2. aor. vy-arucat Ragh. Kathās. Bhaṭṭ.), to shine forth, be bright or radiant or conspicuous or visible RV. &c. &c
  3. to appear as or like (nom.) MBh
  4. to outshine, excel (acc.) ib
  5. to please, delight (gen.) R
  6. (only pf. P.) to cause to shine, illuminate RV. iv, 7, 1 ; x, 122, 5 : Caus. -rocayati, to cause to shine, brighten, illuminate RV. BhP
  7. to find pleasure in, delight in (acc.) R. Hariv


  1. vi-rúkmat mfn. shining, brilliant, bright RV
  2. m. a bright weapon or ornament ib


  1. vi-ruca m. a magic formula recited over weapons R


  1. vi-roká m. shining, gleaming, effulgence RV
  2. a ray of light L
  3. (also n.) a hole, aperture, cavity, chasm L. (cf. nāsā-viroka)


  1. vi-ḍrokin mfn. shining, radiant RV


  1. vi-rócana mfn. shining upon, brightening, illuminating MBh
  2. m. the sun or the god of the sun (also applied to Vishṇu) MBh. Rājat
  3. the moon MBh. ix, 2025
  4. fire L
  5. a species of Karañja L
  6. a species of Syonāka L
  7. N. of an Asura (son of Prahes1da or Prahlāda and father of Bali and Mantharā or Dirgha-jihvā) AV. &c, &c
  8. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda MBh
  9. of the wife of Tvashṭṛi (and mother of Viraja) BhP
  10. n. (?) light, lustre W
  11. -vadha m. N. of a ch. of the GaṇP
  12. -suta m. son of Virocana', N. of Bali (sovereign of Mahābali-pura) W


  1. vi-ḍrociṣṇu mfn. shining, bright Mn. i, 77
  2. illuminating, making visible W


  1. vi-ru √1. P. -rujati, to break to pieces, tear asunder, crush, destroy RV. &c. &c


  1. vi-rugṇa mfn. (less correctly vi-rugna) broken to pieces, torn asunder &c. Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-ruja mfn. (for 1. See p. 952, col. 1) breaking, rending, causing pain PārGṛ. [Page 983, Column]


  1. vi-ḍrojana n. the act of breaking or tearing asunder ĀpŚr. Sch


  1. vi-√rud P. -roditi, to weep or cry aloud, sob, lament, bewail MBh. BhP


  1. vi-ḍrudita n. loud lamentation, wailing, grief. Uttarar


  1. viruda m. (also written biruda and birada) a laudatory poem, panegyric (on a prince, in prose or verse) Sāh. Pratāp
  2. crying, proclaiming W


  1. ○dhvaja m. a royal banner R. (B.)


  1. ○maṇi-mālā f. N. of a poem (quoted in Sāh.)


  1. virudâvali (or ○lī), f. a detailed panegyric Vcar
  2. N. of a poem by Raghu-deva (celebrating the praises of a certain king of Mithilā)


  1. vi-rudh √1. (only in -ródhat RV. i, 67, 9), to shoot forth


  1. vi-rudh √2. P.Ā. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, (P.) to hinder, obstruct, invest, besiege R
  2. to close Ṛitus
  3. (Ā.) to encounter opposition from (instr.) TS.: Pass. -rudhyate (m.c. also ○ti), to be impeded or checked or kept back or withheld R. Kathās. &c
  4. to be opposed, to contend with (instr. with or without saha, gen., loc., or acc. with prati) MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.) MBh. BhP
  6. to fail MBh.: Caus. -rodhayati (rarely ○te), to set at variance, disunite MBh. R
  7. to oppose, encounter, fight against or contend, with (acc., rarely gen.)
  8. to object to (acc.) MBh. x, 180: Desid. -rurutsati, to wish to commence hostility MBh


  1. vi-ruddha mfn. opposed, hindered, restrained, arrested, kept back R. Kālid. &c
  2. surrounded, blockaded W
  3. forbidden, prohibited Mn. MBh. &c
  4. doubtful, uncertain, precarious, dangerous MBh. R
  5. hostile, adverse, at variance or at enmity with (instr., gen., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. unpleasant, disagreeable, odious or hateful to(comp.) R. Kathās
  7. disagreeing (as food) Bhpr
  8. contrary, repugnant, contrasted, reverse, inconsistent or incompatible with, excluded from (gen., instr., or comp.) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
  9. (am), ind. perversely, incongruously MW
  10. m. pl. N. of a class of gods under the tenth Manu Pur
  11. n. opposition, hostility, repugnance MW
  12. (scil. rūpaka) a figure of speech in which an object compared to another object is said to lack its functions and to possess others not properly belonging to it (e.g. 'the moon of thy face does not rise in the sky, but only takes away my life') Kāvyâd. ii, 84
  13. N. of wk. on Nyāya
  14. -grantha-pūrvapakṣa-rahasya n. -grantha-rarhasya n. N. of wks
  15. -tā, f
  16. -tva n. hostility, enmity, opposition, contrariety, incompatibility Rājat. Pañcat. Sarvad
  17. -dhī mfn. malevolently disposed, malignant Rājat
  18. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantha-ṭīkā f. -pūrva-paksa- granthâloka, m. N. of wks
  19. -prasaṅga m. prohibited or unlawful occupation Yājñ
  20. -bhuj mfn. eating incompatible or unsuitable food W
  21. -bhojana n. incompatible food ib
  22. -mati-kārin mfn. suggesting contradictory notions Sāh
  23. ○ri-tā f. a figure of speech which (by using ambiguous words) suggests contradictory notions (e.g. vidadhāti galagraham, 'she gives an embrace', where the word galag-graha means also 'a disease of the throat') Sāh. Kpr
  24. -mati-kṛt mfn. (= -kārin) Kpr. Pratāp
  25. n. (= -kāri-tā) ib
  26. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of a ch. of the PSarv
  27. -śaṃsana n. malignant or abusive language (= gāli) L
  28. -sambandhanīya mfn. (in law) allied or kin in a forbidden degree
  29. -siddhânta-granthaṭīkā f. -siddhânta-grantha-rahasya n. -siddhânta-granthâloka m. N. of wks
  30. ○ddhârtha mfn. containing a contradiction (-tā f.) Kāvyâd
  31. (○tha-dīpika n. a partic. figure of speech in which seemingly contradictory functions are attributed to one and the same object Kāvyâd. ii, 109)
  32. ○ddhâcaraṇa n. wrong or improper course of conduct MW
  33. ○ddhânna or ○dhâśana n. incompatible or forbidden food Suśr
  34. ○ddhôkti f. adverse or contradictory speech, quarrel, dispute L
  35. ○ddhôpakrama mfn. (in medicine) applying incompatible remedies (-tva n.) Suśr


  1. vi-roddhavya mfn. to be opposed or contended with Pañcat
  2. n. (impers.) it is to be contended or fought Kathās


  1. vi-ḍroddhṛ mfn. contending, fighting (in a-vir○) MBh


  1. vi-rodha m. opposition, hostility, quarrel, strife between (gen., rarely instr., or comp.) or with (instr. with or without saha, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. hostile contact of inanimate objects (as of planets &c.) VarBṛS
  3. (logical) contradiction, contrariety, antithesis, inconsistency, incompatibility KātyŚr. Kaṇ. [Page 984, Column] Kap. &c
  4. (ifc.) conflict with, injury of (instr. = at the cost or to the detriment of) Yājñ. MBh
  5. hindrance, prevention Gaut
  6. blockade, siege W
  7. adversity, calamity, misfortune Sāh
  8. perversity Kathās
  9. (in rhet.) an apparent contradiction or incongruity (e.g. bharato 'pi śatru-ghnaḥ) Kpr
  10. (in dram.) impediment to the successful progress of a plot W
  11. (ī), f. fixed rule, ordinance(?) W
  12. -kāraka mfn. causing opposition or disagreement, fomenting quarrels MW
  13. -kṛt mfn. causing dissension or revolt Yājñ. Sch
  14. m. an enemy MW
  15. the 45th year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Cat
  16. -kriyā f. quarrel, strife Ragh
  17. -parihāra m. removal of incompatibility, reconciliation Kull. on Mn. vii, 152
  18. N. of wk. on Bhakti (by Lakshmaṇâcārya)
  19. of another wk. on the reconciliation of the different Vaishṇava systems (by Varadâcārya)
  20. -phala n. the fruit or result of perverseness Kathās
  21. -bhañjanī f. N. of a commentary on the Rāmāyaṇa
  22. -bhāj mfn. contradictory, opposed to (instr.) Sāh
  23. -vát mfn. containing a contradiction Kāvyâd
  24. -varūthinī f. -varūthinī-nirodha m. -varūthinī-bhañjinī, f. -vāda m. N. of wks
  25. -śamana. n. making up a quarrel Daśar
  26. ○dhâcarana m. (in rhet.) apparent conduct L
  27. ○dhâbhâsa m. (in rhet.) aparent contradiction, the semblance of opposite qualities Pratāp
  28. ○dhâlaṃkāra m. (in rhet) a figure of speech implying incongruity (cf.under vi-rodha) MW
  29. ○dhôkti f. dispute, mutual contradiction Pāṇ. 1-3, 50 Sch
  30. ○dhôddhāra m. N. of wk
  31. ○dhôpamā f. (in rhet.) a comparison founded on opposition (e.g. 'the lotus flower and thy face are opposed as rivals to each other', i.e. resemble each other), Kāvyftd. ii, 33


  1. vi-ḍrodhaka mfn. disuniting, causing dissension or revolt Yājñ. Sch
  2. opposed to, incompatible with (gen. or comp.) MBh
  3. (ifc.) preinventing, an obstacle to ib


  1. vi-ḍrodhana mfn. opposing, fighting MBh
  2. n. checking, restraining Nir. vi, 1 (Sch.)
  3. quarrel, contest, resistance, opposition to (gen.) Kām. Kathās. &c
  4. harming, injuring R
  5. (in dram.) either 'angry altercation' (e.g. in Śak. the dialogue between the king and Śārṅgarava) Bhar
  6. or 'consciousness of the risk of an enterprise' (e.g. Veṇis, 6, 1) Sāh
  7. incongruity, inconsistency W
  8. investing, blockading ib


  1. vi-rodhi in comp. for


  1. vi-rodhin
  2. -grantha m. N. of wk
  3. -tā f. enmity, hatred, strife, quarrel between (comp.) or with (saha) Kāv. Kathās. &c
  4. obstinacy, restiveness (of a horse) VarBṛS
  5. contradictoriness Sāh
  6. -tva n. withdrawal, removal Kap. Sch
  7. -nirodha m. -puruṣa-kāra m. N. of wks
  8. -yodha m. a hostile warrior Rājat
  9. -vicāra m. N. of wk


  1. vi-ḍrodhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) opposed, contended against or fought with Mṛicch
  2. injured, impaired R
  3. refused ( See a-virodhita)


  1. vi-rodhin mfn. opposing, hindering, preventing, obstructing, excluding, disturbing Gobh. Mn. &c
  2. obstructive ( See a-v○), besieging, blockading W
  3. dispelling, removing Śak. (vḷ.)
  4. adverse, hostile, inimical (often ifc. = foe or enemy of) MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. disagreeing (as food) Bhpr
  6. opposed, contradictory, inconsistent Kaṇ. MBh. Rājat
  7. rivalling with, equalling Kāvyâd
  8. contentious, quarrelsome W
  9. m. N. of the 25th year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBṛS
  10. (inī), f. a woman who causes enmity or promotes quarrel (between husband and wife &c.) MW
  11. N. of a female demon (daughter of Du?saha) MārkP


  1. vi-rodhya mfn. to be disunited or set at variance MBh
  2. to be opposed or contended against MW


  1. vi-√ruṣ (only pr. p. Ā. -ruṣyamāṇa), to be much irritated, be very angry with (gen.) Hariv


  1. vi-ḍruṣṭa mfn. very angry, wrathful Caurap


  1. vi-√ruh P. -rohati, to grow out, shoot forth, sprout, bud RV. AV. TBr.: Caus. -rohayati, or -ropayati, to cause to grow RV. viii, 91, 5
  2. to thrust out, remove, expel MBh.: Pass. -ropyate, to be planted R
  3. to be caused to grow over, healed ( See vi-ropita)


  1. vi-rūdha mfn. shot out, sprouted, budded, grown ŚBr. &c. &c
  2. come forth, formed, produced, born, arisen Āpast. BhP
  3. ascended, mounted, ridden MBh
  4. -tṛṇâṅkura mf(ā)n. overgrown with young grass Mṛicch
  5. -bodha mfn. one whose intelligence has increased or is matured BhP


  1. vi-ḍrūdhaka m. n. grain that has begun to sprout Suśr
  2. m. N. of a prince of the Kumbhâṇḍas Lalit. (cf. MWB. 206 ; 220) [Page 984, Column]
  3. N. of a Loka-pāla Buddh
  4. of a son of Prasenajit (enemy of the Śākyas) ib
  5. of a son of Ikshvāku ib


  1. vi-ḍrūḍhi f. shooting forth, sprouting L


  1. vi-ropaṇa mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to grow, planting MW
  2. causing to grow over, healing Śak
  3. n. the act of planting VarBṛS
  4. the act of healing (cf. vraṇa-viropaṇa)


  1. vi-ḍropita mfn. caused to grow, planted MW
  2. caused to grow over, healed
  3. -vraṇa mfn. one whose wound is healed or cicatrized Daś


  1. vi-rohá m.growing out, shooting forth MaitrS. VarBṛS. BhP
  2. 'place of growth', source, origin ib


  1. vi-rohaṇa mfn. causing to grow over or heal Śak. (v. l. for vi-ropaṇa)
  2. m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
  3. growing out, shooting forth, budding ŚrS. MBh. VarBṛS


  1. vi-ḍrohin mfn. shooting forth, sprouting, budding Suśr


  1. vi-rūkṣaṇa mf(ī) n. (√rūkṣ) making rough or dry, drying, astringent Suśr
  2. the act of making rough &c., acting as an astringent ib
  3. censure, blame, imprecation L


  1. vi-ḍrūkṣaṇīya mfn. fit for making rough, astringent Car
  2. to be blamed or reviled Vcar


  1. vi-ḍrūkṣita mfn. made rough &c
  2. smeared over, covered VarBṛS


  1. virūja m. N. of an Agni supposed to be in water MantraBr


  1. vi-rūpa mf(ā)n. many-coloured, variegated, multiform, manifold, various RV. TS. Br. Kauś
  2. varied, altered, changed AitBr
  3. different Pāṇ. Vārtt. (with ekârtha, different in form but the same in meaning'
  4. ifc. 'different from' Sāṃkhyak.)
  5. deformed, misshapen, ugly, monstrous, unnatural ChUp. MBh. &c
  6. less by one, minus one VarBṛS
  7. m. jaundice Gal
  8. N. of Śiva MBh. (cf. virūpa-cakṣus and virūpâkṣa)
  9. N. of an Asura MBh. Hariv
  10. of a son of the demon Parivarta MārkP
  11. of an Āṅgirasa (author of RV. viii, 43 ; 44 ; 75
  12. father of Pṛshad-aśva and son of Ambarisha
  13. pl. the family of the Virūpas) RV. MBh. Pur
  14. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
  15. of one of the descendants of Manu Vaivasvata MW
  16. of a prince W
  17. of two teachers Buddh
  18. (ā), f. Alhagi Maurorum L
  19. Aconitum Ferox L
  20. N. of the wife of Yama W
  21. (with Buddhists) N. of a Tantra deity Kālac
  22. n. deformity, irregular or monstrous shape W
  23. difference of form, variety of nature or character ib
  24. the √of Piper Longum L
  25. -karaṇa mf(ī)n. disfiguring BhP
  26. n. the act of disfiguring R. BhP
  27. inflicting an injury Pañcat
  28. -cakṣus mfn. 'diversely-eyed', N. of Śiva MBh
  29. -tas ind. like Virūpa or the Virūpas RV
  30. -tā f. manifoldness, variety Sarvad
  31. deformity, ugliness MBh. R
  32. -rūpa mfn. of deformed or monstrous shape, misshapen MBh. R
  33. śakti m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās
  34. -śarman m. N. of a Brāhman ib
  35. ○pâkṣa mf(ī)n. diversely-eyed', having deformed eyes (compar. -tara) PārGṛ. R. Kum
  36. having various occupations Vās. (Sch.)
  37. m. N. of a partic. divine being MānGṛ. (also ī f. N. of a tutelary deity Cat.)
  38. of Śiva (as represented with an odd number of eyes, one being in his forehead
  39. cf. tri-lccana) Vās
  40. of one of Śiva's attendants Hariv
  41. of a Rudra MBh
  42. of a Yaksha Kathās
  43. of a Dānava MBh
  44. of a Rākshasa ib. R
  45. of a serpent-demon Lalit
  46. of a Loka-pāla L
  47. of the author of VS. xii, 30, Ānukr
  48. of a teacher of Yoga Cat
  49. (with śarman kavi-kaṇṭhâbharaṇa ācārya) of a philos. author (who wrote in the 16th cent. AḌ.) ib
  50. ○pâkṣa-pañcâkṣarī f. N. of a Mantra
  51. ○pâkṣa-pañcāśat f. N. of a Stotra
  52. ○pâsva m. N. of a prince MBh


  1. vi-rūpaka mf(ikā)n. deformed, ugly, frightful, hideous Vet
  2. unseemly, improper Kād
  3. m. 'Ugly', N. of a man Daś
  4. N. of an Asura MBh


  1. vi-rūpin m. changing various colours', a chameleon L


  1. vi-reka &c. See under vi-√ric


  1. vi-repas vi-roga &c. See p. 952, col. 1


  1. vi-rolita mfn. (prob.for vi-lolita, p. 986, col. 1) disordered, disturbed L


  1. vil cl. 6. P. vilati, to cover, conceal, clothe Dhātup. xxviii, 66
  2. cl. 10. P. velayati, to throw, cast, send ib. xxxii, 65 (cf. √pil)
  3. to break or divide (cf. √bil)


  1. vila &c. See bila. [Page 984, Column]


  1. vi-√lakṣ P. Ā. -lakṣayati, ○te, to distinguish, discern, observe, perceive, mark, notice MBh. BhP
  2. to lose sight of ones aim or object, become bewildered or perplexed or embarrassed MBh. Pañcat. 2


  1. vi-ḍlakṣaṇa n. (for 1. See p. 952, col. 1) the act of distinguishing, perceiving, seeing, observing W. 2


  1. vi-ḍlakṣita mfn. (for 1 -see ib., col. 2) distinguished, marked by (instr. or comp.) BhP
  2. perceived, observed, noticed MBh
  3. confused, bewildered ib. Kathās
  4. vexed, annoyed Uttarar


  1. vi-√lag P. -lagati, to hang to, cling to, hold on to (loc.) Cat. i,


  1. vi-ḍlagita mfn. attached to &c. MW


  1. vi-ḍlagna mfn. clung or fastened or attached to, resting or hanging on, connected with (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (tīravilagna come ashore, landed Kathās.) pendulous, flaccid (as breasts) R
  2. hanging in a cage, caged (as a bird) ib
  3. gone by, passed away Pañcat
  4. thin, slender MBh. Kum
  5. m. or n. the waist, middle (as connecting the upper and lower parts of the body) L
  6. n. the rising of constellations, a horoscope &c. (= lagna) Var
  7. -madhyā f. a woman with a slender waist


  1. vi-lagita or vi-laṅgita mfn. (√lāṅg) Pāṇ. 6-4, 24 Vārtt. 1 Pat. (upatāpe)


  1. vi-laṅgh P. Ā. -laṅghati, ○te (aor. vy-aleghiṣuḥ Śiś. xvii, 55), to leap, jump, rise up to (acc.) Śiś. BhP.: Caus. -laṅghayati, to leap or jump over, cross, pass (time), traverse (a distance), overstep (bounds) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to transgress, contemn, neglect, violate (commands &c.) Kāv. Kathās
  3. to rise up, ascend to (acc.) MBh. Kir
  4. to rise beyond, overcome, subdue Kāv. Kathās
  5. to excel, surpass Kāvyâd
  6. to pass over, set aside, abandon Ragh. Kathās
  7. to act wrongly towards, offend Śiś
  8. to cause to pass over (the right time for eating), cause to fast Suśr.,


  1. vi-ḍlaṅghana n. leaping over, crossing MBh
  2. striking against Kir
  3. offence, injury ib. Kathās
  4. (also pl.) fasting, abstention from food Suśr
  5. (ā), f. passing beyond, overcoming, surmounting Rājat


  1. vi-laṅghanīya mfn. to be over stepped or passed over or transgressed W


  1. vi-ḍlaṅghayitva ind. having transgressed or missed (the proper time), having waited MBh


  1. vi-ḍlaṅghita mfn. overleaped, overstepped, &c
  2. baffled, defied (as efforts) Ragh. v, 48
  3. tâkāśa mfn. passing or rising beyond the sky MW
  4. n. fasting, abstention from food Suśr


  1. vi-ḍlaṅghin mfn. passing beyond, overstepping, transgressing Ragh. Kāvyâd
  2. ascending to, striking against Kathās


  1. vi-ḍlaṅghya mfn. to be passed over or crossed (as a river) Kāv
  2. to be overcome or subdued, tolerable Kathās
  3. N. of wk. (cf. -lakṣaṇa)
  4. -tā f. tolerableness Rājat
  5. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of a treatise on the changes of e and ai before a following vowel


  1. vi-√lajj Ā. -lajjate (rarely P.), to become ashamed or abashed, blush MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-ḍlajjita mfn. ashamed, abashed ib


  1. vi-√lap P. -lapati (rarely Ā. inf. -lapiturn, or -laptum pr.p. -lapyat MBh. vii, 2681), to utter moaning sounds, wail, lament, bewail (acc. with or without prati) AV. &c. &c
  2. to speak variously, talk, chatter MBh. Hariv.: Caus. -lāpayati, ○te, to cause to mourn or lament AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 52, Vartt. 3 Sch.)
  3. to cause to speak much (Ā.) Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. (only p. -lā́lapat), to talk idly MaitrS


  1. vi-ḍlapana n. wailing, lamenting Uttarar. Hit
  2. talking idly or wildly W
  3. the dirt or sediment of any oily substance (as of clarified butter, &c.) Yājñ. Sch
  4. -vinoda m. removing grief by weeping Uttarar


  1. vi-ḍlapita mfn. wailed, lamented, &c
  2. n. lamentation, wailing MBh. R


  1. vi-ḍlāpa m. = prec. n. ib
  2. -kusumâñjali m. N. of a poem. 1


  1. vi-ḍlāpana mfn. (for 2. See under vi-√lī) causing moaning or lamentation (as a weapon) R. Hariv
  2. m. N. of one of Śiva's attendants Hariv
  3. n. the act of causing moaning or lamentation MBh. xii, 6113 (= nāśa Nīlak.)
  4. m.c. = -vi-lapana, wail, lamentation BhP


  1. vi-ḍlāpin mfn. wailing, lamenting, uttering moaning or inarticulate sounds Śiś


  1. vi-√labh Ā. -labhate, to part asunder, separate KātyŚr
  2. to take away, remove (dung from a stable) Kṛishis
  3. to procure, bestow, grant, consign, hand over, deliver up Inscr. Kathās. Rājat. &c
  4. to choose, elect HPariś.: Caus. -lambhayati, to cause to receive or fall to the share of (two acc.) Kathās.: Desid. -lipsate, to desire to divide or distribute ŚBr. [Page 985, Column]


  1. vi-ḍlabdha mfn. parted asunder, &c
  2. given, bestowed, consigned Kathās


  1. vi-ḍlabdhi f. taking away, removing Kṛishis


  1. vi-ḍlambha m. gift, donation, liberality L


  1. vi-ḍlābha mfn


  1. vi-ḍlābhiman m. g. dṛḍhâdi (Kāś.)


  1. vi-√lamb Ā. -lambate (rarely P.), to hang on both sides to (acc.) PañcavBr
  2. to hang down, hang on, be attached to (loc.) MBh. R. &c
  3. to sink, set, decline MBh
  4. to continue hanging, linger, delay, tarry, hesitate ('with' or 'to', prati) Gaut. MBh. &c.: Caus. lambayati, to hang on (loc.) Pañcat. ii, 62/63 (read -lambya with B.)
  5. to cause to linger or loiter, detain, delay Kathās
  6. to spend (time) unprofitably, waste, lose Hariv
  7. to put off, procrastinate Yājñ. R. Pañcat


  1. vi-lamba mfn. hanging down, pendulous (as arms) R
  2. m. hanging or falling down, pendulousness W
  3. -hanging for support Śiś. iv, 25
  4. slowness, tardiness, delay, procrastination (āt, 'with delay', 'late'
  5. ena id., 'too late'
  6. ibc. 'slowly') Kāv. Rājat. &c
  7. N. of the 32nd year in the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter, Cat
  8. -sauparṇa n. N. of various Sāmans PañcavBr


  1. vi-ḍlambaka m. N. of a king Kathās
  2. (ikā), f. a partic. form of indigestion (with retardation of the feces
  3. accord. to some 'the last stage of exhaustion in cholera') Suśr


  1. vi-ḍlambana n. hanging down or from, depending W
  2. (also ā f.) slowness, delay, procrastination MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-ḍlambita mfn. hanging down, pendulous Hariv. Kāv
  2. (ifc.) dependent on, closely connected with BhP
  3. delayed, retarded, loitering, tardy, slow, measured (in music opp. to druta, q.v.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. (am), ind. slowly, tardily ib
  5. m. a partic. class of heavy animals L
  6. n. slowness, delay, procrastination (also impers. 'it has been delayed') MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. -gati f. 'slow or tardy in motion', N. of a metre VarBṛS
  8. -phala mfn. having the fruit or fulfilment delayed MW


  1. vi-ḍlambin mfn. hanging down, pandulous, hanging to or from, leaning against (loc. or comp.) Kāv. VarBṛS. Suśr. &c
  2. (ifc.) hung with, that from which anything hangs or falls down MBh. Pur
  3. tarrying, delaying, slow, reluctant Śak. (vḷ.) Gīt
  4. m. n. the 32nd year in the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS
  5. (○bi) -tā f. slowness, measuredness L


  1. vi-ḍlambya ind. having lingered or loitered, slowly, tardily Rājat. Kathās. (a-vilambya, 'without delay' ib.)


  1. vi-laya &c. See vi-√lī, col. 3


  1. vilalā f. a sort of plant (= śvetabala) L


  1. vi-√las P. -lasati, to gleam, flash, glitter (only pr. p. -lasat, q.v., and pf. -lalāsa Bhaṭṭ.)
  2. to shine forth, appear, arise, become visible Śiś
  3. to sound forth, echo ( See vi-lasan)
  4. to play, sport, dally, be amused or delighted Kāv. Kathās
  5. to vibrate, coruscate ( See vi-lasat): Caus. -lācayati, to cause to dance Vās


  1. vi-lasat mf(antī)n. flashing, shining, glittering &c
  2. -patāka mfn. having a gleaming or waving flag MW
  3. -saudāminī f. a flash of lightning Bhartṛ


  1. vi-lasan in comp. for


  1. vi-lasat
  2. -marīci mfn. having rays of light gleaming or playing MW
  3. -megha-śabda m. the echoing sound of clouds (i.e. thunder) Kathās


  1. vi-lasana n. gleaming, flashing (of lightning) Megh
  2. play, sport ib. Daś


  1. vi-ḍlasita mfn. gleaming, glittering, shining forth, appearing BhP
  2. played, sported (n. also impers.) Kāv. Kathās
  3. moving to and fro BhP
  4. n. flashing, quivering (of lightning) Vikr. Prab
  5. appearing, manifestation (vidyā, v○ manifestation of knowledge) Cat
  6. sport play, pastime, dalliance Kāv. Kathās
  7. any action or gesture Ragh


  1. vi-lāsa m. (ifc. f. ā) shining forth, appearance, manifestation, Ṛit. Gīt
  2. sport, play, pastime, pleasure, diversion (esp. with women &c
  3. but also applied to any playful action or gesture) MBh. Kāv. &c. (○sāya, 'for sport')
  4. coquetry, affectation of coyness, wantonness (a form of feminine gesture considered as indicative of amorous sentiments) Hariv. Kāv. Daśar. Sāh
  5. liveliness, joviality (considered as a masculine virtue) Daśar. ii, 9
  6. wantonness, lust Daśar. Sāh
  7. grace, charm, beauty BhP
  8. N. of a gram. wk
  9. (with ācārya) of a preceptor Cat
  10. n. (and ā f.) N. of a metre VarBṛS
  11. -kānana n. a pleasure-grove L. [Page 985, Column]
  12. -kodaṇḍa m. N. of the god of love Vcar
  13. -gṛha n. a pleasure-house ib
  14. -cāpa m. (= -kodaṇḍa) ib
  15. -dolā f. a pleasure-swing Pañcat
  16. -dhanvan m. (= -kodaṇḍa) Vcar
  17. -pura n. N. of a town Kathās
  18. -bāṇa m. (= -kodaṇḍa) Vcar
  19. -bhavana n. (= -gṛha) Rājat
  20. -bhitti f. a wall (only) in appearance Vcar
  21. -maṇi-darpaṇa m. a mirror set with jewels to play with Rājat
  22. -mandira n. ( = -gṛha) L
  23. maya mf(ī)n. full of grace, charming Vcar
  24. -mekhalā f. a toy-girdle (not a real one) Ragh
  25. -racikā f. N. of a Suraṅganā Siṃhâs
  26. -vat mfn. sportive, playful Sāh
  27. (atī), f. a wanton or coquettish woman Kālid
  28. N. of various women Vas. Kād
  29. of a drama (quoted in Sāh.)
  30. -vasati f. a pleasure resort Kathās. ŚārṅgP. (v. l.)
  31. -vātâyana n. a pleasure-balcony or terrace Vcar
  32. -vipina n. a pleasure-grove Prab
  33. -vibhavānasa (?), mfn. = lubdha L
  34. -vihāra m. a pleasure-walk, promenading Bhartṛ. (v. l.)
  35. -veśman n. = -gṛha Kathās
  36. -śayyā f. a pleasure-couch ib
  37. -śīla m. N. of a king ib
  38. -sadman n. = -gṛha Vcar
  39. -svāmin m. N. of a man Inscr
  40. ○sândra-gāminī f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ


  1. vi-ḍlāsaka mf(ikā)n. moving to and fro, dancing, fluttering MBh
  2. (ikā), f. a kind of drama (in one act on any light subject or adventure) Sāh


  1. vi-ḍlāsana n. (m.c. for vi-lasana) play, sport, dalliance MBh. iii, 1829
  2. fascination W


  1. vi-ḍlāsin mfn. shining, beaming, radiant MBh
  2. moving to and fro, fluttering ib
  3. wanton, sportive, playful, dallying with or fond of (comp.) R. Ragh. Dhūrtas
  4. coquettish Ragh. Gīt
  5. m. 'sporter', a lover, husband Kum. Sāh. (L. also, a sensualist
  6. a serpent
  7. fire
  8. the moon
  9. N. of Kṛishṇa, of Śiva, and of Kāma-deva')
  10. (inī), f. a charming or lively or wanton or coquettish woman, wife, mistress (also ○nikā Pañcar
  11. ○nī-jana m. Śiś.)
  12. a kind of metre VarBṛS
  13. N. of a woman Kathās
  14. (○si) -tā f. -tva n. wantonness, playfulness, cheerfulness Hariv. Mālav. Rājat


  1. vilāta mfn. g. dṛḍhâdi (vḷ. vilābha) Kāś
  2. (ā), f. a kind of bird ib


  1. vilātiman m. (fr. prec.) ib


  1. vi-lātavya vi-lātṛ &c. See ve-√lī, col. 3


  1. vilāla m. (perhaps fr. √lal) = yantra, a machine L
  2. = bilāla, a cat W


  1. vi-lāṣin mfn. (fr. √laṣ) Pāṇ. 3-2, 144


  1. vi-√likh P. -likhati (Ved. inf. -likhas
  2. Pāṇ. 3-4, 13 Sch.), to scratch, scrape, tear up, lacerate Lāṭy. MBh. &c
  3. to rub against, reach to, touch Hariv
  4. to wound (the heart), i.e. vex, offend ŚBr
  5. to scratch in or on, make a furrow or mark, write, delineate, paint Gol. MBh. &c
  6. (in medicine) to tear up, i.e. stir up (phlegm &c.) Car.: Caus. -lekhayati, or -likhāpayati, to cause to scratch or write, Kṛishṇaj


  1. vi-likha See a-vilikha


  1. vi-ḍlikhana n. the act of scraping, scratching &c. Bālar


  1. vi-ḍlikhita mfn. scratched, scraped, scarified Pañcat


  1. vi-lekha m. scratching, tearing up, wounding Śiś. KātyŚr. Sch
  2. (ā), f. a scratch, furrow, mark MBh. Suśr
  3. a written contract Nār


  1. vi-ḍlekhana mfn. scratching, lacerating Suśr
  2. n. the act of making an incision or mark or furrow Dhātup
  3. scratching, wounding, lacerating Gaut. MBh
  4. the course (of a river) Hariv
  5. dividing, splitting W
  6. digging. delving, rooting up ib


  1. vi-ḍlekhin mfn. scratching i.e. rubbing against, touching, reaching up to (ifc.) MBh


  1. víligī f. a kind of serpent AV


  1. vili-nātha m. (with kavi) N. of a poet (author of the drama Madana-mañjarī) Cat


  1. vi-√lip P. Ā. -limpati, ○te, to smear or spread over, anoint (also 'to anoint one's self', P.) ŚBr. &c. &c
  2. to smear or spread with (instr.) Kum.: Caus. -lepayati, to smear or anoint with (instr.) Hcat
  3. -limpayati, See -limpita


  1. vi-lipta mf(ā)n. smeared over, anointed &c
  2. (ā), f. See p. 952, col. 2
  3. (ī́), f. a cow in a partic. period after calving AV


  1. vi-limpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) smeared, anointed L


  1. vi-lepa m. ointment, unguent (esp. the fragrant unguent of sandal &c.) BhP
  2. anointing, plastering W
  3. mortar, plaster ib
  4. (ī), f. rice-gruel Bhpr. Car


  1. vi-ḍlepana n. smearing, anointing (esp. with fragrant oils &c.) VarBṛS. Kathās. Suśr. [Page 985, Column]
  2. (ifc. f. ā), unguent, ointment, perfume for the person (as saffron, camphor &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. a partic. mythical weapon R
  4. (ī), f. a woman scented with perfumes &c. L
  5. rice-gruel L
  6. ○nin mfn. smeared, anointed (in a-vil○) R


  1. vi-ḍlepikā f. a female anointer L
  2. rice-gruel L


  1. vi-ḍlepin mfn. smearing or plastering over, one who anoints &c. Kathās
  2. viscous, sticky (in a-vil○) Suśr
  3. (ifc.) stuck or clung to, accompanied by Bhpr.,


  1. vi-ḍlepya mfn. to be (or being) spread over or plastered, made of mortar or clay BhP
  2. m. n. and (ā), f. rice-gruel L


  1. vi-√liś Ā. -liśate, to become out of joint, be disarranged or disordered, break off, become rent or torn TS. ŚBr


  1. vi-liṣṭa mfn. (cf. vi-riṣṭa) broken off, out of due order VS. KātySr
  2. -bheṣaja n. a remedy for fractures or dislocation AV. Paipp


  1. vilisteṅgā f. N. of a Dānavi Kāṭh


  1. vi-√lih P. Ā. -leḍhi, -līḍhe, to lick, lick up, lap MBh. BhP. Suśr.: Intens. (only p. -lelihat and ○hāna), to lick continually or repeatedly MBh


  1. vi-√lī Ā. -līyate (pf. -lilyuh MBh
  2. fut. -letā, or -lātā
  3. ind. p. -līya or -lāya Pāṇ. 6-1, 51 Sch.), to cling or cleave or adhere to MBh. Ratnâv. Siś
  4. to hide or conceal one's self, disappear MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to be dissolved, melt AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -lāpayati or -lāyayati or -lālayati or -līnayati (Pāṇ. 7-3, 39 Sch.), to cause to disappear, destroy Saṃk
  6. to cause to be dissolved or absorbed in (loc.) BhP. Sch
  7. to make liquid, dissolve, melt Suśr


  1. vi-laya m. dissolution, liquefaction, disappearance, death, destruction (esp. destruction of the world) MBh. Kāv. &c. (acc. with √gam, yā, vraj &c. to be dissolved, end
  2. with Caus. of √gam, to dissolve, destroy)


  1. vi-ḍlayana mfn. dissolving, liquefying Suśr
  2. n. dissolution, liquefaction ib
  3. melting (intrans.) Kaṇ
  4. a partic. product of milk Gaut. Gobh
  5. corroding, eating away W
  6. removing, taking away ib
  7. attenuating or, an attenuant, escharotic (in medicine) ib


  1. vi-lātavya and mfn. Pāṇ. 6-1, 51 Sch


  1. vi-lāḍtṛ mfn. Pāṇ. 6-1, 51 Sch


  1. vi-lāpana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus
  2. for 1, See under vi-√lap) dissolving, destroying, removing Suśr
  3. melting, liquefying ( See ājaya-vilā́panī)
  4. n. destruction, death BhP
  5. a means of destruction VP
  6. melting or a means of melting ib
  7. a partic. product of milk VarYogay. (cf. vi-layana)


  1. vi-ḍlāpayitṛ m. a dissolver Bālar


  1. vi-ḍlāpita mfn. = next BhP. Sch


  1. vi-lāyita mfn. dissolved, liquefied Prab. Suśr


  1. vi-līna mfn. clinging or sticking or attached to, fixed on, immersed in (loc. or comp.) Kāv. Pañcar
  2. (ifc.) alighted or perched on (said of birds) Kathās
  3. sticking ( See comp.)
  4. hidden, disappeared, perished, absorbed in (loc.) MaitrUp. MBh. &c
  5. dissolved, melted, liquefied ChUp. Kathās. Suśr
  6. contiguous to, united or blended with W
  7. infused into the mind, imagined ib
  8. -ṣaṭpada mfn. having bees clinging or attached MW
  9. ○nâkṣaram ind. so that the sound sticks (in the throat) Bhartṛ


  1. vi-līyana n. melting (intrans.) ĀpŚr. Sch


  1. vi-√luñc P. -luñcati, to tear or pull out (hair) Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-ḍluñcana n. the act of tearing off MW


  1. vi-luṭh √2. (cf. vi-√luḍ below), P. -luṭhati, to roll, move to and fro, quiver, flicker Inscr. Bālar. Rājat. Sāh


  1. vi-ḍluṭhita mfn. agitated, excited Cat
  2. n. rolling, wallowing Vās


  1. vi-ḍloṭhin mfn. moving to and fro, dangling, Pracaṇd


  1. vi-√luḍ (cf. prec. and vi-lulita), Caus. -loḍayati, to stir about, stir up, mingle Suśr. Hcat
  2. to move to and fro, toss about, upset, disorder, confuse MBh. Hariv
  3. to betake one's self into (acc.) Naish. Sch


  1. vi-loḍa m. (prob. = vi-loṭa, q.v.) rolling, wallowing, Dhāt. ix, 27


  1. vi-ḍloḍaka m. a thief ( See varṇa-v○)


  1. vi-ḍloḍana n. stirring up, churning, Śis
  2. splashing (in water) Daś. (vḷ. ○nā f.)
  3. agitating, alarming Pratāp


  1. vi-ḍloḍayitṛ m. an agitator, disturber (used to explain vi-gāḍhṛ) Bhaṭṭ. Sch


  1. vi-ḍlodita mfn. agitated, churned &c
  2. n. = takra or dadhi L. [Page 986, Column]


  1. vi-√luṇṭ (only ind. p. -luṇṭya), to unhusk Pañcat. iii, 32/83 (vḷ. for luñcitvā)


  1. vi-√luṇṭh (cf. vi-√luṭh), P. -luṇṭhati (fut. luṇṭhiṣyati inf. -luṇṭhitum
  2. Pass. -luṇṭhyate), to carry off, plunder, steal, ravage Kāv. Kathās


  1. vi-ḍluṇṭhaka (f. ikā), See mukha-vilunṭhikā)


  1. vi-ḍluṇṭhana n. the act of plundering or robing or stealing R. Sāh
  2. hanging down, dangling Subh. (v. l.)


  1. vi-ḍluṇṭhita mfn. robbed, plundered &c
  2. = vi-luṭhita, rolling, wallowing Rājat


  1. vi-√lup P. -lumpati (rarely Ā.), to tear or break off or to pieces, wound, lacerate pull out or up MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to tear away, carry off, ravish, seize, rob, plunder AitBr. &c. &c
  3. to destroy, confound, ruin MBh. R. &c
  4. (Ā.) to fall to pieces, be ruined, disappear Kauś. ChUp.: Pass. -lupyate, to be torn away or carried off, be impaired or destroyed, perish, be lost, disappear, fail AitBr. &c. &c.: Caus. -lopayati (○te), to tear or carry away, withhold, keep back, suppress, extinguish, destroy MBh. Kām. MārkP


  1. vi-ḍlupta mfn. torn or broken off, carried away &c
  2. impaired, destroyed, ruined, lost MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. -pūrva mfn. torn off or carried away before Mṛicch
  4. -vitta mfn. one whose goods are robbed or plundered VarBṛS
  5. -sāvitrīka mfn. deprived of the Sāvitrī (cf. patita-s○) ĀpŚr. Sch


  1. vi-ḍlupya mfn. destructible, perishable (in a-vil○) Prasaṅg


  1. vi-ḍlumpaka mf(ikā)n. one who breaks or tears off &c
  2. m. a robber, ravisher BhP
  3. a destroyer MBh.


  1. vi-lopa m. carrying off, taking away Hariv
  2. a break, interruption, disturbance, injury MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. a-vil○
  3. ruin, loss R


  1. vi-ḍlopaka mfn. (and m.) = -lumpaka MBh. Hariv. Pañcar


  1. vi-ḍlopana n. the act of tearing or breaking to pieces, destroying, destruction R
  2. cutting or plucking off Subh
  3. leaving out, omission Sāh
  4. robbing, stealing Hariv


  1. vi-ḍlopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) broken, destroyed, extinguished MBh


  1. vi-ḍlopin mfn. breaking, destroying Śaṃk


  1. vi-ḍloptṛ m. a robber, thief MBh


  1. vi-ḍlopya mfn. to be broken or destroyed Inscr


  1. vi-√lubh Caus. -lobhayati, to lead astray, perplex, confuse Daśar
  2. to allure, entice, tempt MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to divert, amuse, delight R. Śak. (vḷ.)


  1. vi-lubhita mfn. disordered, disarranged, agitated Pāṇ. 7-2, 54 Sch
  2. -plava mfn. going in an agitated manner Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-lobha m. attraction, delusion, seduction W


  1. vi-ḍlobhana n. the act of leading astray, perplexing, beguiling, seduction, temptation Ragh. Kir. Vās
  2. (in dram.) flattery, praise, commendation (e.g. Śak. i, 17-21, the stanzas containing the king's description of Śakuntalā's beauty) Bhar. Daśar. &c


  1. vi-ḍlobhanīya mfn. enticing, alluring Vās. Kād


  1. vi-ḍlobhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) allured, beguiled, deceived, flattered, praised W


  1. vi-lulita mfn. (√lul
  2. cf. vi-luḍ) moved hither and thither Vikr
  3. shaken down, falling down, shed Uttarar. BhP
  4. shaken, agitated, disordered, disarranged MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. ○tâlaka mfn. having dishevelled hair Ṛitus


  1. vi-lola mf(ā)n. moving to and fro or from side to side, rolling, waving, tremulous, unsteady Kāv. Kathās. &c
  2. unsteadier than (abl.) Subh
  3. -tā f. -tva n. tremulousness, unsteadiness, rolling (of the eyes) W
  4. -tāraka mfn. (a face) with rolling (pupils of the) eyes ŚārṅgP
  5. -locana mfn. having eyes swelling (with tears) BhP
  6. -hāra mfn. having necklaces tossed about MW


  1. vi-loḍlolana n. the act of shaking, stirring, agitating Naish


  1. vi-loḍlolita mfn. (fr. Caus.) moved hither and thither, shaken, agitated, tossed about MBh
  2. -dṛś mfn. rolling the eyes, having tremulous eyes MārkP


  1. vi-√lū (only ind. p. -lūya), to cut off Bālar


  1. vi-ḍlūna mfn. cut off, severed ib


  1. vi-√lok (only inf. -lokitum and ind. p. -lokya), to look at or upon, regard, examine, test, study MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -lokayati, to look at, consider, observe, regard, examine, try, inspect Gobh. MBh. &c
  2. to be able to see, possess the faculty of seeing Bhartṛ. (v. l.)
  3. to have regard to (acc.) Prab
  4. to look over or beyond (acc.) Mn. viii, 239: Pass. -lokyate (aor. vy-aloki), to be seen, be visible Kathās. BhP. [Page 986, Column]


  1. vi-loka m. (for 1 -see p. 952, col. 2) a glance, view BhP


  1. vi-ḍlokana n. the act of looking or seeing Kāv. Pur. Suśr
  2. looking at, regarding, observing, contemplating Kāv. Kathās
  3. looking for, finding out ŚārṅgP. Campak
  4. (ifc.) perceiving, noticing, becoming aware of Kāv. Kathās. Pañcar
  5. paying attention to, studying (also pl., with gen.) Subh


  1. vi-ḍlokanīya mfn. to be looked at or perceived or noticed or learnt (n. also impers.) Hcat. Campak
  2. worthy to be looked at, lovely, beautiful (-tā f. -tva n.) W


  1. vi-ḍlokita mfn. looked at, seen, beheld &c
  2. m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt
  3. n. a look, glance Śak
  4. observation, examination Lalit


  1. vi-ḍlokin mfn. looking at, looking, seeing, beholding, perceiving, noticing, becoming aware of (ifc.) Kathās. Śatr


  1. vi-ḍlokya mfn. to be (or being) looked at, visible MārkP


  1. vi-locana mfn. (√loc
  2. for 1. See p. 952, col. 2) 'causing to see' or 'seeing' (ifc.) Hariv. 14943
  3. n. (ifc. f. ā) the eye, sight Hariv. Kāv. &c
  4. -patha m. the range of vision Sāh
  5. -pāta m. 'eye-fall', a glance, look Śiś
  6. ○nâmbu n. 'eye-water', tears W


  1. vi-loṭa m. (used to explain √2 -luṭ
  2. cf. vi-loḍa), rolling, wallowing Dhātup. ix, 27


  1. vi-ḍloṭaka m. a sort of fish, Clupea Cultrata L


  1. vi-ḍloṭana n. = ○loṭa Dhātup. ix, 27


  1. vi-loḍa vi-loḍana &c. See under vi-√luḍ, p. 985, col. 3


  1. vi-lopa &c. See vi-√lup, col. 1


  1. vi-lobha &c. See vi-√lubh ib


  1. vi-loma mf(ā)n. (fr. 3. vi + loman) against the hair or grain, turned the wrong way, inverted, contrary to the usual or proper course, opposed (pavana-vil○, 'turned against the wind'
  2. am ind., 'backwards') GopBr. Var. Rājat
  3. produced in reverse order MW
  4. refractory VarBṛS
  5. hairless ( See tā below)
  6. m. reverse order, opposite course, reverse W
  7. a snake L
  8. a dog L
  9. N. of Varuṇa L
  10. (ī), f. Emblic Myrobalan L
  11. n. a water-wheel or machine for raising water from a well L
  12. -kāvya n. = ○vilomâkṣara-k○ below
  13. -kriyā f. reverse action, doing anything in reverse order or backwards W
  14. (in arithm.) rule of inversion ib
  15. ja (VP.) or jāta (BhP.), mfn. born in reverse order', born of a mother belonging to a higher caste than the father
  16. -jihva m. an elephant L
  17. -tā f. the being hairless, (and) perverseness Dharmaś
  18. trairāśika n. rule of three inverse Col
  19. -pāṭha m. recitation in reverse order (i.e. from the end to the beginning) Cat
  20. -rasana m. an elephant L
  21. -varṇa mfn. = viloma-ja above L
  22. m. a man of mixed or inferior birth W
  23. -vidhi m. an inverted rite, reversed ceremony ib
  24. (in arithm.) rule of inversion ib
  25. ○mâkṣara-kāvya n. N. of a poem which may be read syllable by syllable either backwards or forwards, = rāma-kṛṣṇa-kāvya, q.v
  26. ○môtpanna mfn. viloma-ja above MW


  1. vi-lomaka mfn. inverted, reversed L


  1. ví-loman mfn. against the hair or grain, turned in the opposite direction, inverted TS. Br. VarBṛ
  2. hairless Kathās
  3. m. N. of a king Pur


  1. vi-lomita mfn. reversed, inverted Naish


  1. vi-lola vi-lolana, vi-lolita. See col. 1


  1. vi-lolupa 1. 2. vi-lohita, See p. 952, col. 2


  1. villa vilva, See billa, bilva


  1. vi-vaktṛ vi-vakvát, See under vi-√vac, col. 3


  1. vi-vákṣaṇa mfn. (√vakṣ) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sāy. 'gushing', 'spurting' or, bringing to heaven'= svarga-prâpaṇa-śīla)


  1. ví-vakṣase (fr. √vakṣ, or vac or vah, either 2. sg. A. or Ved. inf.), occurring only as refrain and without connection with other words in the hymns of Vi-mada RV. x, 24 &c. (accord. to Naigh. iii, 3= mahat)


  1. vivakṣā f. (fr. Desid. of √vac) the wish or desire to speak or declare or teach or express Saṃk. Sarvad. &c
  2. meaning, signification, sense, sense of (loc. or comp.) BhP. Pāṇ. Sch. [Page 986, Column]
  3. the (mere) wish or intention to speak, uncertainty, doubt, hesitation ('as to', comp.) MBh. R
  4. wish, desire W
  5. a question MW
  6. -"ṣrtham (○kṣâr○), ind. (ifc.) in order to point out or lay stress upon Pāṇ. Sch
  7. -vaśāt ind. according to the meaning (of a speaker or writer) MW


  1. viḍvakṣita mfn. wished or intended to be spoken or said, meant, intended MBh. R. Śaṃk
  2. expressly meant, to be urged, essential (in a-viv○) Śaṃk
  3. chief, favourite Kām
  4. literal (not figurative) W
  5. n. what is wished or intended to be spoken &c
  6. any desired object or aim ib
  7. (ā), f. meaning, purpose, wish (?) ib
  8. -tva n. the being intended or meant to be said Nīlak


  1. viḍvakṣitavya mfn. to be intended or meant to be said, necessarily meant Nyāyam., Sch ○vakṣú mfn. calling or crying aloud AV
  2. wishing to speak, intending to say or announce or tell or ask anything (acc., rarely gen., or comp.) MBh. Hariv. &c
  3. wishing to speak to (acc.) MBh


  1. vi-√vac P. -vakti (rarely Ā.), to, declare, announce, explain, solve (a question) RV. ŚBr
  2. to decide Yājñ. Sch. (in explaining vivāka)
  3. to discuss, impugn MBh
  4. (Ā.) to speak variously or differently, dispute with one another about (loc.) RV


  1. vi-vaktṛ mfn. one who declares or explains or sets right or corrects AitBr
  2. -tva n. eloquence Rājat


  1. vi-ḍvakvát mfn. eloquent RV


  1. vi-vāka m. one who decides causes or pronounces judgment (cf. prāḍ-v○) Yājñ. Sch


  1. vi-ḍvākya See a-vivākyá


  1. ví-vāc mfn. crying aloud, screaming, yelling, roaring RV
  2. f. opposing shout, contest, battle, war, fight ib


  1. ví-ḍvā́cana m. one who decides, arbitrator (ī f.) RV
  2. n. arbitration, authority AitBr


  1. ví-ḍvacas See p. 952, col. 2


  1. ví-ḍvācya mfn. to be corrected or set right ĀśvŚr


  1. vivañciṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of √vañc) wishing to deceive, deceitful W


  1. vivatsu (Kāv.) or vivadiṣu (Sāy.), mfn. (fr. Desid. of √vad) wishing to speak or tell


  1. vi-√vad P. Ā. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 47 Sch.) -vadati, ○te, (P.) to contradict, oppose (acc.) AV
  2. (P. Ā) to be at variance, contest, litigate, dispute with (instr., rarely acc.) or about (loc., rarely acc.) TBr. &c. &c. (Ved. inf. -vade with √yā, to be about to quarrel'
  3. pr. p. Ā. -vadamāna, 'disputing', disputed', questionable')
  4. (P.) to talk, converse Hariv
  5. (Ā.) to raise the voice, sing (said of birds) R.: Caus. -vādayati, to dispute or litigate, commence an action or lawsuit Yājñ.: Intens. (only p. vā́vadat), to roar aloud AV


  1. vi-ḍvadana n. contest, quarrel, litigation MBh


  1. vi-ḍvadita mfn. disputing, quarrelling MBh. xiii, 356
  2. disputed, controverted, litigated MW


  1. vi-ḍvaditavya n. (impers.) it is to be disputed about (loc.), Śaṃpk


  1. vi-ḍvadiṣṇu See a-vivadiṣṇu


  1. vi-vāda m. (exceptionally n.) a dispute, quarrel, contest between (gen. or comp.) or with (instr. with or without saha, or comp.) or about, regarding (loc., gen., acc. with prati, or comp.) ṢaḍvBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. contest at law, legal dispute, litigation, lawsuit Mn. Yājñ. &c. (with svāmi-pālayoḥ, disputes between the owner and tender of cattle or between master and servant IW. 261)
  3. an argument Sarvad
  4. 'sound' or 'command' Ragh. xviii, 42
  5. -kalpataru m. N. of wk
  6. -kaumudī f. N. of a treatise on disputed points of grammar (by Lilā-maṇi)
  7. -candra m. -candrikā f. -cintamaṇi m. -tattvadīpa, m. -tāṇḍava n. (?), -nirṇaya m. N. of wks. (cf. IW. 304, 305)
  8. -pada n. the subject of a dispute or lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
  9. -pariccheda m. N. of wk
  10. -bhaṅgârṇava m. N. of a compendium of civil law by Jagan-nātha (compiled at the close of the last century)
  11. -bhīru mfn. afraid of a quarrel or contest Mālav
  12. -ratnâkara m. (IW. 305), -vāridhi m. N. of wks. on law
  13. ○śamana n. the allaying or settling of a dispute, pacification LiṅgaP
  14. -saṃvāda-bhū f. a matter or subject of controversy or discussion BhP
  15. -sārârṇava m. N. of a compendium of law by Sarvôru Trivedin (compiled by order of Sir William Jones)
  16. -sindhu m. -setu m. -saukhya n. N. of wks
  17. ○dâdhyāsita mfn. subject to dispute, disputed, discussed Sarvad
  18. ○dânavasara m. not an occasion for dispute or contest BhP
  19. ○dânugata mfn. subject to dispute or litigation Yājñ. Sch
  20. ○dârṇava-bhaṅga m. (or -bhañjana n.) N. of wk. on law (compiled by a number of Paṇḍits) [Page 987, Column]
  21. ○dârṇava-setu m. N. of a legal digest by Bāṇêśvara and others (compiled by order of Warren Hastings)
  22. ○dârthin m. 'seeking for litigation, a litigant, prosecutor, plaintiff Yājñ. Sch
  23. ○dâspada n. the subject of a lawsuit (○di-bhūta), mfn. become the subject of a lawsuit, litigated, contested at law) ib


  1. vi-ḍvādin mfn. disputing, contending
  2. a litigant, party in a lawsuit Mn. MBh. Kathās


  1. vi-√vadh (only aor. vy-ávadhīt Subj. vi-vadhiṣaḥ), to destroy utterly RV


  1. vi-vadhá or vii-vadha m. (prob. fr. √vadh = vah
  2. cf. vadhu) a shoulder-yoke for carrying burdens TĀr. AśvGṛ. &c. (cf. vi- and sav○)
  3. a store of grain or hay, provisions &c. Kāv. Kām. Pañcat
  4. a partic. Ekâha, Vaitān
  5. a road, highway L. (viiv○ Pat. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 12 Vārtt. 1)
  6. a ewer, pitcher W
  7. the income which a king obtains from his subjects L
  8. (viivadhā), f. a yoke (fig.), i.e. chain, fetters (cf. vṛddha-v○)


  1. vi-vadhika or mf(ī)n. one who carries a burden on a shoulder-yoke Pāṇ. 4-4, 17


  1. vī-vadhika mf(ī)n. one who carries a burden on a shoulder-yoke Pāṇ. 4-4, 17
  2. m. a dealer, pedlar, hawker W


  1. vivandiṣā f. (fr. Desid. of √vand) the wish to salute or worship HPariś


  1. vivandiṣu mfn. wishing to salute, intending to praise MārkP


  1. vi-vayana See under vi-√ve


  1. vi-vara vi-varaṇa &c. See under vi- √1. vṛ, p. 988


  1. vi-varuṇa &c. See p. 952, col. 2


  1. vi-varjaka vi-varjana &c. See under vi-√vṛj, p. 988


  1. vi-√varṇ (also written vi-√vṛṇ), q.v.), P. -varṇayati (aor. vyaviivṛṇat), to excel in painting or description Uttarar
  2. to discolour Jātakam
  3. to dispraise Divyâv


  1. vi-ḍvarṇyitavya mfn. to be disapproved ib


  1. vi-ḍvarṇita mfn. dispraised, disapproved Lalit


  1. vi-varṇa &c. See p. 952, col. 2


  1. vi-varta vi-vartana &c. See under vi-√vṛt, p. 988


  1. vi-√vardh P. -vardhayati, to cut off, sever MW


  1. vi-vardhana n. (for 2. See under vi-√vṛdh) the act of cutting off, cutting, dividing W


  1. vi-vardhita mfn. (for 2. See ib.) cut off, cut, divided ib


  1. vi-varman &c. See p. 952, col. 2


  1. vi-varṣaṇa &c. See vi-√vṛṣ


  1. vi-√val P. -valati, to turn away or aside (intr.) Kpr


  1. vi-ḍvalá mfn. (applied to a metre) VS


  1. vi-ḍvalita mfn. turned away, averted Amar


  1. vi-√valg P. -valgati, to leap, jump, spring Mṛicch
  2. to burst asunder MW


  1. vi-vavri vi-vaśa &c. See p. 952, col. 2


  1. vi-vas √2. (cf. vyuṣ), P. vy-ucchati, to shine forth, shine, dawn RV. &c. &c
  2. (vi-váste), to illumine ŚBr.: Caus. -vāsayati, to cause to shine RV. TS. Br


  1. ví-vasvat or mfn. shining forth, diffusing light, matutinal (applied to Ushas Agni &c


  1. vi-vásvat mfn. shining forth, diffusing light, matutinal (applied to Ushas Agni &c
  2. sadane vivasvataḥ, 'at the seat of Fire') RV. VS. Kāṭh
  3. m. 'the Brilliant one', N. of the Sun (sometimes regarded as one of the eight Ādityas or sons of Aditi, his father being Kaśyapa
  4. elsewhere he is said to be a son of Dākshāyaṇi and Kaśyapa
  5. in epic poetry he is held to be the father of Manu Vaivasvata or, according to another legend, of Manu Sāvarṇi by Sa-varṇā
  6. in RV. x, 17, 1 he is described as the father of Yama Vaivasvata, and in RV. x, 17, 2 as father of the Aśvins by Saraṇyū, and elsewhere as father of both Yama and Yamī, and therefore a kind of parent of the human race) RV. &c. &c
  7. the Soma priest RV. ix, 14, 5 &c
  8. N. of Aruṇa (charioteer of the Sun) W
  9. of the seventh or present Manu (more properly called Vaivasvata, as son of Vivasvat) RV. viii, 52, 1
  10. N. of a Daitya MBh
  11. a god L
  12. N. of the author of the hymn RV. x, 13 (having the patronymic Āditya) Anukr. [Page 987, Column]
  13. N. of the author of a Dharma-śāstra (cf. -smṛti)
  14. (atī), f. N. of the city of the Sun L
  15. -suta m. son of Vivasvat', N. of Manu Vaivasvata Mn. i, 62
  16. -smṛti f. the law-book of Vivasvat
  17. (○vad)-vāta mf(ā)n. (prob.) loved by Vivasvat TS


  1. vi-vásḍvásvan only in instr. pl. (prob.= 'to shine forth') RV. i, 187, 7


  1. vi-vāsa m. (for 1.and 2. See p.952, col. 2) shining forth, dawning ĀśvŚr
  2. -kāle ind. at the time of daybreak ib. 1


  1. vi-ḍvāsana mfn. (for 2. See under vi-√4.vas) illumining Nir
  2. n. illumination ib
  3. -vat mfn. (used to explain vi-vasvat) ib


  1. vy-uṣṭa


  1. vy-uṣṭi See 2. vy-√uṣ


  1. vi-vas √4. Ā. -vaste, to change clothes TS. ĀśvŚr
  2. to put on, don Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -vāsayati (Pass. -vāsyate), to put on, don MBh


  1. vi-vāsana n. (for 1. See vi- √2. vas) being clothed in or covered with (instr.) MBh


  1. vi-vas √5. P. -vasati, to change an abode, depart from (abl.) BhP
  2. (with brahmacaryam), to enter upon an apprenticeship, become a pupil ChUp
  3. to abide, dwell, live MBh. R
  4. to pass, spend (time) ib. &c.: Caus. -vāsayati, to cause to dwell apart, banish, expel MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to send forth, dismiss MBh


  1. vi-vāsa m. (for 3. See under vi- √2. vac) leaving home, banishment MBh. R. &c
  2. separation from (instr.) MBh
  3. -karaṇa n. causing banishment, banishing, transporting W


  1. vi-vāsana n. the act of banishing, banishment, exile R. Uttarar


  1. vi-vāsayitṛ m. an expeller TBr. Sch


  1. vi-vāsita mfn. banished, exiled, transported W


  1. vi-vāsya mfn. to be expelled or exiled Mn. Yājñ. R


  1. vy-uṣita


  1. vy-uṣṭa See 2. vy-uṣita


  1. vi-√vah P. -vahati (rai-ely Ā.), to bear or carry off, remove RV. MBh
  2. to lead away (the bride from her father's house), take in marriage, marry AV. &c. &c
  3. (also Ā., with or without mithas) to marry or form a matrimonial alliance together Gobh. Āpast. BhP.: Caus. -vāhayati, to marry (a girl) to (gen. or saha) MBh. Pañcat
  4. (Ā.) to lead home, take to wife Kathās. Vet. Pañcat


  1. vi-vaha m. 'carrying away', N. of one of the seven winds MBh. Hariv
  2. of one of the seven tongues of fire Col


  1. vi-vāhá m. leading away (of the bride from her father's house), taking a wife, marriage with (instr. with or without saha) AV. &c. &c. (eight kinds of marriage are enumerated in Mn. iii, 21, viz. Brāhma, Daiva, Ārsha, Prājāpatya, Āsura, Gāndharva, Rākshasa, and Paiśāca
  2. Yājñ.)i. i, 58-61 and IW. 190 &c.)
  3. a partic. wind Śak. Sch. (prob. wṛ. for vi-vaha)
  4. a vehicle (and, marriage' AitBr. vii, 13
  5. n. a partic. high number Buddh
  6. -karman n. ○ma-paddhati f. N. of wks
  7. -kāma mfn. desirous of marriage MW
  8. -kārikā f. pl. N. of wk
  9. -kāla m. the (right) time for marriage VarBṛS
  10. -griha n. 'marriage-house', the house in which a wedding is celebrated Kathās
  11. -caturthika n. or -caturthī-karman n. N. of wks
  12. -catuṣṭaya n. a quadruple marriage, the marrying of four wives MW
  13. -tattva (or udvāha-t○), n. -tattva-dīpikā f. N. of wks
  14. -dīkṣā f. the marriage rite, marriage ceremony Ragh
  15. (○kṣā-tilaka m. n. a Tilaka mark made on the forehead during a marriage cerṭceremony MW
  16. ○kṣā-vidhi m. the preparatory rites of marriage ib.)
  17. -dvir-āgamanapaddhati f. N. of wk. (containing rules to be observed on a bride's coming for the second time from her father's to her husband's house)
  18. nepathya n. a marriage-dress Mālav
  19. -paṭala m. n. N. of various wks. (or of that section in an astrological wk. that treats of the times fit for mṭmarriage)
  20. -paṭaha m. a marriage-drum Mṛicch
  21. -paddhati f. -prakaraṇa n. (and ○ṇa-ṭīkā f.), -prayoga m. -bhūṣaṇa n. -mela-vāṇī-vidhi m. N. of wks
  22. -yajña m. a marriage-sacrifice MW
  23. -ratna n. N. of wk
  24. -vidhi m. the law of marriage Mn. ix, 65 (also N. of wk.)
  25. -vṛndāvana n. N. of an astrol. wk. by Keśavârka
  26. -veṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) a marriage-dress Ragh
  27. -samaya m. = -kāla Pañcat
  28. -sambandha m. relation or connection by marriage, Pracaṇḍ
  29. -siddhânterahasya n. -saukhya n. N. of wks
  30. -sthāna n. the place for a marriage-ceremony (before a house) ĀpGṛ. Sch
  31. -homa m. = marriage-sacrifice
  32. (○ma-vidhi m. and ○môpayuktā mantrāḥ m. pl. N. of wks.)
  33. ○hâgni m. a marriage-fire ĀśvGṛ
  34. ○hâdi-kārmaṇām prayoga m. N. of wk
  35. ○hârtha m. purpose of marriage, a m. suit MW
  36. ○hêcchu mfn. desirous of marriage ib
  37. ○hôtsava m. 'marriage feast', N. of wk. [Page 987, Column]


  1. vi-ḍvāhanīyā f. to be led away (as a bride), to be married Daś


  1. vi-ḍvāhayitavya mfn. = vi-vāhya Gobh. Sch


  1. vi-ḍvāhita mfn. caused to marry, married (said of men and women) Pañcat. Kathās


  1. vi-ḍvāhin See and dvi-vivāhin


  1. vi-ḍvāhya mfn. to be married, marriageable Kathās
  2. connected by marriage Yājñ. i, 110 (cf. a-viv○)
  3. m. a son-in-law MānGṛ. Gobh. &c
  4. a bridegroom W


  1. vi-voḍhṛ m. a husband L


  1. vy-ūḍha mfn. (for 2. See under vy-√ūh) led home, married Kathās. BhP


  1. vi-√vā P. -vāti, to blow on all sides or in every direction, blow through, blow RV. &c. &c


  1. vi-vāka vi-vāc, See under vi-√vac


  1. vi-vāta vi-vāśa &c. See p. 952


  1. vi-vāna See vi-√ve, p. 989


  1. vivārayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of √1. ṛ) wishing to keep back or ward off (an army) MBh


  1. vivālayiṣu mfn. (fr, Desid. of Caus. of √val) wishing to recover HPariś


  1. vi-vikta vi-vikvás &c. See belo


  1. vivikṣ vivikṣu, See p. 989


  1. vi-vigna mfn. (√vij) very agitated or alarmed Kālid. Kathās. &c


  1. vi-vajita mfn. (fr. Caus.) terrified, frightened Hariv. 568 (vḷ. pratodita and virejita)


  1. vi-√vic P. -vinakti, to sift (esp. grain by tossing or blowing), divide asunder, separate from (instr. or abl.) ŚBr. ŚrS. BhP. to shake through (acc.) RV. i, 39, 5
  2. to cause to lose, deprive of (abl.) Bhaṭṭ
  3. to distinguish, discern, discriminate KaṭhUp. BhP. to decide (a question) MBh
  4. to investigate, examine, ponder, deliberate Kāv. Kathās. BhP
  5. to show, manifest, declare MBh.: Pass. -vicyate, to go asunder, separate (in. trans.) AV.: Caus. -vecayati, to separate, distinguish Mn. Suśr
  6. to ponder, investigate, examine Pañcar. Sāh


  1. vi-vikta mfn. separated, kept apart, distinguished, discriminated Kap. MBh. BhP
  2. isolated, alone, solitary Mn. MBh. &c
  3. (ifc.) alone with i.e. intent upon (e.g. cintā-v○) MBh
  4. free from (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Kum
  5. pure, clean, neat, trim Mn. MBh. &c
  6. clear, distinct Hariv. Kām
  7. discriminative, judicious ( = vi-vekin) L
  8. profound (as judgment or thought) W
  9. m. = vasu-nandana or vasu-nanda L
  10. n. separation, solitude, a lonely place ( See comp.)
  11. clearness, purity MārkP
  12. -ga mfn. going to a lonely place, seeking solitude Kathās
  13. -carita mfn. faultless in conduct or behaviour BhP
  14. -cetas mfn. pure-minded ib
  15. -tarka mfn. clear in reasoning MW
  16. -tā f. separation, isolation, Rājat
  17. clearness, purity Suśr
  18. being well, good health ib
  19. distinction, discrimination L
  20. an empty or free place, loneliness MW
  21. -tva n. solitude Mṛicch
  22. -dṛṣṭi mfn. clear-sighted BhP
  23. -nāman m. N. of one of the 7 sons of Hiraṇyaretas and of the Varsha ruled by him ib
  24. -bhāva mfn. having a mind separated or abstracted (from other pursuits), intent on any object W
  25. -varṇa mfn. containing letters or syllables distinctly enunciated MW
  26. -śaraṇa (BhP.), -sevin (Bhag.), mfn. resorting to or seeking solitude
  27. ○ktâsana mfn. having a secluded seat, sitting at a sequestered place Mn. ii, 215
  28. ○ktī-kṛta mfn. emptied, cleared Kathās
  29. left, deserted Ragh


  1. vi-vikti (ví.), f. separation, division VS
  2. discrimination, discernment Sarvad


  1. vi-vikvás mfn. discriminating, discerning (applied to Indra) RV. iii, 57, 1


  1. ví-vici id. (applied to Agni or Indra) RV. Br. ĀśvŚr
  2. ○cī7ṣṭi f. an oblation made to Agni Vivici TS. Sch


  1. vi-veka m. discrimination, distinction Mn. Sarvad. Suśr
  2. consideration, discussion, investigation Gīt. MārkP. Sarvad
  3. true knowledge, discretion, right judgment, the faculty of distinguishing and classifying things according to their real properties ChUp. Kap. &c
  4. (in Vedânta) the power of separating the invisible Spirit from the visible world (or spirit from matter, truth from untruth, reality from mere semblance or illusion)
  5. a water trough (= jala-droṇī) L. [Page 988, Column]
  6. N. of wk
  7. -kaumudī f. N. of wk
  8. -khyāti f. right knowledge Sarvad
  9. -candrôdaya m. -cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wks
  10. -ja mfn. produced or arising from discrimination Dharmas. 72
  11. jña mfn. skilled in discrimination, intelligent, well acquainted with (comp.) R. &c
  12. -jñāna n. knowledge arising from discrimination, the faculty of discrimination Sarvad
  13. -tā wṛ. for viveki-tā (q.v.)
  14. -tilaka m. -dīpaka m. (or ikā f.) N. of wks
  15. -dṛśvan mfn. one who sees or is conversant with true knowledge (○śva-tva n.) Bhaṭṭ
  16. -dhairyâśraya m. N. of wk. on Bhakti (by Vallabhâcārya)
  17. -padavii f. path of discrimination', reflection Kathās
  18. -paripanthin mfn. obstructing right judgment Kathās
  19. -phala n. N. of wk
  20. -bhāj mfn. 'possessed of discrimination, discerning, wise Bhām
  21. -bhraṣṭa mfn. one who has lost the faculty of discrimination, foolish, unwise Bhartṛ
  22. -makaranda m. -mañjarī f. N. of wks
  23. -mantharatā f. feebleness of judgment Ml
  24. -mārtaṇḍa m. N. of various wks
  25. -rahita mfn. 'not separated' (applied to breasts) and 'wanting discernment', Śṛiṅgār
  26. -vat mfn. 'possessing discrimination', judicious, discerning Kathās
  27. -viguṇa mfn. wanting discrimination', unwise, foolish Rājat
  28. -viraha m. 'want of discrimination', ignorance, folly, Śāntiś
  29. -vilāsa m. N. of wk
  30. -viśada mfn. distinct, clear, intelligible Rājat
  31. -viśrânta mfn. void of discrimination, foolish, unwise Mālav
  32. -śataka n. -śloka m. -saṃgraha m. -sāra m. -saravarṇana n. -sāra-siṅdhu m. -sindhu, m
  33. ○kâñjana n. ○kâmṛta n. ○kârṇava m. N. of wks
  34. ○kârtham ind. in order to distinguish Mn. i, 26
  35. ○kāśrama m. N. of a man Cat
  36. ○kôdaya m. the rise of true knowledge or wisdom, Bhattṛ


  1. vi-ḍvekin mfn. discriminating, distinguishing Rājat
  2. separated, kept asunder (in a-viv○) Kuval
  3. examining, investigating Cat
  4. discriminative, judicious, prudent, discreet, wise Kāv. Kathās. &c
  5. m. N. of a king (son of Deva-sena), KāIP
  6. ○ki-tā f. -tva n. discriminativeness, discernment, judgment Yājñ. Bhartṛ


  1. vi-ḍvektavya mfn. to be judged correctly (n. impers.) Sarvad


  1. vi-ḍvektṛ mfn. one who discriminates or distinguishes, a discriminator Rājat
  2. judicious, discerning, prudent, wise ib. Bālar
  3. -tva n. discriminativeness, discernment Rājat


  1. vi-vecaka mfn. discriminating, distinguishing Nīlak
  2. discriminative, judicious, wise Kap. Śāntiś
  3. -ta f. -tva n. discernment, correct judgment, wisdom Rājat. Sāh. Sarvad


  1. vi-ḍvecana mf(ī)n. discriminating, distinguishing BhP
  2. investigating, examining, treating critically Sāh
  3. n. the act of discriminating or distinguishing (as truth from falsehood, reality from semblance), the making a distinction Hariv. Bālar. Sarvad. (also ā f.)
  4. investigation, examination, discussion, critical treatment Mn. MBh. &c
  5. right judgment Pañcar
  6. ○nīkroḍa-pattra n. N. of wk


  1. vi-ḍvecanīya mfn. to be distinguished or discussed W


  1. vi-ḍvecita mfn. discriminated, distinguished, investigated MW


  1. vi-ḍvecya mfn. = ○vecanīya ib


  1. ví-vitti f. (√3. vid) gain, acquisition TBr. (VS. vi-vikti)


  1. vivitsā vivitsu, vividiṣu, See p. 964, col. 3


  1. vi-vid √1. (only pf. -veda), to discern, know RV


  1. vi-vidha mf(ā)n. of various sorts, manifold, divers Mn. MBh. &c
  2. m. a partic. Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. n. variety of action or gesture MW
  4. (am), ind. variously R. Vedântas
  5. -citra mfn. coloured variously, changing from one colour into another Kāraṇḍ
  6. -bhaṅgīka mfn. = vi-vidha above HPariś
  7. -rūpa-dhṛt mfn. having various forms MW
  8. -vidhi-prayoga-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
  9. -śāstragoṣthī f. discourse about various sciences L
  10. ○dhâgama mfn. comprising various sacred (or traditional) works Mn. xii, 105
  11. ○dhâtman mfn. (vi-vidha above) Car
  12. ○dhôpala-bhūṣita mfn. decorated with various jewels MW
  13. ○dhôpêta mfn. (= vi-vidha above) R


  1. vi-√vip Ā. -vepate, to quiver, tremble Kauś


  1. vi-√viś P. -viśati, to enter, penetrate (abhyantaram) MaitrUp


  1. ví-viṣṭi f. (√viṣ) = viśeṣeṇa viṣṭir vyāptir yasya brahmaṇas tat TĀr. (Sch.)


  1. vi-vīta m. (√vye) an enclosed spot of ground (esp. pasture ground), paddock Yājñ. [Page 988, Column]
  2. -bhartṛ m. the owner of a preserved or enclosed pasture ib


  1. vi-vṛ √1. (cf. vy-√ūrṇu), P. Ā. -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute &c. (in later language Ā. only intrans. or m.c
  2. in Veda aro. often vy-āvar, -āvo, -āvaḥ
  3. inf. -varitum, or -varītum) to uncover, spread out, open, display, show, reveal, manifest RV. &c. &c
  4. to illumine (darkness) RV
  5. to unsheath (a sword) VarBṛS
  6. to part, comb (hair) HPariś
  7. to explain, describe, comment upon MBh. Kāv. &c
  8. to cover, cover up, stop up MBh. Hariv. (perhaps always wṛ. for pi-vṛ = api-√vṛ, q.v.)
  9. pf. vi-vavāra (Śiś. xix, 100) = vivārayām-āsa, jaghāna (Sch.)


  1. vi-vará m. n. a fissure, hole, chasm, slit, cleft, hollow, vacuity (also applied to the apertures of the body and to gaping wounds) RV. &c. &c
  2. intermediate space, interstice MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. difference VarBṛS. Gaṇit
  4. a breach, fault, flaw, vulnerable or weak point MBh. Kāv
  5. harm, injury MārkP
  6. expansion, opening, widening BhP
  7. N. of the number, nine' (cf. above and under randhra) MW
  8. a partic. high number Buddh
  9. -darśaka mfn. showing one's weak points MBh
  10. -nālika f. a fife, flute L
  11. ○rânuga mfn. seeking after (another's) weak points MBh
  12. ○re-sad mfn. abiding in intermediate space, an inhabitant of the sky Kir


  1. vi-ḍvaraṇa mfn. the act of uncovering, spreading out, opening, laying bare or open, TPrs1t. MBh. Suśr
  2. explanation, exposition, interpretation, gloss, comment, translation, interpretation, specification &c. Pur. Śaṃk. Sarvad
  3. a sentence MW
  4. N. of wk. on Vedânta
  5. -kārikā-bhāṣya n. -catuḥsūtrī f. -tattva-dīpana n. -darpaṇa m. -prameya-saṃgraha m. -prasthāna n. -bhāva-prakāśikā f. -ratna n. -vraṇa (?), m. -saṃgraha, m. -sāra-saṃgraha, m
  6. ○ṇâpanyāsa m. N. of wks


  1. vi-ḍvariṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. and prob. for vivivariṣu) wishing to make manifest or explain or declare Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-vāra m. dilation, expansion W
  2. (in gram.) open or expanded state of the organs of speech, expansion of the throat in articulation (one of the Ābhyantara-prayatnas or efforts of articulate utterance which take place within the mouth, opp. to saṃ-vāra, q.v.) Pāṇ. 1-1, 9 Sch


  1. vi-ḍvārin mfn. keeping back, warding off Śiś


  1. vi-vṛ́t (?), in a formula VS. xv, 9


  1. vi-vṛta mfn. uncovered, unconcealed, exposed, naked, bare MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. unhurt, woundless MBh. iv, 2027
  3. unclosed, open ĀśvGṛ. Up. Prāt. MBh. &c. (also applied to the organs in speaking and to the articulation of partic. sounds, = vivṛta-prayatnôpêta Śaṃk. on ChUp. ii, 22, 5
  4. superl. -tama, APrāt.)
  5. extensive, large, wide W
  6. (also vii-vṛta) unfolded, exposed, revealed, explained, divulged, public, manifest, evident, known MBh. VarBṛS. &c
  7. opened i.e. presented, offered (as an opportunity) BhP
  8. (am) ind. openly, publicly, in the sight of every one MBh
  9. (ā), f. a partic. disease, an ulcer attended with much pain and heat Suśr
  10. a species of plant ib
  11. n. the bare ground MBh. Hariv
  12. publicity (loc. 'in public' or 'straight out') MBh. iv, 34, 4
  13. (in gram.) open articulation, approach of the tongue towards the organ of speech but without contact
  14. -tā f. the being known, publicity (acc. with √gam, to become known or public) R
  15. -dvāra mfn. 'open-gated', unchecked, unbounded (sorrow) Kum
  16. -pauruṣa mfn. one whose prowess is displayed, displaying valour Mn. vii, 102
  17. -bhāva mfn. open-hearted, candid, sincere, Mālatim
  18. -vat mfn. one who has opened Kathās
  19. -snāna n. bathing publicly PārGṛ
  20. -smayana n. an open smile (i.e. one in which the mouth is sufficiently open to show the teeth) ĀśvŚr
  21. ○tâkṣa m. openeyed', a cock L. (cf. vi-vṛttâkṣa)
  22. ○tânana mfn. open-mouthed (-tva n.) Ragh
  23. ○tâsya mfn. id. MW
  24. ○tôkti f. open or explicit expression (opp. to gūḍhôkti) Kuval


  1. vi-ḍvṛti f. making clear or manifest, explanation, exposition, gloss, comment, interpretation Sarvad
  2. exposure, discovery W
  3. -vimarśinī f. N. of wk


  1. vi-vṛkṇa See under vi-√vraśc


  1. vi-√vṛj Caus. -varjayati, to exclude, avoid, shun, abandon, leave Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to distribute, give ( See below)


  1. vi-varjaka mfn. avoiding, shunning, leaving MBh. [Page 988, Column]


  1. vi-ḍvarjana n. the act of avoiding, shunning, leaving, giving up or desisting from (gen., abl., or comp.) Yājñ. MBh. &c


  1. vi-ḍvarjanīya mfn. to be avoided or abandoned R
  2. to be given up (as incurable) Car


  1. vi-ḍvarjita mfn. avoided, left, abandoned by, destitute or deprived of, free or exempt from(instr. or comp.) Up. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  2. (ifc.) that from which anything is excluded, excepting, excluding Kāv. VarBṛS
  3. that from which anything is subtracted, diminished by Gaṇit
  4. distributed, given MārkP


  1. vi-vṛkta mfn. abandoned, left
  2. (ā), f. a woman disliked or deserted by her husband (= dur-bhagā) L. (v. l. vi-viktā and vi-riktā)


  1. vi-√vṛṇ See vi-√varṇ, p. 987


  1. vi-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (rarely P.), to turn round, revolve RV
  2. to roll, wallow MBh. Hariv
  3. to writhe in convulsions, struggle R. Uttarar
  4. to turn hither and thither, move about (as clouds) Hariv. 3822 (v. l. vi-vardhante)
  5. to turn back or away, depart, part, sever RV. &c. &c
  6. to go astray MBh. v, 2861 (vḷ. ni-vartantam)
  7. to be parted (as hair) TUp
  8. to change one's place Suśr
  9. to go down, set (as the sun) MBh
  10. to come forth from (abl.) ŚBr
  11. to expand, develop ŚvetUp
  12. (with antikam), to turn upon, set upon, attack MBh. iii, 8438: Caus. -vartayati, to turn round (trans.), turn, roll RV. MBh
  13. to turn, make or produce by turning ('out of', instr.) VP
  14. to cause to turn away, remove, withdraw RV. AV
  15. to keep asunder RV
  16. to leave behind ib
  17. to cast off (a garment) Divyâv
  18. to accomplish, execute AitĀr


  1. vi-vartá m. 'the revolving one', N. of the sky VS. TS
  2. a whirlpool SV
  3. turning round, rolling onwards, moving about Mcar
  4. turning away L
  5. dance L
  6. changing from one state to another, modification, alteration, transformation, altered form or condition Kāv. Kathās
  7. (in Vedânta) error, illusion, an apparent or illusory form, unreality (caused by A-vidyā', ignorance', and removed by Vidyā, 'true knowledge ) Vedântas
  8. collection, multitude L
  9. (with atreḥ) N. of two Sāmans ĀrshBr
  10. -kalpa m. (with Buddhists) one of the 4 cosmic periods Dharmaś. 87
  11. -vāda m. a method of asserting the Vedanta doctrine (maintaining the development of the Universe from Brahma as the sole real entity, the phenomenal world being held to be a mere illusion or Māyā
  12. cf. pariṇāma-vādā) Madhus


  1. vi-ḍvártana mfn. turning round, revolving MBh
  2. changing, transfroming Kathās
  3. n. (ifc. f. ā) rolling (of a horse) RV. i, 162, 14
  4. rolling or tossing about, struggling Kāv. Kathās. (also ā f. Harav.)
  5. moving or wandering to and fro Mn. xii, 75
  6. turning round Suśr
  7. turning, turn, change TBr. Mālatīm
  8. turning away or back MBh. Kālid
  9. returning, return Kir
  10. a kind of dance (also -nṛtya n.) Saṃgīt
  11. transformation RPrāt
  12. existing, being, abiding W
  13. going round, circumambulating (an altar &c.) ib
  14. reverential salutation MW
  15. causing to turn or to change, overturning ib


  1. vi-ḍvartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned round &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. turned away or back, averted Kum
  3. distorted Suśr
  4. knitted (as the brows) Śak
  5. whirled round (as dust) Kir
  6. removed from one's place Śiś


  1. vi-ḍvartin mfn. turning round, rolling, revolving Kāv. Kathās
  2. (ifc.) turning toward Śak
  3. changing, undergoing a change Kathās
  4. dwelling, abiding ib. MārkP


  1. ví-vṛtta mfn. turned or twisted round &c
  2. whirling round, flying in different directions (as a thunderbolt) RV
  3. opened ( See comp.)
  4. uncovered, shown, displayed Lalit
  5. (ā), f. a kind of eruption Bhpr. (cf. vi-vritā)
  6. -daṃṣṭra mfn. with opened jaws, showing the teeth Hariv. (m. c. for vi-vṛtad○
  7. v. l. vi-vriddha-d○.)
  8. -vadana mf(ā)n. bending the eyes R
  9. m. a cock L. (cf. vivṛtâkṣa)
  10. ○ttâṅga mfn. distorting the limbs (in agony) R
  11. ○ttâsya mfn. open-mouthed (m. c. for vivṛtâsya) Hariv


  1. ví-ḍvṛtti f. going asunder, opening, expansion, development Kir. BhP
  2. turning round, revolution, rolling, whirling, tumbling Kir
  3. (in gram.) the opening of two vowels upon each other without blending, hiatus Prāt
  4. -pūrva mfn. preceded by a hiatus ib
  5. ○tty-abhiprâya m. an intended or apparent hiatus RPrāt


  1. vi-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow, increase, swell, become large or powerful, thrive, prosper RV. &c. &c
  2. to be lengthened ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. to be lucky or fortunate (cf. under diṣṭi) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 989, Column]
  4. to spring up, arise MBh.: Caus. -vardhayati, to cause to grow or increase or prosper, nourish, rear, enlarge, augment, advance, further, promote MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to gratify, exhilarate, gladden MBh. R


  1. vi-vardhana mf(ī, rarely ā)n. (for 1 under vi-√vardh) augmenting, increasing, furthering, promoting (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. N. of a warrior MBh
  3. n. growth, increase, prosperity MBh. R. &c


  1. vi-ḍvardhanīya mfn. to be increased or furthered Pañcat


  1. vi-vardhayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to increase or augment MBh. Hariv. BhP


  1. vi-vardhita mfn. (for 1. See under vi√vardh) increased, augmented, furthered, promoted, gratified, delighted MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. caused to increase in (instr.) R


  1. vi-vardhin mfn. increasing, augmenting, furthering, enhancing (only in f. inī, and at the end of a Śloka) Mn. MBh. &c


  1. vi-vṛddha mfn. grown, increased, enhanced, grown up, fully developed, large, numerous, abundant, mighty, powerful ŚvetUp. MBh. &c
  2. -matsara mfn. one whose anger or resentment is increased MW


  1. vi-ḍvṛddhi f. growth, increase, augmentation, enlargement, furthering, promotion ŚrS. MBh. &c. (acc. with √gam, yā &c., 'to be augmented or increased')
  2. prosperity Mn. i, 31
  3. lengthening (of a vowel) Pāṇ. 8-2, 106 Vārtt., 1
  4. -kara or -da mfn. causing increase or prosperity VarBṛS
  5. -bhāj mfn. growing, increasing Kathās


  1. vi-vṛdhat mfn. (prob. wṛ.) augmenting, increasing Pañcad


  1. vi-√vṛṣ Caus. -varṣati (aor. vyaviivṛṣat), to rain, rain upon, besprinkle or cover with (instr.) MBh. viii, 801


  1. vi-varṣaṇa n. abundant flow (of milk from the female breast) Pañcar


  1. vi-√vṛh (Ved. inf. -vrihas Kāṭh.), See vi- √1. and √2. bṛh


  1. vi-vṛha m. breaking loose, separating one's self (from others) Kauś


  1. vi-vṛhat m. (with kāśyapa) N. of the author of RV. x, 163 Anukr


  1. vi-ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to interweave Lāṭy


  1. vi-vayana n. plaited work Br. Lāṭy


  1. vi-vāna n. plaiting, twisting ŚrS


  1. vy-uta


  1. vy-ūta See s.v


  1. vi-veka &c. See under vi-√vic


  1. vivedayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of √1. vid) wishing to tell or communicate ('that &c.', two acc.) MBh


  1. vi-√ven P. -venati, to be hostile or ill-disposed RV. TBr. (cf. â-vivenat)


  1. vi-vena See á-vivenam


  1. vi-√vell P. -vellati, to quiver, tremble Kathās


  1. vi-vévidat mfn. (pr. p. of Intens. of √3. vid) seeking for, striving after RV


  1. vi-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to strip off (the skin) AV
  2. to wind round ( See next)
  3. to surround, invest (a stronghold) Rājat


  1. vi-ḍveṣṭita mfn. wound round Hariv. (v. l. ○ceST○) Kathās


  1. vi-voḍhṛ See under vi-√vah


  1. vi-vyathita mfn. (√vyath) greatly troubled or alarmed MBh


  1. vi-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to pierce through, transfix VS


  1. vi-vyâdhín mfn. piercing, transfixing AV


  1. ví-vrata See p. 952, col. 2


  1. vi-√vraśc P. -vriścati, to cut or hew in pieces, cut off, sever RV. AV. BhP


  1. vi-vṛkṇa mfn. cut in pieces, entirely severed or cut asunder RV. BhP


  1. vivvoka See bibboka


  1. viś cl. 6. P. (Dhātup. xxvm, 130) visáti (rarely, in later language mostly m. c. also Ā. viśate [Page 989, Column] ; pf. vivéśa, viviśe RV. &c. &c. [viveśitha, viveśuḥ RV. ; viviśyās ib. ; p. -viśivás AV. ; viviśivas or viviśvas Pāṇ. 7-2, 68 ; aviveśīs RV.] ; aor. áviśran, ávikṣmahi, veśīt RV. ; avikṣat Br. &c. ; avikṣata Gr. ; Prec. viśyāt ib. ; fut. veṣṭā MBh. ; vekṣyati, ○te Br. &c. ; inf. veṣṭum MBh. &c. ; veṣṭavai Br. ; viśam RV. ; ind. p. -viśya AV. &c. &c.), to enter, enter in or settle down on, go into (acc., loc., or antar with gen.), pervade RV. &c. &c. (with punar or bhūyas, to re-enter, return, come back)
  2. to be absorbed into (acc.) Bhag
  3. (in astron.) to come into conjunction with (acc.) VarBṛS
  4. (with agnim, (jvalanam &c.) to enter the fire i.e. ascend the funeral pyre MBh. R. &c
  5. (with apas) to sink or be immersed in the water BhP
  6. to enter (a house &c.) Hariv
  7. to appear (on the stage) R. Kām
  8. to go home or to rest RV. ŚāṅkhBr
  9. to sit down upon (acc. or loc.) R. Hariv
  10. to resort or betake one's self to (agratas, agre, or acc.) Ragh. Pur
  11. to flow into (and, join with, ; applied to rivers and armies) Rājat. v, 140
  12. to flow or redound to, fall to the share of (acc.) Hariv. Ragh. &c
  13. to occur to (as a thought, with acc.) R
  14. to befall, come to (as death, with acc.) BhP
  15. to belong to, exist for (loc.) ib
  16. to fall or get into any state or condition (acc.) R. Śāntiś
  17. to enter upon, undertake, begin R. BhP
  18. to mind (any business), attend to (dat.) MBh. xii, 6955 : Caus. veśáyati, ○te (aor. aviiviśat
  19. Pass. veśyate), to cause to enter into (acc.) AV
  20. to cause to sit down on (loc.) BhP.: Desid. vivikṣati, to wish to enter (acc.) BhP
  21. (with agnim or vahnim) to wish to enter the fire i.e. to ascend the funeral pyre Kathās.: Intens. veviśyate, veveṣṭi, Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. vicus ; Lith. [ve10sz�eti] ; Slav. [989,] [v�is�i] ; Goth. weihs ; Angl.-Sax. wîc ; Germ, wîch, Weich-bild.]


  1. viṭ (for 2. See p.995, col. 2), in comp. for 2. viś


  1. ○kula n. the house of a Vaiśa ĀśvŚr


  1. ○paṇya n. the wares or commodities of a man of the mercantile class Mn. x, 85


  1. ○pati m. 'chief of men', a king, prince MBh
  2. a chief of Vaiśyas BhP
  3. a daughter's husband, son-in-law Mn. iii, 148
  4. a head-merchant W


  1. ○śūdra n. sg. Vaiśyas and Śūdras R


  1. vivikṣ mfn. (fr. Desid
  2. nom. viviṭ) one who wishes to enter Vop


  1. vivikṣu mfn. (fr. id.) wishing or intending to enter (acc., rarely loc.) Kāv. Kathās. &c


  1. víś f. (m. only L
  2. nom. sg. víṭ
  3. loc. pl. vikṣú) a settlement, homestead, house, dwelling (viśás páti 'lord of the house' applied to Agni and Indra) RV
  4. (also pl.) a community, tribe, race (pl. also 'subjects', 'people', 'troops') RV. AV. VS. Br. MBh. BhP
  5. (sg. and pl.) the people ?, ?, (in the sense of those who settle on the soil
  6. sg. also 'a man of the third caste', a Vaiśya
  7. viśām with patiḥ or nāthaḥ or īśvaraḥ &c., 'lord of the people', a king, sovereign) ŚBr. &c. &c
  8. with sāma, N. of a Sāman
  9. (pl.) property, wealth BhP
  10. entrance L
  11. m. or f. a man in general, person L
  12. f. or n. feces L. (wṛ. for viṣ)


  1. ○páti m. the chief of a settlement or tribe, lord of the house or of the people (also applied to Agni and Indra
  2. du. 'master and mistress of the house') RV. AV. TS
  3. pl. 'kings' or, 'head-merchants' BhP. Sch. [Cf. Zd. viś-paiti ; Lith. ve14sś-patis.]


  1. ○pátnī f. the mistress or protectress of a house (also applied to the fire of attrition) RV. AV. TBr


  1. viśa mfn. See dur-viśa ; wṛ. for bisa, q.v. ; m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi ; n. and (ā), f. = 2. viś, a tribe, class, people ( See manuṣya-v○) ; (am), ind. (ifc.), g. śarad-ādi


  1. viśana n. (ifc.) entering, entrance into MBh. VarBṛS


  1. víśam-pa mfn. (acc. of 2. viś + pa), people. 'protecting', N. of a man (?), g. aśvâdi (cf. vaiśampāyana)


  1. viśam-bhala n. (acc. of 2. viś + bhala = bhara?) supporting or nourishing the people TBr. Sch. (to explain vaiśambhalyā́)


  1. víś-aujas mfn. (incorrectly for viḍ-ojas, p. 962) ruling the people (?) VS


  1. viśyá mfn. forming or belonging to a community &c. RV
  2. m. a man of the people or of the third caste AV. VS


  1. viṣṭá mfn. (for 2. See under √viṣ) entered into, contained in (acc. or loc.) ŚBr. BhP
  2. filled or accompanied with (instr.) TS


  1. ○karṇa mfn. marked on the ear in a partic. manner Pāṇ. 6-3, 115


  1. ○tva n. the being connected or accompanied with Nyāyas. Sch. [Page 989, Column]


  1. ○pura m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi


  1. vi-√śaṃs P. -śaṃsati (Ved. inf. -śáse), to recite, comprise in words RV
  2. to divide in parts for recitation AitBr


  1. vi-śasta mfn. (for 2. See under vi-√śas) praised, celebrated W


  1. vi-śasti Gaṇar. 399


  1. vi-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate, to be apprehensive or distrustful or uneasy MBh
  2. to be afraid of (abl.) Kathās. BhP
  3. to fear, apprehend (acc.) Śak
  4. to mistrust (acc.) R
  5. to doubt, suspect MBh. R
  6. to believe a person to have or to be (two acc.) Gīt
  7. (with anyathā) to judge wrongly, misjudge Śak. v, 17


  1. vi-ḍśaṅkanīya mfn. to be suspected or distrusted, doubtful, questionable R


  1. vi-śaṅkā f. (for 1. See p. 952, col. 2) suspicion, doubt in (loc.) MBh. R. BhP
  2. apprehension, fear of (gen. or comp.) MārkP
  3. hesitation (acc. with √kṛ Ā. -kurute, to hesitate) MBh


  1. vi-ḍśaṅkita mfn. apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, uncertain of (prati or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-ḍśaṅkin mfn. (ifc.) supposing, presuming, surmising Śiś
  2. apprehending, fearing, afraid of. afraid that (comp. or Pot. with iti) Kathās


  1. vi-ḍśaṅkya mfn. to be distrusted or suspected R
  2. to be feared Mālatīm


  1. vi-śaṅkaṭa See p. 952, col. 2


  1. vi-śada mf(ā)n. (prob. fr. √1. śad) 'conspicuous', bright, brilliant, shining, splendid, beautiful, white, spotless, pure (lit. and fig. ; am ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. calm, easy, cheerful (as the mind, the eye, a smile) Kālid. Śiś. Rājat
  3. clear, evident, manifest, intelligible (compar. -tara) Hariv. Mṛicch. Rājat
  4. tender, soft (to the touch
  5. as food, wind, odour) MBh. Suśr
  6. (ifc.) skilled or dexterous in, fit for Mṛicch. i, 9
  7. endowed with Suśr
  8. m. white (the colour) L
  9. N. of a king (the son of Jayad-ratha) BhP
  10. n. yellowish sulphurate of iron L
  11. -tā f. clearness, distinctness Pañcat. (v. l.)
  12. -nara-karankāya (Ā. ○yate), to resemble a white human skull Caṇḍ
  13. -prajña mfn. of clear understanding, keen-witted, sagacious Rājat
  14. -prabha mfn. of pure effulgence, shedding pure light MW
  15. ○dâtman mfn. pure-hearted Kām
  16. ○dânana mfn. (ifc.) one whose face is radiant with Rājat


  1. vi-śadaya Nom.P. ○yati, to clean, purify Bālar. Vāgbh
  2. to make clear, explain Jaim. Sch


  1. vi-śadāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become clear or evident Cat


  1. vi-ḍśadita mfn. purified Bālar


  1. viśadī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to make clear, explain, illustrate Pañcar


  1. vi-śápta n. (√śap) for swearing, abjuring, taking an oath against MaitrS


  1. vi-śabda See p. 952, col. 3


  1. vi-śabdana n. (√śabd) = prati-jañāna Kāś. on Pāṇ. 7-2, 23


  1. vi-ḍśabdita mfn. mentioned, indicated R


  1. vi-śaya &c. See under vi-√śī


  1. vi-śará 2. vi-śaraṇa &c. See under vi-√śṝ


  1. vi-śala m. (for viśāla) N. of the son of Abja MW
  2. (ā), f. N. of a town ib. (cf. vaiśālī)


  1. ví-śalya mfn. pointless (as an arrow) VS
  2. freed from an arrow-head, healed of an arrow-wound MBh. R
  3. free from thorns or darts W
  4. freed from an extraneous substance in the body (ā viśaīya-bhāvāt, 'until freed from the embryo') Suśr
  5. freed from pain MBh
  6. without trouble or care or pain W
  7. (ā), f. N. of various plants (also of a specific for arrow-wounds) Suśr. MBh. R
  8. Cocculus Cordifolius L
  9. Croton Polyandrum L
  10. Convolvulus Turpethum L
  11. Methonica Superba Bhpr
  12. = agni-śikhā L
  13. = aja-modā L
  14. Menispermum Cordifolium W
  15. a sort of pot-herb ib
  16. a sort of fruit, Langaliya ib
  17. N. of the wife of Lakshmaṇa L
  18. of a river MBh
  19. -karaṇa mf(ī)n. healing wounds inflicted by arrows
  20. (ī), f. a partic. herb with wonder-working properties MBh. R. Kathās
  21. -kṛt mfn. freeing from pain or distress MW
  22. m. Echites Dichotoma L
  23. -ghna, or -prâṇa-hara mfn. (prob. said of those spots of the body, such as the temples and space between the eye-brows a blow on which is fatal even without any point entering the surface, but commonly applied to those spots a wound on which becomes fatal as soon as a pointed weapon is extracted) Suśr. [Page 990, Column]
  24. ○yā-saṃgama m. ○yasambhava m. N. of chapters of the Revā-māhātmya


  1. vi-śalyaya Nom. P. ○yati, to free from a pointed weapon or from pain Kathās


  1. vi-√śas P. -śasati, -śasti, -śāsti (2. pl. -śasta RV
  2. 3. pl. Impv. -śāsatu VS
  3. impf. vy-aśāt ib.), to cut up, dissect, cut down, slaughter, immolate, kill, destroy RV. &c. &c.: Desid., vi-śiśāsiṣat


  1. vi-ḍśásana mf(ī)n. causing death, deadly MBh. Mṛicch
  2. m. a sabre, crooked sword MBh. (also fig. 'punishment')
  3. m. n. a partic. hell Pur
  4. n. cutting up, dissecting MBh. Suśr
  5. slaughter, havoc, fight, battle MBh. R
  6. cruel treatment Uttarar


  1. vi-ḍśasi g. brāhmaṇâdi (Kāś.)


  1. vi-ḍśasita mfn. cut up, dissected Pāṇ. 7-2, 19


  1. vi-ḍśasitṛ m. one who cuts up, a dissector Mn. v, 51


  1. vi-śasta mfn. (for 1. See under vi-√śaṃs) cut up, dissected MBh. R
  2. rude, ill-mannered Pāṇ. 7-2, 19


  1. vi-ḍśastṛ́ m. -śasiśṛ RV. MBh


  1. vi-ḍśāstṛ m. id. PañcavBr


  1. vi-śiśāriṣat mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cut up or dissect, ŚākhŚt


  1. vi-śiśāriḍṣu mfn. id. AitBr


  1. vi-śastra vi-śākha &c. See p. 952


  1. vi-śātana mf(ī)n. (√2. śad, Caus.) causing to fall to pieces, destroying MBh. BhP
  2. setting free, delivering MW
  3. m. N. of Vishnu MBh. (= saṃhartṛ Nīlak.)
  4. n. cutting off VP
  5. hewing in pieces, destroying MBh


  1. vi-śātaya Nom. P. ○yati, to hew in pieces, cut down or off MBh. R
  2. to knock out (an eye) R
  3. to scatter, dispel, remove, destroy MBh. R


  1. viśāyaka See biśāyaka


  1. vi-śārada See p. 952, col. 3


  1. viśālá mf(ā accord. to g. bahvādi also ī)n. (prob. fr. √viś
  2. accord. to others, fr. vi-√śṛ) spacious, extensive, broad, wide, large TS. &c. &c. (am ind. extensively PañcavBr.)
  3. great, important, powerful, mighty, illustrious, eminent MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. (ifc.) abundant in, full of Kap
  5. m. a kind of beast or bird or plant L
  6. a partic. Ṣaḍ-aha ŚrS
  7. N. of the father of Takshaka, ŚaṅkhGṛ
  8. of an Asura Kathās
  9. of a son of Ikshvāku (founder of the city Viśālā) R
  10. of a son of Tṛinabindu Pur
  11. of a king of Vaidiśa MārkP
  12. of a mountain ib
  13. (ā), f. colocynth Suśr
  14. Basella Cordifolia L
  15. Portulaca Quadrifida L
  16. ○-mahêndravāruṇī L
  17. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt
  18. N. of the city Ujjayinī or Ougein R. Megh. Kathās
  19. of another town ( See vaiśālī, vaiśalī)
  20. of a river and a hermitage situated on it MBh. R. BhP
  21. = sarasvatī L
  22. N. of an Apsaras VP
  23. of the wife of Aja-miḍha MBh
  24. of the wife of Arishṭa-nemi (and daughter of Daksha) GāruḍaP
  25. (ī), f. a kind of plant L
  26. n. N. of a place of pilgrimage, Bh
  27. du. (with viṣṇoḥ) N. of two Sāmans ĀrshBr


  1. ○kula n. a great or illustrious family MW
  2. mfn. of noble family ib
  3. -sambhava mfn. sprung from an illustrious race ib


  1. ○grāma m. N. of a village MārkP


  1. ○tā great extent, greatness Śiś
  2. eminence, distinction W


  1. ○taila-garbha m. Alangium Hexapetalum L


  1. ○tva n. = -tā MW


  1. ○tvac m. Bauhinia Variegata or Alstonia Scholaris L


  1. ○datta m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 5-3, 84 Sch


  1. ○dā f. Alhagi Maurorum L


  1. ○nagara n. N. of a town Cat


  1. ○nayana-tā f. having large eyes (one of the minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmaś. 84


  1. ○netra m. 'large-eyed', N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
  2. (ī), f. of a supernatural being ib
  3. ○trīsādhana n. N. of wk


  1. ○pattra m. a species of bulbous plant L
  2. a tree resembling the wine-palm L


  1. ○purī f. N. of a town Cat


  1. ○phalaka mf(ikā)n. bearing large fruits L


  1. ○locanā f. a large-eyed woman Daś


  1. ○varman m. N. of a man ib


  1. ○vijaya m. a kind of military array Kām


  1. viśālâkṣa mf(ī)n. large-eyed MBh. R
  2. m. a screech-owl L
  3. N. of Śiva (also as author of a Śāstra) MBh. Kām. Daś
  4. of Garuḍa L
  5. of a son of Garuḍa MBh
  6. of a serpent-demon Hariv. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
  7. (ī), f. Tiaridium Indicum L
  8. a form of Durgā Cat. (○kṣī-māhātmya n. N. of wk.)
  9. N. of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda MBh
  10. of a Yoginī Hcat
  11. of a daughter of Śāṇḍilya Cat
  12. n. N. of the Śāstra composed by Śiva Viśālâksha MBh. xii, 2203


  1. viśālaka m. Feronia Elephantum L
  2. N. of Garuḍa L. [Page 990, Column]
  3. of a Yaksha MBh
  4. (ikā), f. Odina Pinnata L


  1. viśālaya Nom.P. ○yati, to enlarge, magnify Subh


  1. viśālika


  1. viśāḍliya


  1. viśāḍlila m. endearing forms of names beginning with viśāla Pāṇ. 5-3, 84


  1. viśālīya mfn. (fr. viśāla), g. utkarâdi


  1. vi-√śās P. -śāsti, to give different directions ('concerning', acc.) ĀpŚr


  1. vi-śís f. (prob.) explanation AV


  1. viśikā f. g. chattrâdi (v. l. śibikā)


  1. vi-√śikṣ (properly Desid. of √śak
  2. only Impv. -śikṣa). to impart, share out RV. iv, 35, 3


  1. vi-ḍśíkṣu mfn. imparting willingly or readily ib. ii, 1, 10


  1. vi-śikha &c. See p. 952, col. 3


  1. vi-√śiñj Ā. -śiṅkte (only pr. p. -śiñjāna), to sound, warble Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-śita mfn. (√śi, or śo) sharpened, sharp W


  1. viśipa n. (said to be fr. √viś) a house, Palace, temple Uṇ. iii, 145 Sch


  1. vi-śiśāsiṣat ○ṣu, See col. 1


  1. viśi-śiprá m. (so divided in Padap
  2. accord. to Sāy. = vigata-hanu) N. of a demoniacal being RV. v, 45, 6


  1. vi-śiśramiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of vi-√śram, p. 991) wishing to rest Daś


  1. vi-√śiṣ P. -śinaṣṭi, to distinguish, make distinct or different, particularize, specify, define Sāṃkhyak. Sarvad
  2. to distinguish (from others), prefer to (instr.) MBh
  3. to augment, enhance MBh.: Pass. -śiṣyate, to be distinguished or particularized by (instr.), differ from (abl. or instr.) Prāt. Ragh
  4. to be pre-eminent, excel, be better than (abl. or instr.) or best among (gen. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -śeṣayati, to distinguish, define, specify Pat. Kāś
  5. to prefer Kām
  6. to enhance the worth or value of (acc.) Bhartṛ
  7. to surpass, excel MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -śeṣyate, to be of much account MBh. i, 3174 (vḷ.)


  1. vi-śiṣṭa mfn. distinguished, distinct, particular, peculiar MBh. Rājat. Sarvad
  2. characterized by (instr. or comp.) MārkP. Vedântas
  3. pre-eminent, excellent, excelling in or distinguished by (loc., instr., adv. in tas, or comp.), chief or best among (gen.), better or worse than (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  4. m. N. of Vishṇu MBh
  5. (ī), f. N. of the mother of Saṃkarâicārya Cat
  6. -kula mfn. descended from an excellent race Subh
  7. -cāritra or -cārin m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP
  8. -tama and -tara mfn. distinguished, chief. best, better than (abl.) MBh. Mṛicch. Saṃk
  9. -tā f. (Hit.), -tva n. (Śaṃk. Vedântas.) difference, speciality, peculiarity, distinction, excellence, superiority
  10. -buddhi f. differenced or distinguishing knowledge (e.g. the knowledge of 'a man carrying a staff' which distinguishes him from an ordinary man) MW
  11. -liṅga mfn. different in gender Pāṇ. 2-4, 7
  12. -varṇa mfn. having a distinguished colour MBh
  13. -vaiśiśrhtya, (ibc.) 'what is different' and 'difference'
  14. (-jñāna-vādârtha m. -bodha m. -bodha-rahasya n. -bodha-vicāra m. -bodha-vicāra-rahasya, n
  15. ○tyâvagāhi-vādârtha m. N. of wks.)
  16. ○ṭâdvaita n. See below
  17. ○ṭôpamā f. a partic. comparison MW
  18. -yukta n. (scil. rūpaka) a metaphor which contains a partic. comparison (said to be a variety of the general Rūpaka) ib


  1. viśiṣṭâdvaita n. 'qualified non-duality', the doctrine that the spirits of men have a qualified identity with the one Spirit ( See Rāmânuja) RTL. 119 &c
  2. -candrikā f. -bhāṣya n. -vādârtha m. N. of wks
  3. -vādin m. one who asserts the doctrine of qualified non-duality L
  4. -vijaya-vāda m. -samarthana n. -siddhânta m. N. of wks


  1. vi-śeṣa m. (once in Pañcat. n
  2. ifc. f. ā) distinction, difference between (two gen., two loc., or gen. and instr.) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
  3. characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property, speciality, peculiarity Mn. MBh. &c
  4. a kind, species, individual (e.g. vṛkṣa-v○, a species of tree, in comp. often also = special, peculiar, particular, different, e.g. chando-v○, a particular metre, vṭviśeṣa-maṇḍana, a peculiar ornament'
  5. argha-viśeṣāḥ, different prices') MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. (pl.) various objects Megh
  7. distinction, peculiar merit, excellence, superiority (in comp. often= excellent, superior, choice, distinguished, e.g. ākṛti-v○, 'an excellent form' [Page 990, Column]
  8. cf. vṭviśeṣa-pratipatti) Mn. MBh. &c
  9. (in gram.) a word which defines or limits the meaning of another word (cf. vi-śeṣaka and vi-śeṣaṇa)
  10. (in phil.) particularity, individuality, essential difference or individual essence (with the Vaiśeshikas the 5th cate gory or Padârtha, belonging to the 9 eternal substances or Dravyas, viz. soul, time, place, ether, and the 5 atoms of earth, water, light, air, and mind, which are said to be so essentially different that one can never be the other) IW. 66 &c
  11. (in medicine) a favourable turn or crisis of a sickness Suśr
  12. (in rhet.) statement of difference or distinction, individualization, variation Kuval. (cf. viśeṣôkti)
  13. a sectarian mark, any mark on the forehead (= tilaka) L
  14. (in geom.) the hypotenuse, Śulbas
  15. N. of the primary elements or Mahā-bhūtas (q.v.) MaitrUp
  16. the earth as an element BhP
  17. the mundane egg ib
  18. -virāj ib
  19. (ibc., ena or āt ind. exceedingly, especially, particularly, even more Mn. MBh. &c
  20. āt ifc., by reason or in consequence of. VarBṛS
  21. yena yena viśeṣeṇa, in any way whatever MBh.)
  22. mf(ā)n. extraordinary, abundant Ragh. ii, 14 (B. viśeṣāt for viśeṣā)
  23. -karaṇa n. making better, improvement Mālav
  24. -kṛt mfn. making a distinction, distinguishing RPrāt
  25. -"ṣgarhaṇīya mfn. especially reprehensible, even more blamable Kuval
  26. -guṇa m. a special or distinct quality Nīlak
  27. (in phil.) a substance of a distinct kind (as soul, time, space, ether, and the five atoms enumerated above) W
  28. -jña mfn. knowing distinctions, judicious Kāv. Kathās
  29. (ifc.) knowing various kinds of. R
  30. jñāna-vādârtha m. N. of wk
  31. -tac ind. according to the difference of. in proportion to (comp.) Mn. xi, 2
  32. especially, particularly, above all Mn. MBh. &c
  33. individually, singly, Vedantas
  34. -tva n. distinction, notion of the particular L
  35. -driśya mfn. of splendid aspect or appearance Ragh
  36. -dharma m. a peculiar or different duty W
  37. a special law MW
  38. niyama m. a partic. observance MBh
  39. -nirukti f. (ibc.) 'explanation of differences'
  40. N. of wk. (-kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -prakāśa, m
  41. ○tyāloka m. N. of wks.)
  42. -patanīya n. a partic. crime or sin Yājñ. iii, 298
  43. -padârtha m. (in Nyāya) the category of particularity (cf. above under viśeṣa)
  44. -pratipatti f. a special mark of honour or respect Ragh
  45. -pratiṣedha m. a special exception MW
  46. -pramāṇa n. special authority ib
  47. -bhāga m. a partic. part of an elephant's fore-foot L
  48. -bhāvanā f. reflecting on or perceiving difference W
  49. (in arithm.) a partic. operation in extracting roots, composition by the difference of the products ib
  50. -bhūta-pariśiṣṭa n. N. of wk
  51. -maṇḍana n. a peculiar ornament Śak
  52. -mati m. N. of a Bodhisattva and of another man Buddh
  53. -mitra m. N. of a man Buddh
  54. -ramaṇīya mfn. especially delightful, particularly pleasant Vikr
  55. -lakṣaṇa n. any specific or characteristic mark or sign W
  56. (○ṇāṭīkā f. N. of wk.)
  57. liṅga n. a partic. mark, specific property, attribute of a subordinate class Kap
  58. -vacana n. 'distinguishing or defining word', an adjective, apposition Pāṇ. 8-1, 74
  59. a special text, special rule or precept W
  60. -vat mfn. pursuing something particular MBh. ii, 849
  61. possessed of some distinguishing property or specific quality BhP
  62. excellent, superior, better than (abl.) MBh. Hariv
  63. making a difference ( See a-v○)
  64. -vāda m. the above doctrine of the Vaiśeshikas
  65. (-ṭīkā f. N. of wk
  66. ○din m. an adherent of that doctrine Sāṃkhyak. Sch.)
  67. -vikrama-ruci mfn. taking delight in splendid heroism Bhartṛ
  68. -vid mfn. = jña MBh
  69. -vidvas m. 'eminently learned', a sage, philosopher W
  70. -vidhi m. a special rule or observance W
  71. -vyāpti f. (in logic) a form of Vyāpti or pervasion L
  72. N. of wk. (also -rahasya n.)
  73. -śārṅgadhara m. N. of wk
  74. -śālin mfn. possessing peculiar merit or excellence Kir
  75. -śāstra n. (in gram.) a special rule(= apavāda) MW
  76. -sthu mfn. being (found only) in excellent persons or things Kāvyâd. ii, 170
  77. ○ṣâtideśa m. a special supplementary rule ib
  78. ○ṣâmṛta n. N. of wk
  79. ○ṣârtha m. the sense or essence of distinction, difference (am ind. for the sake of difference MW.)
  80. -prakāśikā f. -bodhikā f. N. of wks
  81. ○ṣârthin mfn. seeking for excellence or distinction MBh
  82. particular in searching for anything MW
  83. (○thi) -tā f. the searching for something better Pañcat
  84. ○ṣâvasyakaniryukti f. N. of wk
  85. -ṣôkti f. 'mention of difference', N. of a figure of speech (in which the excellence of a thing is implied by comparing it to some highly prized object, yet mentioning the difference, e.g. dyūtaṃnāma puruṣasyâsiṃhâsanaṃ rājyam, 'truly gambling is a man's throneless kingdom' Mṛicch. ii, 6/7) Vām. iv, 3, 23 (cf. Kāvyad. ii, 323 &c.) [991,]
  86. enumeration of merits, panegyric W
  87. ○ṣâcchvasita n. the peculiar breath or life, cherished object), a peculiar treasure (applied to an object especially dear) MW
  88. ○ṣôddeśa m. (in Nyāya) a partic. kind of enunciation ib


  1. vi-śeṣaka (ifc.) = vi-śeṣa, distinction, difference Bhāshāp
  2. mfn. distinguishing, qualifying, specifying L
  3. m. n. a mark on the forehead (made with sandal &c.) R. Mālav. Kathās. (cf. pattrav○)
  4. an attribute, predicate W
  5. m. a partic. figure of speech (in which the difference of two objects otherwise said to be similar is dwelt upon
  6. cf. viśeṣôkti) Kuval
  7. N. of a scholar Buddh
  8. of a country Nalac
  9. (ikā), f. a kind of metre Col
  10. n. a series of three stanzas forming one grammatical sentence
  11. cf. yugma and kalāpaka) Śatr. -cchedya n. N. of one of the 64 Kalās (prob. the art of painting sectarian marks on the forehead) Cat


  1. vi-śeṣaṇa mfn. distinguishing, discriminative, specifying, qualifying L
  2. distinctive (as a property) W
  3. n. the act of distinguishing &c., distinction, discrimination, particularization BhP. Sarvad. Sāh
  4. a distinguishing mark or attribute MBh
  5. (in gram.) 'differencer', a word which particularizes or defines (another word which is called vi-śeṣya, q.v.), attribute, adjective, adverb, apposition, predicate Pāṇ. Tarkas. Sāh. &c
  6. a species, kind MBh. vii, 1124
  7. surpassing, excelling ib. i, 73
  8. (in rhet.) = viśeṣôkti Sāh
  9. -khaṇḍana n. -jñāna-vādârtha m. N. of wks
  10. -tā f. the state of a distinguisher or of distinguishing Bhāshāp
  11. individuality MW. (-sambandha m. the relation of predicate to subject ib.)
  12. -traya-vaiyarthya n. N. of wk
  13. -tva n. -tā MW
  14. adjectival nature Sāy
  15. -dvaya-vaiyarthya n. N. of wk
  16. -pada n. a title of honour Mudr
  17. -mātraprayoga m. the use of an adjective for a substantive (e.g. sāgarâmbarā, the sea-girt', for pṛthivii, 'the earth') Vām. v, 1, 10
  18. -viśeṣya-tā f. -viśeṣyabhāva m. the relation of predicate and subject, Vedántas
  19. -vat mfn. endowed with discrimination MW
  20. having a distinguishing attribute ib
  21. -varga m. N. of a ch. of the Sabda-ratnâvali lexicon


  1. vi-ḍśeṣaṇī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to predicate, Kusum


  1. ○śeṣaṇīya mfn. to be distinguished or discriminated W
  2. to be marked as different or distinct ib
  3. to be particularized MW


  1. vi-śeṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) distinguished, defined, characterized Saṃk
  2. preferred. Kām
  3. superior to, better than (abl.) MBh
  4. surpassed, exceeded Hariv. Mālav
  5. predicated, attributed, W


  1. vi-ḍśeṣin mfn. distinct, individual BhP
  2. (ifc.) vying with, rivalling Hariv


  1. vi-śeṣya mfn. to be (or being) distinguished or qualified or particularized ( See comp.)
  2. n. (in gram.) the word to be 'differenced' or distinguished (from another word which is called vi-śeṣaṇa, q.v.), a substantive, noun, the object or subject of a predicate Pāṇ. Tarkas. Vedântas
  3. -tā f. the being defined or qualified, substantival nature, Kusum. (-vāda m. N. of wk.)
  4. -tva n. -tā f. KātyŚr. Sch


  1. vi-ḍśeṣyâka (ifc.) = ○śeṣya Bhāshāp


  1. vi-śís See vi-√śās, p. 990, col. 2


  1. vi-√śī Ā. -śete, to lie outstretched BhP
  2. to remain lying or sitting R
  3. to be subject to doubt Śaṃk


  1. vi-śaya m. the middle, centre, Śulbas
  2. doubt, uncertainty Jaim. Śaṃk
  3. = āśraya L
  4. -vat mfn. = next Nir


  1. vi-ḍśayin mfn. doubtful, uncertain (○yi-tva n. doubt, uncertainty) ĀpŚr. Sch


  1. vi-śāya m. sleeping and watching alternately W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-?B, 39)


  1. vi-ḍśāyin mfn. g. grahâdi


  1. viśīta m. N. of a man (cf. vaiśīti)


  1. vi-śīrṇa &c. See under vi-√śṝ


  1. viśuka m. Calotropis Gigantea Alba L


  1. viśuṇḍi m. N. of a son of Kaśyapa MBh


  1. vi-√śudh P. Ā. -śudhyati, ○te, to become perfectly pure (esp. in ritual sense) Mn. Yājñ. &c
  2. to become clear (said of the senses) R
  3. (in alg.) to remain naught, Bījag.: Caus. -"ṣśodhayati, to purify (esp. ritually) MBh. Pañcar. Suśr. [Page 991, Column]
  4. to improve, correct Yājñ. Sch
  5. to free from suspicion, exculpate Yājñ. MBh. R
  6. to justify MBh
  7. to set clear, fix or determine accurately Yājñ. VarBṛS
  8. (in alg.) to subtract VarBṛS


  1. vi-śuddha mfn. completely cleansed or purified (also in a ritual sense), clean, clear, pure (lit.and fig.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. free from vice, virtuous, honest MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. brilliantly white (as teeth) Ṛitus
  4. thoroughly settled or established or fixed or determined or ascertained ib
  5. (ifc.) one who has gone through or thoroughly completed (upadeśa-v○) Mālav
  6. cleared i .e. exhausted, empty (as a treasury) Rājat
  7. (in alg.) subtracted Gol
  8. n. a kind of mystical circle in the body (cf. cakra and vi-śuddhi-c○)
  9. -karaṇa mfn. one whose acts are pure or virtuous BhP
  10. -gātra-tā f. the having bright or pure limbs (a minor mark of a Buddha) Dharmaś. 84
  11. -cāritra m. 'of virtuous conduct', N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP
  12. -tā, f. (Kāv.), -tva n. (Śaṃk.) purity
  13. -dhiṣaṇa mfn. having the mind purified BhP
  14. -dhī mfn. id. Rājat
  15. -dhīra mfn. pure and grave Kathās
  16. -netra-tā f. having the eyes bright (one of the minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmaś. 84
  17. -pārṣṇi mfn. having the rear or back protected or covered Kām
  18. -prakṛti mfn. of pure or virtuous disposition Rājat
  19. -bhāva (R.), -manas (Bhartṛ.), mfn. pure-minded
  20. -mugdha mfn. pure and innocent Mālatīm
  21. -rasa-dīpikā f. N. of wk
  22. -vaṃśya mfn. of a pure or virtuous family Rājat
  23. -sattva mfn. of a pure character MuṇḍUp
  24. -sattva-pradhāna mfn. chiefly characterized by pure goodness MW
  25. -sattva-vijñāna mfn. of pure character and understanding R
  26. -siṃha m. N. of a man Buddh
  27. svara-nirghoṣā f. a partic. Dhāraṇī Buddh
  28. ○ddhâtman mfn. of a pure nature or character MBh. R. &c
  29. ○ddhêśvara-tantra n. N. of a Tantra


  1. vi-śuddhi f. complete purification, purity (also fig.). holiness, virtue Mn. MBh. &c
  2. rectification, removal of error or doubt W
  3. settlement (of a debt), Śāṃkhyak. Sch
  4. retribution, retaliation ( See vaira-v○)
  5. perfect knowledge BhP
  6. (in alg.) a subtractive quantity, Bījag
  7. = sama L
  8. -cakra n. a kind of mystical circle or mark in the body (said to be in the region of the throat) Cat
  9. -darpaṇa m. N. of wk
  10. -mat mfn. possessing purity, free from sin or vice, pure Mcar


  1. vī-śodhana mf(ī)n. cleansing, purging, washing away R. Suśr. &c
  2. m. N. of Vishṇu MBh
  3. (ī), f. Croton Polyandrum or Tiglium L
  4. N. of the capital of Brahmā L
  5. n. cleansing Suśr
  6. lopping (of trees) VarBṛS
  7. purification (in the ritual sense) Mn. Yājñ
  8. a laxative Suśr
  9. the becoming decided or certain (a-v○) Vishṇ
  10. subtraction VarBṛS


  1. vī-ḍśodhanīya mfn. to be purified or cleansed &c
  2. to be treated with laxatives Car
  3. purging ib
  4. to be rectified or corrected MW


  1. vī-ḍśodhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) purified, cleansed, freed from soil or taint Yājñ. VarBṛS


  1. vī-ḍśodhin mfn. purifying, cleaning, clearing (○dhi-tva, n.) Hit
  2. (inī), f. Tiaridium Indicum L
  3. ○dhinī-bīja n. Croton Jamalgota ib. ○śodhya n. to be cleansed or purified &c
  4. to be subtracted from (abl.)
  5. n. debt L


  1. viśuntha-lavaṇa n. rock salt L


  1. vi-√śubh Ā. -śabhate, to shine brightly, be beautiful MBh


  1. vi-śobhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) beautified or adorned with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R


  1. vi-śuṣ √1. cl. 4. P. Ā. -śuṣyati, ○te, to become very dry, dry up, wither away MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -śoṣayati, to make dry, dry up, desiccate ib


  1. vi-śoṣa m. dryness, drought Vcar


  1. vi-ḍśoṣaṇa mfn. drying, desiccative MBh. Bh
  2. healing (a wound
  3. cf. vraṇa-viś○)
  4. n. the act of drying up, desiccation Rājat. Suśr


  1. vi-ḍśoṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) completely dried up or withered Kum


  1. śoṣin mfn. drying up, withering Ragh
  2. making dry, desiccating Suśr


  1. vi-śūnya vi-śūla, vi-śṛṅkhala &c. See p. 952, col. 3


  1. vi-√śṛdh Ā. -śardhate, to break wind Suśr


  1. vi-śardhita n. the act of breaking wind ib


  1. vi-śṝ Pass. -śīryate (aor. -śāri RV.), to be broken or shattered or dissolved, crumble or fall to pieces, waste away, decay RV. &c. &c. [Page 991, Column]
  2. to be scattered or dispersed Hariv
  3. to be severed from (abl.) R
  4. to be damaged or destroyed, perish Mn. MBh. &c


  1. vi-śará mfn. tearing asunder, rending TS
  2. m. a kind of disease AV
  3. killing, slaughter L


  1. vi-śaraṇa n. (for 1. See p. 95 2, col. 3) dissolution Dhātup
  2. killing, slaughter L


  1. vi-ḍśarāru mfn. falling to pieces, being scattered or dispersed Vcar. Hcar
  2. frail, perishable Śīl. Hcar
  3. -tā f. dissolution, decay Kpr
  4. frailty, perishableness Rājat


  1. vi-ḍśarīka (ví.), m. a kind of disease AV


  1. vi-ḍśāraṇa n. killing, slaughter L


  1. vi-śīrṇa mfn. broken, shattered &c
  2. scattered, dispersed (as an army) R
  3. fallen out (as teeth) Kāv
  4. squandered (as a treasure) MBh
  5. rubbed off (as unguent) GāruḍaP
  6. frustrated (as an enterprise), Śāntiś
  7. destroyed (as a town) R
  8. -jirṇa-vasana n. pl. worn and shattered garments Bhartṛ
  9. -tā f. crumbling or falling to pieces Kām
  10. -dhāra mfn. intermittent (as urine) BhP
  11. -paṅkti mfn. having broken ranks or lines Ragh
  12. -parṇa m. Azadirachta Indica L
  13. -mūrti mfn. having the body destroyed (said of Kāma-deva) Kum


  1. vi-ḍśīrya mfn. to be broken to pieces or dissolved W


  1. vi-śeṣa &c. See p. 990, col. 2


  1. vi-śoka See p. 952, col. 3


  1. viśobhagīna mf(ā)n. an adj. or epithet applied to Sarasvati ĀpŚr. (cf. veśa-bha-gīna and viśo-bhagī́na)


  1. viśovisīya n. N. of various Sāmans TāṇḍyaBr. (also agner vis○ ĀrshBr.)


  1. víś-aujas See p. 989, col. 2


  1. viś-cakadra m. (said to be fr. 2. viś = 3. vi + c○), a dog-keeper' (regarded as a low man) or 'a dog' Nir. ii, 3 Sch
  2. ○drâkarṣa m. the chastiser of a dog-keeper or of a dog ib


  1. viśna m. (fr. √vich) Pāṇ. 3-3. 90


  1. viś-páti viś-pátnī, See under 2. viś, p. 989, eol. 2


  1. viśpálā f. (accord. to some fr. 2. viś and palā = pālā) N. of a woman (whose lost leg was replaced by the Aśvins) RV


  1. ○vasu (viśpálā.), mfn. (prob.) kind or friendly to Viśpalā (said of the Aśvins) ib


  1. vi-√śraṇ Caus. -śrāṇayati, to give away, distribute, present Gobh. MBh. &c


  1. vi-ḍśraṇana n. gift, donation L


  1. vi-ḍśrāṇana n. id. R. Naish


  1. vi-ḍśrāṇika mfn. (ifc.) treating of the gift or bestowal of. R. (v. l.)


  1. vi-ḍśrāṇita mfn. given away, distributed, bestowed Gobh. R. &c


  1. vi-√śrath (only 3. sg. pf. Ā. -śaśrathe), to open for one's self RV. ix, 70, 2: Caus. -śrathayati (2. sg. Impv. śrathāya, Subj. aor. -śiśrathaḥ), to loosen, untie RV. AV
  2. to remit, pardon (a sin) RV. iv, 12, 4
  3. to destroy ib. ii, 28, 7


  1. vi-√śram P. -śrāmyati (ep. also śramati, ○te
  2. ind. p. śrā́mya, or -śramya), to rest, repose, recreate one's self. ŚBr. MBh. &c
  3. to rest from labour, cease, stop, desist Kāv. Kathās. Rājat
  4. to rest or depend on (loc.) Kāv
  5. to rest i.e. trust or confide in, rely on R. Cāṇ
  6. to feel at ease or comfortable R. Bhaṭṭ.: Pass. [-zr�Amyate] (aor. [vy-azr�Ami] Vop
  7. esp. 3. sg. Impv
  8. [-zr�AmyatAm], 'you may rest', enough of this') Bhartṛ. Ratnâv.: Caus. [-zr�Amayati], to cause to rest, make to cease, stop ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. to cause to rest or settle down on (loc.) Ragh.: Desid., vi-śiśramiṣu


  1. vi-śrama m. rest, repose, quiet, relaxation Kālid. Śiś. Vās
  2. N. of a scribe MW


  1. vi-ḍśramaṇa n. resting, relaxation MBh. Kathās. BhP


  1. vi-ḍśramita mfn. made to rest, allayed Gīt


  1. vi-śrānta mfn. reposed, rested or ceased from (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. reposing, taking rest VarBṛS. Pañcat
  3. abated, ceased, stopped Kāv. Kathās
  4. coming to rest or to an end, reaching to (acc. or comp.) Kāv. Rājat
  5. feeling at ease in or with (loc.) R
  6. (in comp.) destitute of ( See vivekav○ and comp. below)
  7. m. N. of a king VP
  8. -katha mfn. speechless, dumb, mute Ragh
  9. -karṇa-yugala mfn. (for kṭkarṇa-y-"ṣv) reaching to the ears Caurap
  10. nyāca m. N. of wk
  11. -puṣpôdgama mfn. ceased from shooting forth blossoms Vikr. [Page 992, Column]
  12. -vigraha-katha mfn. one in whom, 'war' or, a body' (cf. vi-graha) is out of the question, i.e. 'unwarlike' and 'bodiless' (applied to king Udayana and to the god of love) Ratnâv. i, 8
  13. -vidyādhara m. N. of a grammar
  14. vidyā-vinoda m. N. of a medical wk
  15. -vilāsa mfn. one who has given up, sporting or dallying Kathās
  16. -vaira mfn. one who has ceased from enmity ib


  1. vi-śrānti f. rest, repose Kāv. Kathās
  2. abatement, cessation, coming to an end Kathās. Sāh
  3. N. of a Tirtha VarP
  4. -kṛt mfn. causing or giving rest Kathās
  5. -bhūmi f. means of relaxation Subh
  6. -mat mfn. possessing rest, feeling at ease Kāv
  7. -varman m. N. of a poet Subh


  1. vi-śrāma m. rest, repose, relaxation, calm, tranquillity MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. deep breathing (after exertion) VarBṛS
  3. resting-place Hariv. BhP
  4. cessation, abatement R. Śak. Uttarar
  5. a pause, caesura Śrutab
  6. a house Gal
  7. N. of various men Cat
  8. (with śukla) N. of an author ib
  9. -bhū f. a resting-place, Venīs
  10. -veśman n. a resting-chamber Hariv
  11. -sthāna n. a place (i.e. means) of rest or recreation (said of a friend) Ratnâv
  12. mâtmaja m. N. of an author Cat


  1. vi-ḍśrāmaṇa n. causing to rest Kauś. Sch


  1. vi-√śrambh (accord. to some, more correctly -srambh), Ā. -śrambhate, to confide, be confident, trust in or rely on (loc.) BhP. (ind. p. -śrabhya = trustfully, with confidence): Caus. -śrambhayati, to relax, loosen, untie Lāṭy
  2. to inspire with confidence, encourage MBh


  1. vi-śrabdha mfn. confiding, confident, fearless, tranquil, calm MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. trusting in, relying on (prati) Mālav
  3. showing or inspiring confidence Kāv. BhP
  4. (only L.) trusted'
  5. excessive'
  6. firm'
  7. 'mean' &c
  8. (am), ind. confidingly, quietly, without fear or reserve Mn. MBh. &c
  9. -kārya mfn. one who has confidential business to transact Śak
  10. -tā f. -tva n. trustiness, trustworthiness W
  11. -navôḍhā f. a confiding bride (one of the several classes into which brides are divided) MW
  12. -pralāppin mfn. talking confidingly or confidentially Śak
  13. -supta mfn. sleeping peacefully Mṛicch


  1. vi-śrambha m. (ifc. f. ā) slackening, loosening, relaxation (of the organs of utterance), cessation RPrāt
  2. trust, confidence in (loc., gen., or comp.)
  3. absence of restraint, familiarity, intimacy MBh. Kāv. &c. (ibc. or āt, eṇa ind. 'confidingly, confidentially'
  4. ○bhaṃ √kṛ with gen., 'to win the confidence of'
  5. kasmai ○bhaṃ kathayāmi in whom shall I trust?')
  6. a playful or amorous quarrel L
  7. killing(?) L
  8. -katha f. (Vās.), -kathiśa n. pl. (Śak.), -garbha-kathā f. (Mālatim.) confidential talk
  9. affectionate conversation
  10. -tā f. trust, confidence (acc. with √gam, to win cṭconfidence) R
  11. -bhṛtya m. a confidential servant Rājat
  12. -vat mfn. trustful certain, at ease Jātakam
  13. -saṃsupta mfn. quietly asleep Kām
  14. -saṃkathā f. = -kathā Kathās
  15. ○bhâlāpa m. id. Hit


  1. vi-ḍśrambhaṇa n. confidence (○ṇaṃ √gaṃ, to win confidence)
  2. gaining a person's confidence Daś


  1. vi-ḍśrambhaṇīya mfn. inspiring a person(gen.) with confidence BhP


  1. vi-ḍśrambhitavya n. (impers.) it should be trusted in (loc.) Jātakam


  1. vi-ḍśrambhin mfn. trusting in, relying on (comp.) BhP. Sāh
  2. enjoying confidence MBh
  3. confidential (as talk) Kathās


  1. vi-śravaṇa vi-śravas, See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-śrāva m. (fr. √2. śru = sru
  2. for 2. See col. 2) flowing forth, dropping W


  1. vi-śrāvaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) causing to flow forth, bleeding ib


  1. vi-śruta mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) flowed away, flowing forth W


  1. vi-śruti f. oozing, flowing ib
  2. 'flowing asunder', ramification of a channel or road ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. flowing (scil. with milk)', N. of the cow VS. PañcavBr. (Sch. 'the celebrated one'
  4. 2. vi-śruti)


  1. vi-śrotasikā f. = pramāda Śīl


  1. vi-√śri P. Ā. -śrayati, ○te, to set or put asunder, separate, throw open, open RV
  2. (mostly Ā.) to go asunder, be opened or separated or expanded or spread or diffused ib
  3. to have recourse to, rely on W


  1. vi-śraya m. having recourse to, dependance on, asylum W


  1. vi-ḍśrayin mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 157


  1. ví-śrita mfn. (prob, = resounded) RV. i, 117, 1. [Page 992, Column]


  1. viśri m. (of doubtful derivation) death L
  2. N. of a man (pl. his descendants), g. gṛṣṭy-ādi and yaskâdi (cf. visri)


  1. vi-śri-√kṛ See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-śru √1. P. -śṛṇoti, to hear distinctly TUp. Hariv. BhP.: Pass. -śrūyate (Ved. also Ā. -śṛṇute), to be heard or be heard of far and wide, become known or famous RV. TBr. MBh. &c.: Caus. -śrāvayati, to cause to be heard everywhere, narrate, communicate MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to mention (one's name) MBh
  3. to tell (with acc. of pers. and acc. vḷ. loc. of thing) ib
  4. to make famous R. Hariv
  5. to cause to resound MBh


  1. vi-śrāva m. (for 1. See s.v., col. 1) noise, sound Bhaṭṭ
  2. great fame or celebrity. L


  1. vi-ḍśrāvaṇa n. causing to hear, narrating, apprising W


  1. ví-śruta mfn. heard of far and wide, heard, noted, notorious, famous, celebrated RV. &c. &c
  2. known as, passing for, named (nom.) Hariv
  3. pleased, delighted, happy L
  4. m. N. of a man Daś
  5. of a son of Vasu-deva BhP
  6. of Bhava-bhūti Gal
  7. n. fame, celebrity BhP
  8. learning ( See comp.)
  9. -deva m. N. of a king Buddh
  10. -vat mfn. possessing much learning, very learned Hariv
  11. m. N. of Maru (the father of Bṛihad-bala) VP
  12. ○tâbhijana mfn. of a renowned family, of noted birth MW


  1. vi-śruti f. celebrity, fame, notoriety MBh. BhP. (○tiṃ √gam, to become famous or celebrated)
  2. N. of a partic. Sruti Saṃgīt


  1. vi-√ślath (only pr. p. -ślathat and -śathamāna), to become loose or relaxed BhP. Pañcar


  1. vi-ślatha &c. See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-ślathita mfn. loose, relaxed BhP


  1. vi-√śliṣ P. Ā. -śliṣyati, ○te, to be loosened or dissolved or relaxed Bhaṭṭ. Kathās
  2. to be divided or separated (mithaḥ, from each other') Kathās
  3. to fall wide of a mark, fail to strike, miss the aim Ratnâv
  4. to divide, separate from (ahl.) Kathās.: Caus. -śleṣayati, to cause to be disunited, separate from (abl.) Kāv. Pañcat
  5. to deprive of (instr.) Pañcat


  1. vi-śliṣṭa mfn. loosened Ragh
  2. disunited, disjoined, separated AitBr. Kathās
  3. severed from one's party Kām
  4. dislocated (as limbs) Suśr
  5. -tara mfn. standing far apart Cat


  1. vi-śleṣa m. loosening, separation, dissolution, disjunction, falling asunder Kathās. Suśr. (saṃdhau v○ or saṃdhi-v○, non-union of letters, hiatus Sāh.)
  2. separation (esp. of lovers) Kāv. Kathās
  3. a chasm MW
  4. (in arithm.) the converse of addition Gaṇit
  5. -jāti f. (in arithm.) the assimilation of difference, reduction of fractional difference Līl
  6. -sūtra n. a rule for (an operation which is) the converse of addition Col


  1. vi-ḍśleṣaṇa mfn. dissolving Suśr
  2. n. separation BhP
  3. dissolution Car


  1. vi-ḍśleṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) separated Megh. Kathās
  2. torn, rent asunder Mṛicch
  3. dissolved Kum. iii, 38 Sch
  4. severed Suśr
  5. -vakṣas mfn. one whose breast is torn or lacerated Suśr


  1. vi-ḍśleṣin mfn. falling asunder, loosened Ragh
  2. separated (from a beloved object) Kathās


  1. vi-śloka See p. 953, col. 1


  1. víśva mf(ā)n. (prob. fr. √1. viś, to pervade, Uṇ. i, 151
  2. declined as a pron. like sarva, by which it is superseded in the Brāhmaṇas and later language) all, every, every one
  3. whole, entire, universal RV. &c. &c
  4. all-pervading or all-containing, omnipresent (applied to Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa, the soul, intellect &c.) Up. MBh. &c
  5. m. (in phil.) the intellectual faculty or (accord. to some) the faculty which perceives individuality or the individual underlying the gross body (sthūla-śarīra-vyaṣty-upahita) Vedântas
  6. N. of a class of gods, below.
  7. N. of the number 'thirteen' Gol
  8. of a class of deceased ancestors MārkP
  9. of a king MBh
  10. of a well-known dictionary = viśva-prakāśa
  11. pl. (víśve, with or scil. devā́s, cf. viśve-deva, p. 995) 'all the gods collectively' or the, All-gods' (a partic. class of gods, forming one of the 9 Gaṇas enumerated under gaṇadevatā, q.v
  12. accord. to the Vishnu and other Purāṇas they were sons of Viśvā, daughter of Daksha, and their names are as follow, 1. Vasu, 2. Satya, 3. Kratu, 4. Daksha, 5. Kāla, 6. Kāma, 7. Dhṛiti, 8. Kuru, 9. Purū-ravas, 10. Mādravas [?]
  13. two others are added by some, viz. 11. Rocaka or Locana, 12. Dhvani [or Dhūri
  14. or this may make 1]: they are particularly worshipped at Śrāddhas and at the Vaiśvadeva ceremony ṛṭḻ. 416 [Page 992, Column]
  15. moreover, accord. to Manu [iii, 90, 12], offerings should be made to them daily - these privileges having been bestowed on them by Brahmā and the Pitṛis, as a reward for severe austerities they had performed on the Himâlaya: sometimes it is difficult to decide whether the expression viśve devāḥ refers to all the gods or to the particular troop of deities described above) RV. &c
  16. &c
  17. (ā), f. the earth L. (loc. pl. 'in all places, everywhere' RV. viii, 106, 2)
  18. dry ginger L
  19. Piper Longum L
  20. Asparagus Racemosus L
  21. = ati-viṣā, or viṣā L
  22. N. of one of the tongues of Agni, MārkP
  23. a partic. weight L
  24. N. of a daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma and mother of the Viśve Devāh) MBh. Hariv. Pur
  25. of a river BhP
  26. n. the whole world, universe AV. &c.&c
  27. dry ginger Suśr
  28. myrrh L
  29. a mystical N. of the sound o Up


  1. ○kathā f. g. kathâdi


  1. ○kadrākarṣa wṛ. for viś-cakadr○, q.v


  1. ○kadru mfn. wicked, vile L
  2. m. a dog trained for the chase L
  3. sound, noise L


  1. ○kartṛ m. the creator of the world (○tṛ-tva n.) Kāv. Pur. &c
  2. N. of an author Cat


  1. ○karma and See p. 994, col. 2


  1. ○karman See p. 994, col. 2


  1. ○kāya mfn. whose body is the universe BhP
  2. (ā), f. a form of Dākshāyaṇi Cat


  1. ○kāraka m. the creator of the universe (said of Śiva) Śivag


  1. ○kāru m. the architect of the Universe, Viśva-karman Pañcar


  1. ○kārya m. N. of one of the seven principal rays of the sun VP. (cf. -karman)


  1. ○kṛ́t mfn. or m. making or creating all, the creator of all things AV. ŚBr. &c
  2. m. the architect and artificer of the gods, Viśva-karman MBh. R. MārkP
  3. N. of a son of Gādhi Hariv


  1. ○kṛta mfn. made by Viśva-karman (?) MBh


  1. ○kṛṣṭi (viśvá-), mfn. dwelling among all men, universally known, kind to all men RV


  1. ○ketu m. 'whose banner is the universe', N. of the god of love L
  2. of Aniruddha (a son of the god of love) L


  1. ○kośa m. N. of various wks


  1. ○kṣaya m. destruction of the world Rājat


  1. ○kṣiti (viśvá-), mfn. = -kṛṣṭi TBr


  1. ○ga m. 'going everywhere', N. of Brahmā L
  2. of a son of Pūrṇiman BhP


  1. ○gata mfn. omnipresent LiṅgaP


  1. ○gandha (only L.), mfn. diffusing odour everywhere
  2. m. an onion
  3. (ā), f. the earth
  4. n. myrrh


  1. ○gandhi m. N. of a son of Pṛithu BhP


  1. ○garbha (viśvá-), mf(ā)n. bearing or containing all things AV. Śivag
  2. mṆ. of a son of Raivata Hariv


  1. ○guṇâdarśa m. N. of wk


  1. ○gudh mfn. (nom. -ghut) all-enveloping MW


  1. ○guru m. the father of the universe Kāv. BhP


  1. ○gūrṇa (?), N. of wk. =


  1. ○gūrta (viśvá-), mfn. approved by or welcome to everybody RV


  1. ○gūrti mfn. id. ib


  1. ○gocara mfn. accessible to all men VP


  1. ○gotra (viśvá-), mfn. belonging to all families ŚBr


  1. ○gotrya (viśvá-), mfn. (perhaps) bringing all kinsmen together (said of a drum) AV


  1. ○goptṛ m. 'preserver of the universe', N. of Vishṇu Hariv
  2. of Śiva Śivag
  3. of Indra L


  1. ○granthi m. a kind of plant (= [haMsa-padI) L


  1. ○ṃ-kara mfn. all-creating, making all W
  2. m. the eye L


  1. ○cakra n. 'world-wheel', a wheel made of gold representing the universe (or the gift of such a wheel offered to Brāhmans) Hcat
  2. -dána-vidhi m. N. of wk
  3. ○râtman m. N. of Vishṇu Hcat. MatsyaP


  1. ○cakṣa mfn. all-seeing MW


  1. ○cakṣaṇa (viśvá-). mfn. id. AV. -cakṣas (viśvá), mfn. id. RV


  1. ○cakṣus mfn. id. (or) n. an eye for all things MaitrUp


  1. ○candra mfn. all-radiant, all-brilliant MW


  1. ○camat-kṛti f. N. of Comm


  1. ○carṣaṇi (viśvá-.), mfn. -kṛṣṭi RV. Naigh


  1. ○cyavas m. one of the seven principal rays of the sun VP. Sch


  1. ○janá m. all men, mankind VS. TBr. (-janasya cchattra or chattra n. Pāṇ. 4-1, 76 Vārtt. 1 Sch.)


  1. ○janī́na mfn. containing all kinds of people AV
  2. ruling all people ib
  3. good for or benefiting all men MaitrS. Kāv. Pāṇ
  4. -vṛtti mfn. one whose conduct or actions are for the benefit of the whoIe world MW


  1. ○janīya mfn. suitable to all men, benefiting all men Pat


  1. ○janman (viśvá), mfn. of all or various kinds AV


  1. ○janya (viśvá-), mf(ā)n. containing all men
  2. existing everywhere, universal, dear to all men RV. VS. Mn
  3. universally beneficial W


  1. ○jayin mfn. conquering the universe BhP


  1. ○jít mfn. all-conquering, allsubduing RV. AV. BhP. m. N. of an Ekâha in the Gavām-ayana rite (the 4th day after the Vishuvat) AV. &c. &c
  2. a partic. form of Fire MBh
  3. the cord or noose of Varuṇa W
  4. N. of a Dānava MBh
  5. of a son of Gādhi Hariv
  6. of various other persons ib. Pur
  7. -jic-chilpa m. (for jit + śilpa) N. of an Ekâha PañcavBr. [Page 993, Column] ŚrS
  8. viśva-jid-aṭirātra-paddhati f. N. of wk


  1. ○jinva mfn. all-refreshing RV


  1. ○jīva m. the universal Soul BhP


  1. ○jū́ mfn. all-impelling RV


  1. ○jyotiṣa m. N. of a man (pl. his descendants) Cat


  1. ○jyotis (viśvá-), mfn. all-brilliant L
  2. m. N. of an Ekâha PañcavBr. KātyŚr
  3. of a man Saṃskārak
  4. f. N. of partic. bricks (supposed to represent fire, the wind, and the sun) TS. ŚBr. ŚrS
  5. n. N. of a Sāman SV


  1. ○tanu mfn. whose body is the universe BhP


  1. ○tas &c., See p. 994


  1. ○tár mfn. all-surpassing, all-subduing RV


  1. ○turā-ṣah mfn. (nom. ○ṣāṭ) allsurpassing Hariv


  1. ○tūrti (viśvá), mfn. id. RV


  1. ○tṛpta mfn. satisfied with everything Pañcar


  1. ○toya mf(ā)n. having water for all MBh


  1. ○traya n. sg. the three worlds (viz. heaven, earth, and atmosphere
  2. or heaven, earth, and the lower world) MārkP


  1. ○try-arcas m. one of the seven priucipal rays of the sun VP


  1. ○daṃṣṭra m. N. of an Asura MBh


  1. ○datta m. N. of a Brahman Kathās


  1. ○darśata (viśvá-), mfn. visible to all RV. ĀpŚr
  2. to be honoured by all MW


  1. ○dā́ni mfn. all-giving TBr


  1. ○dāvá mfn. all-scorching TS


  1. ○dāvan mfn. alldistributing AV


  1. ○dāvyá mfn. all-scorching AV. MaitrS


  1. ○dāsā f. one of the seven tongues of fire TĀr. Sch


  1. ○dīpa m. N. of wk


  1. ○dṛś mfn. allseeing BhP


  1. ○dṛṣṭa (viśvá-), mfn. seen by all RV


  1. ○deva (viśvá-), mfn. all-divine RV. Hariv
  2. m. N. of a god Hariv
  3. of a teacher Cat
  4. Pl. a partic. class of deities, the Viśve Devā? ( See viśva above) RV. VS. Hariv. VarBṛS
  5. (ā), f. Uraria Lagopedioides Suśr
  6. Hedysarum LagopṭLagopedioides W
  7. a species of red-flowering Daṇḍôtpala L
  8. -tā f. pl. the Viśve Devāh L
  9. -dīkṣitīya n. N. of wk
  10. -netra (viśvá-deva-), mfn. led by the Viśve DṭDevāh VS
  11. -bhakta mfn. (prob.) inhabited by worshippers of the VṭViśve Devāh (g. aiṣukāry-ādi)
  12. -vat (viśvá-deva-), mfn. united with all gods AV


  1. ○devya (viśvá-), mfn. relating or sacred or dear &c. to all gods RV
  2. distinguished by all divine attributes MW
  3. ○vyā-vat mfn. relating or dear to all gods RV. VS. &c
  4. accompanied by the Viśve Devā? AitBr. ŚrS


  1. ○daiva or n. the lunar mansion or asterism Uttarâshāḍhā (presided over by the Viśve DṭDevāh) VarBṛS


  1. ○daivata n. the lunar mansion or asterism Uttarâshāḍhā (presided over by the Viśve DṭDevāh) VarBṛS


  1. ○dohas (viśvá) mfn. milking or yielding all things RV


  1. ○dhara mfn. Preserving all things (N. of Vishṇu) Vishṇ
  2. N. of a man Cat


  1. ○dharaṇa n. preservation of the universe Rājat


  1. ○dhā (viśvá-.) mfn. (cf. viśvádha, p. 994) all-preserving VS
  2. f. preservation of the universe, g. chattrâdi


  1. ○dhātṛ mfn. all-sustainer Hariv


  1. ○dhāman n. a universal home ŚvetUp


  1. ○dhāyas (viśvá-.), mfn. all-sustaining, allnourishing RV. AV


  1. ○dhāra m. N. of a son of Medhâtithi BhP
  2. n. N. of the Varsha ruled by him ib


  1. ○dhārin mfn. all-maintaining W
  2. m. a deity W
  3. (iṇī), f. the earth L


  1. ○dhṛk or mfn. sustaining everything Sāy


  1. ○dhṛt mfn. sustaining everything Sāy


  1. ○dhena (viśvá-.), mf(ā)n. all-feeding RV
  2. (ā), f. N. of the earth MW


  1. ○dhenu See vaiśva-dhenava and vaiśvadhainava


  1. ○nagara m. N. of a man Dhūrtas


  1. ○nanda n. N. of a spiritual son of Brahmā VP


  1. ○nara mfn. = viśve narā yasya saḥ Pāṇ. 6-3, 129


  1. ○nātha m. 'lord of the universe', N. of Śiva (esp. as the object of adoration at Benares, cf. vśvêśa) Inscr
  2. of various authors and other men (also with kavi, cakravartin, dīkṣita, daivājña, paṇḍita, miśtra, -rāja, vājapeyin &c.) Kshitîś. Cat. Col
  3. -kavi-rāja m. N. of the author of the Sāhitya-darpaṇa IW. 457
  4. -caritra n. -tājaka n. N. of wks
  5. -tīrtha and -deva m. N. of various authors &c. Cat
  6. (○va-prakāśa m. N. of wk.)
  7. -nagarī f. the town of Viśva-nātha i.e. Kāśī Cat
  8. (○rī-stotra n. N. of wk.)
  9. nārāyaṇa, -nyāyâlaṃkāra m. N. of authors
  10. -pañcânana (also with bhaṭṭâcārya), m. N. of the author of the Bhāshāpariccheda and of a Comm. on the Nyāya-sūtra of Gotama
  11. -purī f. (= -nagarī) MW
  12. -bhaṭṭa m. N. of the author of the Sāhitya-darpaṇa (cf. -kavi-rāja) Cat
  13. -siṃha (or ○ha-deva), -sūri, -sena m. N. of authors
  14. -stotra n. N. of various wks
  15. ○thâcārya, ○thâśrama m. N. of authors Cat
  16. ○thâṣṭaka n. N. of wk
  17. ○thôpādhyāya m. N. of an author Cat. -nāthīya mfn. composed by Viśva-nātha Cat
  18. n. N. of wk


  1. ○nābha m. N. of Vishṇu Cat


  1. ○nābhi f. the navel of the universe BhP


  1. ○nāman (viśvá-), mf(mnī)n. having all names AV


  1. ○nighaṇṭu m. N. of wk


  1. ○ṃ-tara mfn. all-subduing (Buddha) Buddh
  2. m. N. of a king AitBr
  3. of a former state of existence of the Buddha Jātakam


  1. ○pakṣa m. N. of an author of mystical prayers, Cat. [Page 993, Column]


  1. ○pati m. 'lord of the universe', N. of Mahāpurusha and of Kṛishṇa Hariv
  2. N. of a partic. fire MBh
  3. of various authors Cat


  1. ○pad (-pād), wṛ. for -pā Hariv


  1. ○parṇī f. Flacourtia Cataphracta L. -pā mfn. all-protecting Hariv
  2. m. the sun W
  3. the moon ib
  4. fire ib


  1. ○pācaka mfn. cooking everything (fire) MārkP


  1. ○pāṇi m. N. of a Dhyāni-bodhi-sattva MWB. 203


  1. ○pātṛ m. a partic. class of deceased ancestors MārkP


  1. ○pādasiro-grīva mfn. one whose feet and head and neck are formed of the universe ib


  1. ○pāla m. 'all-protector', N. of a merchant Cat


  1. ○pāvana mf(ī)n. all-purifying BhP. Pañcar
  2. (ī), f. holy basil Cat


  1. ○píś mfn. all-adorned, having all sorts of ornaments RV


  1. ○púṣ mfn. all-nourishing ib


  1. ○pūjita mfn. all-honoured L
  2. (ā), f. holy basil Cat


  1. ○pūjya mfn. all-venerable Kāv


  1. ○peśas (viśvá-), mfn. containing all adornment RV


  1. ○prakāśa m. N. of a lexicon by Mahêśvara (also ○kāśikā, ○kāśin)
  2. of sev. other wks
  3. -paddhati f. N. of wk


  1. ○pradīpa m. N. of wk


  1. ○prabodha mfn. all-wakening, all-enlightening BhP


  1. ○prī́ N. of the section TBr. iii, 11, 5


  1. ○psan m. (accord. to some corrupted fr. viśva + bhasan, cf. bhasad) = deva Uṇ. i, 158 Sch
  2. = vahni, candra, samīraṇa, kṛtânta, sūrya L
  3. = viśva-karman, UṇVṛ


  1. ○psā m. fire L


  1. ○psu (viśvá-), mfn. having all forms RV. (cf. viśvā-psu)


  1. ○psnya (viśvá-), mfn. (psnya said to be for psanya fr. √psā) either 'having all forms' or 'all-nourishing' RV. VS. (-psnyā instr. f.)
  2. (āya), ind. (prob.) to the satiation of all RV


  1. ○bandhu m. a friend of the whole world BhP


  1. ○bīja n. the seed of everything Pañcar


  1. ○budbuda m. the world compared to a bubble, Śāntiś


  1. ○bodha m. a Buddha L


  1. ○bhaṇḍa m. N. of a man Hāsy


  1. ○bhadra mfn. altogether agreeable &c. Kālac


  1. ○bharas (vśvá-), mfn. all-supporting, all-nourishing RV. ŚrS


  1. ○bhartṛ m. an all-sustainer BhP. Kālac


  1. ○bhava mfn. one from whom all things arise BhP


  1. ○bhānu (viśvá-), mfn. all-illumining RV


  1. ○bhāva mfn. all-creating BhP


  1. ○bhāvana mfn. id. RāmatUp. Pur
  2. m. N. of Vishṇu MW
  3. of a spiritual son of Brahmā VP


  1. ○bhuj mfn. all-enjoying, all-possessing W
  2. eating all things MaitrUp. Hariv
  3. m. N. of Indra MW
  4. of a son of lunar MBh
  5. of a fir e ib
  6. of a class of deceased ancestors MārkP


  1. ○bhujā f. N. of a goddess Cat


  1. ○bhū m. N. of a Buddha Dharmas. 6


  1. ○bhūta mfn. being everything Hariv


  1. ○bhṛ́t mfn. = -bharas AV. MaitrUp
  2. f. pl. a hundred heat-making sun-rays L


  1. ○bheṣaja (viśvá-), mf(ī)n. containing all remedies, all-healing RV. VS. AV
  2. m. a universal remedy MW
  3. n. dry ginger Suśr


  1. ○bhojana n. the eating of all sorts of food W


  1. ○bhojas (viśvá-), mfn. all-nourishing, granting all enjoyment RV. AV


  1. ○bhrā́j mfn. all-illuminating RV


  1. ○madā or f. 'all delighting' or, all-consuming', N. of one of the seven tongues of fire L


  1. ○m-adā f. 'all delighting' or, all-consuming', N. of one of the seven tongues of fire L


  1. ○manas (viśvá-), mfn. perceiving everything RV
  2. m. N. of the author of the hymns RV. viii, 23-26. RV. PañcavBr


  1. ○manus (vitvá-), mfn. = -kṛṣṭi RV. =


  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. containing the universe Hcat. Kathās


  1. ○maha m. N. of a kind of personification ŚāṅkhGṛ. (also mahaviśva)


  1. ○mahat m. N. of a son of Viśva-śarmam VP


  1. ○mahas (viśvá-), mfn. all-powerful' or, all pleasant' RV. ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. ○mahêśvara m. the great Iord of the universe (Śiva) Cat
  2. -matâcāra m. N. of wk. (wṛ. ○cara)


  1. ○mātṛ f. all-mother Kālac


  1. ○mātṛkā f. N. of wk


  1. ○mānava ( See vaiśvamānava)


  1. ○mānuṣa (viśvá-), mfn. (prob.) known to all men MW. (cf. viśvá-manus)
  2. m. every mortal RV. viii, 45, 42


  1. ○mitra m. pl. (prob.) = viśvā́-mitra pl. the family of Viśvāmitra AV


  1. ○m-invá mf(ā́)n. all-moving, all-pervading, all-embracing RV
  2. all-containing ib


  1. ○mukhī f. N. of Dākshāyaṇi (as worshipped in Jālaṃdhara) Cat


  1. ○mūrti mfn. having all forms (or one 'whose body is the universe') MBh. Hariv. &c. (applied to the Supreme Spirit)
  2. m. a kind of mixture Rasêndrac
  3. -mat mfn. having or taking all forms MBh


  1. ○m-ejaya mfn. all-shaking, all-exciting RV


  1. ○medinī f. N. of a lexicon


  1. ○mohana mfn. all-confusing Pañcar


  1. ○m-bhará mf(ā́) n. all-bearing, all-sustaining AV. ŚBr. Cāṇ. (also applied to the Supreme Being)
  2. fire ŚBr. KaushUp
  3. a kind of scorpion or similar animal Suśr. Car
  4. N. of Vishṇu Pañcar. Chandom
  5. of Indra L
  6. of a king Kshitîś
  7. of an author Cat
  8. (ā), f. the earth Kāv. Rājat. &c
  9. -kulāyá m. a fire-receptacle ŚBr. KaushUp. [Page 993, Column]
  10. -maithilôpādhyāya m. N. of an author Cat
  11. -vāstu-śāstra n. -śāstra n. N. of wks
  12. ○bharâdhipa (MW.) or ○râdhī7śvara (Bhām.), m. 'lord of the earth', a king
  13. ○bharā-putra m. N. of the planet Mars Vāstuv
  14. ○bharā-bhuj m. a king Rājat
  15. ○bharôpaniṣad f. N. of wk


  1. ○m-bharaka m. a kind of scorpion or similar animal VarBṛS


  1. ○m-bhari f. the earth Dharmaśarm


  1. ○yaśas m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 5-4, 155 Sch. -yoni m. or f. the source or creator of the universe ŚvetUp. MBh. &c
  2. N. of Brahmā MW
  3. of Vishṇu ib


  1. ○ratha m. N. of a son of Gādhi Hariv
  2. of an author Col


  1. ○rāj mfn. for viśvā-rāj (in the weakest cases)
  2. m. a universal sovereign W. (also -rāja, A.)


  1. ○rādhas (viśvá-), mf. all-granting AV


  1. ○ruci m. N. of a divine being MBh
  2. of a Dānava Kathās
  3. = next L


  1. ○rucī f. all-glittering', N. of one of the seven tongues of fire, MuṇdUp


  1. ○rūpa n. sg. various forms Mn. Pañcar. RāmatUp
  2. (viśvá-), mf(ā or ī)n. many-coloured, variegated RV. AV. &c
  3. wearing all forms, manifold, various RV. AV. TS. &c
  4. m. N. of partic. comets VarBṛS
  5. of Śiva MBh
  6. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Cat
  7. of a son of Tvashṭṛi (whose three heads were struck off by Indra) RV. TS. Br. &c
  8. of an Asura MBh. Hariv
  9. of various scholars &c. (esp. of a Sch. on Yājñ.) Kull. Cat. &c
  10. (ā), f. a dappled cow RV. VS. TBr
  11. N. of partic. verses (e.g. RV. v, 81, 2) Br. Lāṭy
  12. pl. the yoked horses of Bṛihas-pati Naigh
  13. (ī), f. N. of one of the seven tongues of fire MuṇḍUp
  14. n. Agallochum W
  15. (prob.) n. N. of wk
  16. -keśava, in., -gaṇaka-munī7śvara m. N. of authors Cat
  17. -tama mfn. having the greatest variety of forms or colours MW
  18. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat
  19. m. N. of a scholar ib
  20. -darśana n. N. of two chs. in the Kriḍā-khaṇḍa of the GaṇP
  21. -deva m. N. of an author Cat
  22. -dhara mfn. wearing various forms VP
  23. -nibandha m. N. of a ch. of the BhavP
  24. -maya mf(ī)n. representing Viśva-rūpa (i.e. prob. Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa) AgP
  25. -vat mfn. appearing in various forms R
  26. -samuccaya m. N. of wk
  27. ○pâcārya m. N. of an author Cat


  1. ○rūpaka n. a kind of black aloe wood L
  2. (ikā), f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat


  1. ○rūpin mfn. appearing in various forms Hariv. MārkP
  2. (iṇī), f. N. of a goddess Cat


  1. ○retas m. (?) '(seed of all things', N. of Brahmā L
  2. of Vishṇu Pañcar


  1. ○rocana m. Colocasia Antiquorum L


  1. ○liṅga mfn. containing the distinguishing word viśva Nir


  1. ○locana n. N. of a lexicon


  1. ○lopa m. a species of tree TS


  1. ○vat (víśva-), mfn. containing the word víśva ŚBr


  1. ○vada m. (prob.) = the Visparad Cat


  1. ○váni mfn. all-granting TS


  1. ○vápari mfn. = viisvasmiñ jagati raśmīn āvaptā vistārayitā TBr. (Sch.)


  1. ○vayas (viśvá-.), mfn. AV. xix, 56, 2
  2. m. a N., See bamba-viś○ and bambā-viś○


  1. ○vasu m. 'wealth of all', N. of a son of Purū-ravas MW. (cf. viśvā́-vasu)


  1. ○vah (in the strong cases -vāh, in the weak cases viśvâūh), mf(viśvâuhī)n. Pāṇ. 6-4, 132 Sch


  1. ○vāc f. 'all-speech', N. of Mahāpurusha Hariv


  1. ○vājin Hariv. 11253 (doubtful, prob. dṛśya vā○ is better reading)


  1. ○vāra (viśvá-.), mf(ā)n. containing all good things, bestowing all treasures &c. RV. VS. ŚBr
  2. adored or cherished by all RV. (Sāy.)
  3. (ā), f. N. of the authoress of the hymn RV. v, 28


  1. ○vārya (viśvá-), mfn. containing all good things, bestowing all treasures &c. RV. (Say. 'all-desired')


  1. ○vāsa m. the receptacle of all things MBh


  1. ○vikhyāta mfn. known in the whole world Sarvad


  1. ○vijayin mfn. all-conquering Pañcar. -1


  1. ○víd mfn. knowing everything, omniscient RV. TS. ŚvetUp. &c. -2


  1. ○víd mfn. all-possessing RV


  1. ○vidvas mfn. all-knowing Cat


  1. ○vidhāyin m. 'all-making, all-arranging', a creator, deity W


  1. ○vinna mfn. See á-viśva-v○


  1. ○vibhāvana n. creation of the universe BhP


  1. ○viśruta mfn. = -vikhyāta Kathās


  1. ○viśva mfn. (perhaps) constituting all things (said of Vishṇu) Pañcar


  1. ○visārin mfn. spreading everywhere Inscr


  1. ○vistā f. N. of the 15th day of the light half of the month Vaiśākha L


  1. ○vṛkṣa m. 'tree of the universe', N. of Vishṇu, Parñcar


  1. ○vṛtti f. universal practice L


  1. ○veda m. N. of an author Cat. -1


  1. ○vedas (viśvá-.), mfn. = 1. -viśd RV. VS. AV
  2. a sage, saint W. -2


  1. ○vedas (viśvá-), mfn. = 2. -vid RV. VS. BhP
  2. -vyacas (viśvá-), mfn. embracing or absorbing all things RV. AV. VS. &c
  3. f. N. of Aditi MW


  1. ○vyāpaka mfn. all-pervading, everywhere diffused W


  1. ○vyāpin mfn. filling the universe, all-diffused RāmatUp. [Page 994, Column]


  1. ○vyāpti f. universal diffusion or permeation, W


  1. ○śambhu or m. N. of a lexicographer Cat


  1. ○śamḍbhu-muni m. N. of a lexicographer Cat


  1. ○śambhū (viśvá-), mfn. beneficial to all RV. VS. MaitrS
  2. m. he who is the source of all prosperity MW
  3. N. of Viśva-karman ib


  1. ○śardhas (viśvá-), mfn. being in a complete troop, complete in number RV
  2. displaying great power, making great exertion (Sāy.)


  1. ○śarman m. N. of the father of Viśva-mahat VP
  2. of an author Cat


  1. ○śārada (viśvá-.), mfn. annual (or 'lasting a whole year') AV. (applied to the disease called Takman as likely to occur every autumn)


  1. ○śúc mfn. all-enlightening RV


  1. ○śuci mfn. id. MW


  1. ○ścandra (viśvá-) mf(ā)n. all-glittering RV


  1. ○śraddhā-jñāna-bala n. N. of one of the ten faculties of a Buddha Buddh


  1. ○śrī́ mfn. useful to all (said of Agni) MaitrS


  1. ○śruṣṭi (viśvá-), mfn. compliant to all RV


  1. ○saṃvanana n. means of bewitching all Rājat. Vcar


  1. ○saṃhāra m. general destruction Kathās


  1. ○sakha m. a universal friend Ragh


  1. ○sattama mfn. the best of all (said of Kṛishna) MBh


  1. ○samplava m. the destruction of the world BhP


  1. ○sambhava mfn. one from whom all things arise Hariv


  1. ○saha mfn. all-bearing, all-enduring W
  2. m. N. of sev. men Ragh. Pur
  3. (ā), f. the earth W
  4. N. of one of the seven tongues of fire L


  1. ○sahâya mfn. joined with the Viśve Devā? Hariv


  1. ○sâkṣin mfn. all-seeing Prab


  1. ○sāman (viśvá-), m. N. of a kind of personification VS
  2. of the author of RV. v, 22, 1


  1. ○sāra m. N. of a son of Kshatrâujas Cat
  2. n. (also ○ra-tantra) N. of a Tantra RTL. 207


  1. ○sāraka m. Cactus Indicus L


  1. ○sâhva or m. N. of a son of Mahas-vat BhP


  1. ○sāhvan m. N. of a son of Mahas-vat BhP


  1. ○siṃha m. N. of a king Inscr


  1. ○su-víd mfn. granting everything well RV


  1. ○sū́ f. all-generating AV


  1. ○sūtra-dhṛk m. 'architect of the universe', N. of Vishṇu Pañcar. -sṛ́j (nom. -sṛ́k or incorrectly -sṛṭ), mfn. all-creating
  2. m. creator of the universe (of whom there are ten accord. to some) AV. &c. &c. (-sṛjām ayana n. a partic. festival ĀpŚr.)
  3. N. of Brahmā L
  4. of Nārāyaṇa Kād


  1. ○srít m. = viśvasya sraṣṭā (cf. prec.) or = viśvasya pātā TBr. (Sch.)


  1. ○sṛṣṭi f. creation of the universe MārkP


  1. ○sena m. N. of the 18th Muhūrta Sūryapr
  2. of a preceptor W
  3. -rāj m. N. of the father of the 16th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L


  1. ○saubhaga (viśvá-), mfn. bringing all prosperity RV


  1. ○sthā f. Asparagus Racemosus L
  2. a widow (wṛ. for viśvastā) L


  1. ○spṛś mfn. all-touching, all-reaching (applied to Maha-purusha) Hariv. (vḷ. diva-sp○)


  1. ○sphaṭika


  1. ○sphāṭi


  1. ○sphāṇi


  1. ○sphārṇi


  1. ○sphīṇi


  1. ○sphūrji or m. N. of a king of Magadha Pur


  1. ○sphūrti m. N. of a king of Magadha Pur


  1. ○sraṣṭṛ m. creator of the universe W


  1. ○svāmin m. N. of an author Cat


  1. ○hartṛ m. the worlddestroyer (N. of Śiva) Śivag


  1. ○haryarka or (v. l.)


  1. ○haryata m. a sacrifice L


  1. ○hetu m. the cause of all things (applied to Vishṇu) Pañcar


  1. viśvâkṣa mfn. having eyes everywhere Hariv


  1. visvâṅgá mfn. all-membered AV


  1. viśvâṅgyá mfn. being in all members AV


  1. viśvâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat


  1. viśvâjina m. a N. Pāṇ. 6-2 106 Vārtt. 1


  1. viśvâṇḍa n. the world-egg Hcat


  1. viśvâtithi m. a universal guest i.e. going everywhere Bālar


  1. viśvâtita mfn. all-surpassing Cat


  1. viśvâtmâka mfn. constituting the essence of all things Prab


  1. viśvâtman m. the Soul of the Universe, the Universal Spirit MaitrUp. MBh. Kum. &c
  2. the sun L
  3. N. of Brahmā L
  4. of Śiva Kum
  5. of Vishṇu Cat
  6. (○nas), ind. (knowing any one) in his whole nature, thoroughly Hariv


  1. viśvâd mfn. allconsuming RV. AV. ŚBr


  1. viśvâdrśa m. or N. of wk


  1. viśvâdrḍśa-smṛti f. N. of wk


  1. viśvâdhāra m. support of the universe Pañcar. RāmatUp. HYog


  1. viśvâdhipa m. lord of the universe ŚvetUp


  1. viśvâdhiṣṭhāna


  1. viśvânanda-nātha m. N. of authors Cat


  1. viśvântara m. N. of a king Kathās
  2. of a son of Su-shadman MW


  1. viśvânná n. 'food for all' or 'all-eating' AV


  1. viśvâmṛta mfn. (perhaps) immortal for all times MaitrUp


  1. viśvâyana mfn. penetrating every where, all-knowing Hariv


  1. viśvâyu mfn. = viśvá-kṛṣṭi RV. VS
  2. m. N. of a son of Purū-ravas MBh. Hariv. (viśvâyus?)
  3. n. all people RV
  4. -poṣas (viśvâyu-), mfn. causing prosperity to all men RV
  5. -vepas mfn. exciting or terrifying all men ib


  1. viśvâyus m. See viśvâyu
  2. n. universal life, universal health (in a formula) TS. ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. viśvâvarta m. N. of a man Cat


  1. viśvâvāsa m. a receptacle for everything MBh. MārkP


  1. viśvêkṣitṛ mfn. all seeing Prab. (vḷ. viśvêśitṛ). [Page 994, Column]


  1. viśvêśa m. lord of the universe (N. of Brahmā, Vishṇu or Śiva) MBh. Hariv. R. &c
  2. the Supreme Spirit MW
  3. N. of a man Cat
  4. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma VP
  5. n. N. of a Liṅga Cat
  6. the Nakshatra Uttarâshāḍhā (presided over by the Viśve Devā?) VarBṛS


  1. viśvôśitṛ m. the lord of the universe, Bhart
  2. . (cf. vitvêkṣitṛ)


  1. viśvêśvara m. id. Up. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. N. of a form of Śiva (esp. worshipped in Benares) RTL. 50 ; 437 &c
  3. of various authors and other persons Cat
  4. (ī), f. the mistress of the universe Cat
  5. a species of plant VarBṛS
  6. N. of wk
  7. (prob. n.) N. of a place Cat
  8. n. the Nakshatra Uttarashāḍhā VarBṛS
  9. -kālī m. N. of a poet Cat
  10. -tantra n. N. of a Tantra
  11. -tīrtha m. N. of seven authors Cat
  12. n. N. of a sacred place MW
  13. -datta, -datta-miśra, -daiva-jña, -nātha m. N. of authors Cat
  14. -nīrājana n. N. of wk
  15. -paṇḍita m. N. of sev. authors Cat
  16. -pattana n. N. of Benares Śak. Sch
  17. -paddhati f. N. of wk
  18. -pūjya-pāda, -bhaṭṭa (also with gāgā-bhaṭṭa and, maunin), m. N. of authors &c. Cat
  19. -māhātmya n. N. of wk
  20. -miśra m. N. of a man Cat
  21. -liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga Cat
  22. -veda-pāda-stava m. N. of a Stotra
  23. -saṃhitā f. N. of a ch. of the Śiva-purāṇa
  24. -sarasvatī, -sūnu m. N. of sev. authors or learned men Cat
  25. -stuti-pārijāta m. N. of wk
  26. -sthāna n. N. of a place MBh
  27. -smṛti f. N. of wk
  28. ○râcārya, rânanda-sarasvatī, ○râmbu-muni, ○râśrama, m. N. of authors Cat
  29. ○rī-paddhati f. N. of wk


  1. viśvêśvarīya n. N. of wk


  1. viśvâikasāra n. 'one heart of the universe', N. of a sacred region Rājat


  1. viśvôddhāra-tantra n. N. of a Tantra


  1. viśvaū74jas mfn. all-powerful RV. ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. viśvâuṣadha n. dry ginger L


  1. viśvâuhī See viśva-vah


  1. viśvaka mfn. all-pervading, all-containing RāmatUp
  2. m. N. of a man (also called Kṛishṇiya, the Aśvins restored to him his lost son Vishṇāpū). RV
  3. (with the patr. kārṣṇi) N. of the author of RV. viii, 86 Anukr
  4. of a son of Pṛithu VP


  1. viśvá-karma mfn. accomplishing everything, all-working RV. x, 166, 4


  1. viśva-karma in comp. for


  1. viśva-karḍman
  2. -jā f. 'daughter of Viśva-karman', N. of Saṃjñā (one of the wives of the Sun) L
  3. -purāṇa n. ○ṇa-saṃgraha m. -prakāśa m. -māhātmya, n. N. of wks
  4. -śāstrin m. N. of an author Cat
  5. -siddhânta m. N. of wk
  6. -sutā f. = viśva-karma-jā L
  7. ○mêśa or ○mêśvara-liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga Cat


  1. viśva-karman n. (only ibc.) every action MaitrUp. Vās
  2. (viśvá-), mfn. accomplishing or creating everything RV. AV. Br. MBh. Hariv
  3. m. 'all-doer, all-creator, all-maker', N. of the divine creative architect or artist (said to be son of Brahmā, and in the later mythology sometimes identified with Tvashṭṛi, q.v., he is said to have revealed the Sthāpatyaveda, q.v., or fourth Upa-veda, and to preside over all manual labours as well as the sixty-four mechanical arts whence he is worshipped by Kārus or artisans
  4. in the Vedic mythology, however, the office of Indian Vulcan is assigned to Tvashṭṛi as a distinct deity, Viśva-karman being rather identified with Prajā-pati Brahmā himself as the creator of all things and architect of the universe
  5. in the hymns RV. x, 81 ; 82 he is represented as the universal Father and Generator, the one all-seeing God, who has on every side eyes, faces, arms, and feet
  6. in Nir. x, 26 and elsewhere in the Brahmaṇas he is called a son of Bhuvana, and Viśva-karman Bhauvana is described as the author of the two hymns mentioned above
  7. in the MBh. and Hariv. he is a son of the Vasu Prabhāsa and Yoga-siddhā
  8. in the Purāṇas a son of Vāstu, and the father of Barhishmatī and Saṃjñā
  9. accord. to other authorities he is the husband of Ghṛitācī
  10. moreover, a doubtful legend is told of his having offered up all beings, including himself. in sacrifice
  11. the Rāmâyaṇa represents him as having built the city of Laṅkā for the Rākshasas, and as having generated the ape Nala, who made Rāma's bridge from the continent to the island
  12. the name Viśva-karman, meaning, doing all acts', appears to be sometimes applicable as an epithet to any great divinity) RV. &c. &c
  13. N. of Sūrya or the Sun Vās. MārkP
  14. of one of the seven principal rays of the sun (supposed to supply heat to the planet Mercury) VP
  15. of the wind VS. xv, 16 (Mahīdh.)
  16. N. of a Muni L
  17. (also with śāstrin) N. of various authors Cat


  1. viśvakarmīya n. any work of Viśva-karman Cat
  2. -śilpa n. N. of work. [Page 994, Column]


  1. viśvak-sena wṛ. for viṣvak-s○


  1. viśvag-aśva


  1. viśvag-gati


  1. viśvag-jyotis &c., wṛ. for viṣvag-aśva &c


  1. viśvañc &c., wṛ. for viṣvañc


  1. viśva-taś in comp. for viśva-tas


  1. ○cakṣus (○śvátaś-), mfn. one who has eyes on all sides RV. MaitrS


  1. viśvá-tas ind. from or on all sides, everywhere, all around, universally RV. &c. &c. (○to bhayāt, from all danger' BhP.)
  2. = abl. of viśva n. the universe TĀr


  1. ○pad (○śvátas-
  2. strong form -pād), mfn. one who has feet on every side RV. MaitrS


  1. ○pāṇi (○śvâtas-), mfn. one who has hands on every side AV


  1. ○pṛtha (○śvátas-), mfn. one who has his hands spread out everywhere AV


  1. viśva-to in comp. for viśva-tas


  1. ○dāvan mfn. granting from all sides SV


  1. ○dhī (○śváto-). mfn. heedful of all RV


  1. ○bāhu (○śváto-), mfn. one who has arms on every side ib


  1. ○mukha (○śváto-), mfn. facing all sides, one whose face is turned everywhere RV. AV. MBh. &c
  2. (am), ind, in every direction BhP
  3. m. N. of the sun MBh


  1. ○vīrya (○śváto-.), mfn. powerful or effective everywhere MantraBr


  1. ○hasta (○śváto-), mfn. one who has hands on all sides MaitrS


  1. viśvátra ind. everywhere, always RV. Kathās


  1. viśvatha (ŚāṅkhŚr.) or (RV. &c.), ind. in every way, at all times


  1. viśváthā (RV. &c.), ind. in every way, at all times


  1. viśvadā́nīm ind. (cf. tadānīm, id○) at all times, at all seasons RV. AV. ĀśvŚr


  1. viśvadryañc wṛ. for viṣvadryañc


  1. viśvádha or ind. in every way at all times, on every occasion RV


  1. viśvádhā ind. in every way at all times, on every occasion RV


  1. viśvayu m. air, wind L


  1. viśváha or ind. always, at all times RV. AV


  1. viśváhā ind. always, at all times RV. AV


  1. viśvā in comp. for viśva


  1. ○dhāyas m. a god L. (cf. viśva-dh○)


  1. ○nara (vitvā́-), mfn. relating to or existing among or dear to all men (applied to Savitṛi, Indra &c.) RV
  2. N. of a man, bidâdi
  3. of the father of Agni Cat
  4. = vallabhâcārya ib


  1. ○púṣ mfn. all-sustaining RV


  1. ○psu (viśvā́-), mfn. having all forms ib. (cf. viśvá-psu)


  1. ○bhū mfn. being in everything or everywhere ib


  1. ○mitra See below


  1. ○rā́j mfn. all-ruling TS. (cf. viśva-rāj and Pāṇ. 6-3, 128)


  1. ○vaṭva (?), m. N. of a man Rājat


  1. ○vat (víśvā-), mfn. (perhaps) universal TS
  2. (atī), f. N. of the Gaṅgā MBh. (= viśvam avantī pālayantī Nīlak.)


  1. ○vasu (viśvā́-), mfn. beneficent to all (said of Vishṇu) MBh
  2. m. N. of a Gandharva (regarded as the author of the hymn RV. x, 139) RV. AV. VS. &c
  3. of a Sādhya Hariv
  4. of a Marut-vat ib
  5. of a son of Purū-ravas (said to be one of the Viśve Devā?) ib. VP
  6. of a prince of the Siddhas Kathās. Nāg
  7. of a son of Jamad-agni MBh
  8. of one of the Manus Uṇ. Sch
  9. of a poet Cat
  10. of the 39th year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBṛS
  11. of the 7th Muhūrta AV. Jyot
  12. f. night L
  13. N. of a partic. night W
  14. -manantra m. N. of wk


  1. ○sáh (strong form sā́h), mfn. allconquering RV. AV. TS


  1. viśvāci f. (fr. viśva + 2. añc) universal RV
  2. f. paralysis of the arms and the back Suśr
  3. a partic. personification VS
  4. N. of an Apsaras MBh


  1. viśvā́-mitra m. (prob.) 'friend of all', N. of a celebrated Ṛishi or Sage (having the patr. Gāthina, Gādheya, and Jāhnava
  2. he was at first a functionary, together with Vasishṭha, of Su-dās, king of the Tṛitsus
  3. seeing Vasishṭha preferred by the king, he went over to the Bharatas, but could not prevent their being defeated by Su-dās, although he caused the waters of the rivers Vipāś and Śutudri to retire and so give the Bharatas free passage RV. iii, 33
  4. he was born as a Kshatriya, deriving his lineage from an ancestor of Kuśika, named Purū-ravas, of the lunar race of kings, and himself sovereign of Kanyā-kubja or Kanoj
  5. his fame rests chiefly on his contests with the great Brāhman Vasishṭha, and his success in elevating himself. though a Kshatriya, to the rank of a Brāhman, See Manu vii, 42: the Rāmayaṇa, which makes him a companion and counsellor of the young Rāma-candra, records [i, 51-6] how Viśvāmitra, on his accession to the throne, visited Vasishṭha's hermitage, and seeing there the cow of plenty [probably typical of go, the earth'], offered him untold treasures in exchange for it, but being refused, prepared to take it by force
  6. a long contest ensued between the king and the saint symbolical of the struggles between the Kshatriya and Brāhmanical classes, which ended in the defeat of Viśvāmitra, whose vexation was such that, in order to become a Brāhman and thus conquer his rival, he devoted himself to intense austerities [during which he was seduced by the nymph Menakā and had by her a daughter, Śakuntalā], gradually increasing the rigour of his mortification through thousands of years, till he successively earned the titles of Rājarshi, Ṛishi, Maharshi, and finally Brahmarshi [Page 995, Column]
  7. he is supposed to be the author of nearly the whole of RV. iii, and of ix, 67, 1315 ; x, 137, 5 ; 167
  8. moreover, a law-book, a Dhanurveda, and a medical wk. are attributed to him) RV. &c. &c
  9. a partic. Catur-aha (= viśvāmitrasya saṃjayaḥ) PañcavBr. KātyŚr
  10. a partic. Anuvāka (= viśvāmitrasyânuvākaḥ) Pat
  11. pl. the family of Viśvāmitra RV. AV
  12. (ā), f. N. of a river MBh
  13. -kalpa m. ○pa-taru m. N. of wks
  14. -jamad-agni m. du. Viśvāmitra and Jamad-agni RV
  15. -nadī f. N. of a river MBh
  16. -pura n. or -purī f. N. of a town (○rīya mfn. ) PratijñāS
  17. -priya m. 'dear to Viśvāmitra', the cocoa-nut tree L
  18. N. of Kārttikeya MBh
  19. -rāśi m. N. of a man Inscr
  20. -saṃhitā f. N. of sev. wks
  21. -sṛṣṭi f. Viśvāmitra's creation (in allusion to several things fabled to have been created by this saint in rivalry of Brahmā, e.g. the fruit of the Palmyra in imitation of the human skull, the buffalo in imitation of the cow, the ass of the horse &c.) MW
  22. -smṛti f. N. of wk


  1. viśvā́hā ind. = viśváhā, at all times RV. AV


  1. viśve-deva m. pl. the Viśve Devā? ( See under viśva) Pur
  2. sg. N. of the number 'thirteen' (at the end of the Saṃdeha-vishâushadhi)
  3. of Mahāpurusha Hariv
  4. of an Asura ib
  5. or another divine being Kāṭh
  6. (ā), f. Uraria Lagopodioides L


  1. viśve-devṛ m. the clitoris L


  1. viśve-bhojas m. N. of Indra Uṇ. iv, 237 Sch. (cf. viśva-bh○)


  1. viśve-vedas m. N. of Agni ib. (cf. viśva-bh○)


  1. víśvyā ind. anywhere RV


  1. vi-√śvas P. -śvaśiti (ep. also -śvasati, ○te), to draw breath freely, be free from fear or apprehension, be trustful or confident, trust or confide in, rely or depend on (acc., gen., or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to cause to trust, inspire with confidence, console, comfort, encourage Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat. &c.: Desid. of Caus. -śiśvāsayiṣati, to wish to inspire confidence or to encourage Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-ḍśvasana n. trusting, confiding in W


  1. vi-√śvaḍsvasanīya mfn. to be trusted or relied on, reliable, trustworthy, credible Kāv. Pañcat. (n. impers. with loc., 'it should be trusted or relied on') -tā f. -tva n. trustworthiness, credibleness Kālid


  1. vi-ḍśvasita mfn. full of confidence, fearless, unsuspecting BhP
  2. trusted, believed or confided in W


  1. vi-ḍśvasitavya mfn. = ○śvasanīya MBh. Prab


  1. vi-śvasta mfn. full of confidence, fearless, bold, unsuspecting MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. trusted, confided in, faithful W
  3. (am), ind. confidingly, without fear or apprehension Kāv
  4. (ā), f. a widow Hcar
  5. -ghātaka (Pañcat. HPariś.), -ghātin (Kathās.), mfn. ruining the trustful
  6. -vañcaka mfn. deceiving the trustful Kathās
  7. -vat ind. as if trustful MW


  1. vi-śvāsa m. confidence, trust, reliance, faith or belief in (loc., gen., instr. with or without saha, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a confidential communication, secret Daś. Hit
  3. -kāraka mf(ikā)n. inspiring confidence, causing trust MBh
  4. -kāraṇa n. reason for confidence Hit
  5. -kārya n. a confidential matter of business Hit
  6. -kṛt mfn. = -kāraka W
  7. -ghāta m. destruction of confidence, violation of trust, treachery RāmatUp
  8. -ghātaka or -ghātin mfn. one who destroys cṭconfidence, a traitor MBh. R. &c
  9. -janman mfn. produced from confidence MW
  10. -devii f. N. of the patroness of Vidyā-pati (to whom he dedicated his Gaṅgā-vākyâvalī, a wk. on the worship of the water of the Ganges) Cat
  11. -parama mfn. wholly possessed of confidence, thoroughly trustful R
  12. -pātra n. 'receptacle of confidence', a trustworthy person Hit
  13. -pratipanna mfn. possessed of confidence, trustful Hit
  14. -prada mfn. inspiring confidence W
  15. -bhaṅga m. violation of confidence, breach of faith Mālatīm
  16. -bhūmi f. 'ground for confidence', a trustworthy person Hit
  17. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in confidence Jātakam
  18. -rāya m. N. of a minister Cat
  19. -sthāna n. 'place for or object of confidence', a hostage, surety Pañcat
  20. -hantṛ (MārkP.) or -hartṛ (MBh.), m. 'destroyer or stealer of confidence', a traitor
  21. ○sâika-bhū f. 'sole ground for confidence', sole trustworthy person, Kusum
  22. ○sâika-sāra m. 'one whose sole essence is cṭconfidence', N. of a man MW
  23. śôjjhita-dhī mfn. 'one whose mind has abandoned cṭconfidence', distrustful, suspicious Rājat. [Page 995, Column]
  24. ○sôpagama m. access of confidence Śak


  1. vi-ḍśvāsana n. inspiring confidence (○nârtham ind. for the sake of inspṭinspiring confidence) Pañcat


  1. vi-ḍśvāsika mfn. trusty, confidential (-tara mfn. more trusty) MBh


  1. vi-ḍśvāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to trust, inspired with confidence W


  1. vi-ḍśvāsin mfn. confiding, trustful Megh. Kathās
  2. trusty, confidential, trustworthy, honest Kām


  1. vi-ḍśvāsya mfn. to be trusted or confided in, trustworthy MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tara mfn. more trustworthy Daś.)
  2. to be inspired with confidence, liable to be consoled or encouraged or comforted MBh


  1. vi-√śvi P. -śvayati (only pr. p. -śváyat), to swell RV


  1. vi-√śvit Ā. -śvetate (only 3. pl. aor. vy-áśvitan), to shine, be bright RV


  1. viṣ cl. 3. P. viveṣṭi (only RV., Intens.
  2. here and ep. also cl. 1. P. véṣati, below.
  3. Subj. vivéḥ, víveṣaḥ RV
  4. pf. viveṣa, viviṣuḥ ib. [áviveṣīḥ, iv, 22, 5 &c.]
  5. aor. aviṣat, avikṣat Gr
  6. Impv. viḍḍhí AV
  7. fut. vekṣyati, ○te Br
  8. veṣṭā Gr
  9. inf. veṣṭum Gr
  10. -víṣe RV
  11. ind. p. viṣṭvií ib
  12. -víṣya AV.), to be active, act, work, do, perform RV. . ŚBr
  13. (cl. 1. P. véṣati, Dhātup. xvii, 47) to be quick, speed, run, flow (as water) ib
  14. to work as a servant serve ib
  15. to have done with i.e. overcome, subdue, rule ib
  16. (Naigh. ii, 8) to be contained in (acc.), Tattvak.: Caus. veṣayati, to clothe BhP.: Intens. (or cl. 3. accord. to Dhātup. xxv, 13) véveṣṭi, veviṣṭe, to be active or busy in various ways &c. RV. AV
  17. (p. véviṣat) to consume, eat ib. (cf. Naigh. ii, 8)
  18. (p. véviṣāṇa) aided or supported by (instr.) RV. vii, 18, 15


  1. viṭ (for 1. See p. 989, col. 2) in comp. for 3. viṣ


  1. ○kārikā f. 'ordure maker', a kind of bird (prob. a variety of Turdus Salica) L


  1. ○kṛmi m. a worm bred in the bowels HPariś


  1. ○khadira m. Vachellia Farnesiana L


  1. ○cara m. 'filth-goer', a tame or village hog L


  1. ○śūla m. a partic. form of colic Suśr


  1. ○saṅga m. coherence or obstruction of the feces, constipation ib


  1. ○sārikā or f. a sort of thrush or variety of the bird inaccurately called 'Maina' in Bengal L


  1. ○sārī f. a sort of thrush or variety of the bird inaccurately called 'Maina' in Bengal L


  1. viṭka (ifc.) = 3. viṣ, feces (cf. karṇa- and bhinna-víṭka)


  1. viḍ in comp. for 3. viṣ


  1. ○gandha n. = -lavaṇa L


  1. ○graha m. stoppage or obstruction of the feces, constipation Bhpr


  1. ○ghāta m. a partic. urinary disease Car


  1. ○ja mfn. produced from ordure Yājñ
  2. n. a fungus W


  1. ○bandha m. constipation Suśr


  1. ○bhaṅga m. diarrhoea ib


  1. ○bhava mfn. = -ja W


  1. ○bhid f. = -bhaṅga Bhpr


  1. ○bhuj mfn. feeding on ordure Mn. xii, 56
  2. m. a dung-beetle or a similar insect BhP


  1. ○bheda m. = -bhaṅga Car


  1. ○bhedin mfn. laxative Suśr
  2. (prob.) n. = -lavaṇa L


  1. ○bhojin mfn. = -bhuj Pañcar


  1. ○lavaṇa n. a medicinal salt (commonly called Vitlaban or Bitnoben) L


  1. ○varāha m. a tame or village hog BhP


  1. ○vighāta m. = -ghāta Car


  1. viṇ in comp. for 3. viṣ


  1. ○mūtra n. (sg. or du.) feces and urine Mn. iv, 48 &c


  1. viṣ mfn. consuming (cf. jarad-víṣ)
  2. = vyāpana, pervasion L


  1. viṣ f. (nom. viṭ) feces, ordure, excrement, impure excretion, dirt Mn. Yājñ. VarBṛS. &c


  1. víṣa m. a servant, attendant RV
  2. N. of a Sādhya Hariv. (cf. dur-v○)
  3. (viṣá), n. (also m. Siddh
  4. ifc. f. ā), anything active', poison, venom, bane, anything actively pernicious RV. &c. &c
  5. a partic. vegetable poison (= vatsa-nābha) L
  6. water Naigh. i, 12
  7. a mystical N. of the sound m Up
  8. gum-myrrh L
  9. the fibres attached to the stalk of the lotus W. ( See bisa)
  10. (ā), f. a kind of aconite L
  11. a tree (commonly called Atis, its bark is used as a red dye) W
  12. = 3. viṣ, feces (cf. vii7ta-viṣa)
  13. mf(ā)n. poisonous AV. vii, 113, 2. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. virus.]


  1. ○kaṇṭakinī f. a [995,] kind of plant (= bandhya-karkoṭakī) L


  1. ○kaṇṭha m. 'poison-necked', N. of Śiva, A. (cf. viṣâgni-pā)


  1. ○kanda m. a species of bulbous plant (= nīla-kanda) L


  1. ○kanyakā or f. a girl supposed to cause the death of a man who has had intercourse with her Mudr. Kathās


  1. ○kanyā f. a girl supposed to cause the death of a man who has had intercourse with her Mudr. Kathās


  1. ○kāṣṭha n. Thespesia Populnea L


  1. ○kumbha m. a jar of poison Hit


  1. ○kṛta mfn. poisoned Kāv


  1. ○kṛmi m. 'poison-worm', a worm bred in poison Cāṇ. [Page 995, Column]
  2. -nyāya m. the rule of the poison-worm (denoting that what may be fatal to others, is not so to those who are bred in it) A


  1. ○khā See bisa-khā


  1. ○girí m. 'poison-mountain', a mountain producing poison AV


  1. ○granthi N. of a plant (?) MW


  1. ○ghaṭikā f. N. of a solar month
  2. -janana-śānti f. N. of a ch. of the Vṛiddha-gārgya-saṃhitā (describing rites for averting the evil consequences of being born at one of the 4 periods of the month VṭVṛiddha-ghṭghārgya)


  1. ○ghā f. a kind of twining shrub, Menispermum Cordifolium or Cocculus Cordifolius (= guḍūcī) L


  1. ○ghāta m. 'poison-destroying', a physician who applies antidotes R


  1. ○ghātaka mfn. one who kills with poison VarBṛS


  1. ○ghātin mfn. poison-destroying, antidotal, an antidote
  2. m. Mimosa Sirissa (= śirīṣa) L


  1. ○ghna mf(ī)n. (cf. -han) destroying or counter acting poison, antidotal, an antidote Mn. Kathās. Suśr
  2. m. (only L.) Mimosa Sirissa
  3. Hedysarum Alhagi
  4. Beleric Myrobalan
  5. Terminalia Belerica
  6. (ī), f. (only L.) Hingtsha Repens
  7. another plant (commonly called Bicchati)
  8. turmeric
  9. bitter apple or colocynth


  1. ○ghnikā f. a species of strychnos L


  1. ○ja mfn. produced by poison MBh


  1. ○jala n. poisoned water BhP


  1. ○jit n. 'conquering or destroying poison', a kind of honey L


  1. ○jihva (viṣá-), venom-tongued ŚBr
  2. m. Lipeocercis Serrata L


  1. ○juṣṭa mfn. possessed of poison, poisonous W
  2. poisoned Suśr


  1. ○jvara m. a buffalo L. (vḷ. -tvara)


  1. ○tantra n. 'toxicology', a ch. of most medical Saṃhitās


  1. ○taru m. a poison-tree Vās


  1. ○tā f. or the state of poison, poisonousness Vishṇ. Kāv. &c


  1. ○tva n. the state of poison, poisonousness Vishṇ. Kāv. &c


  1. ○tindu m. Strychnos Nux Vomica L
  2. a kind of ebony tree with poisonous fruit Bhpr


  1. ○tinduka m. a species of poisonous plant Bhpr


  1. ○tulya mfn. resembling poison, fatal, deadly W


  1. ○da mfn. yielding poison, poisonous W
  2. m. 'shedding water', a cloud Śiś
  3. n. green vitriol W


  1. ○daṃṣṭrā f. a medicinal plant and antidote (= sarpa-kaṅkālī) L


  1. ○daṇḍa m. = viṣâpahāra-daṇḍa Pañcad


  1. ○dantaka m. 'having poisonous teeth', a snake L


  1. ○darśana-mṛtyuka m. 'dying at the sight of poison', a kind of pheasant L. (cf. viṣa-mṛtyu)


  1. ○dāyaka mf(ikā)n. or giving poison, poisoning, a poisoner Kām. R


  1. ○dāyin mfn. giving poison, poisoning, a poisoner Kām. R


  1. ○digdha mfn. smeared with poison, empoisoned, poisoned MBh


  1. ○dū́ṣaṇa mf(ī)n. destroying poison AV
  2. n. corrupting by admixture of poison, poisoning (of food) Kām


  1. ○doṣa-hara mfn. taking away the ill effects of poison MW


  1. ○druma m. a kind of poison-tree, the Upas tree Kāv. Rājat


  1. ○dviṣā f. a kind of Guḍūcī L


  1. ○dhara mfn. holding or containing poison, venomous, poisonous
  2. m. or (ī), f. a snake Gīt. Subh
  3. -nilaya m. abode of snakes, Pātāla or one of the lower regions MW
  4. m. (ifc. f. ā) 'containing water', a receptacle of water Vās


  1. ○dharmā f. cowach, Carpopogon Pruriens or Mucuna Pruritus L


  1. ○dhātrī f. 'venom-preserver', N. of a goddess who protects men from snakes (she was wife of the Ṛishi Jarat-kāru and sister of Vāsuki
  2. cf. manasā) L


  1. ○dhā́na m. a receptacle of poison AV


  1. ○nāḍī f. a partic. inauspicious period of time (the evil consequences of being born in which are to be averted by religious rites) Saṃskārak
  2. -janana-śānti f. N. of wk. (= viṣa-ghaṭikā-j○)


  1. ○nāśaka mf(ikā)n. poison-destroying MW


  1. ○nāśana m. 'id.', Mimosa Sirissa L
  2. n. removing or curing poison W


  1. ○nāśin mfn. poison-destroying, any antidote W
  2. (inī), f. a kind of plant (= viṣa-daṃṣṭrā) BhP


  1. ○nimitta mfn. caused by poison MW


  1. ○nud m. 'poison-expeller', Bignonia Indica L


  1. ○pattrikā f. a partic. plant with poisonous leaves Suśr


  1. ○pannaga m. a venomous serpent Kām


  1. ○parṇī f. = nyag-rodha L


  1. ○parvan m. N. of a Daitya Kathās


  1. ○pādapa m. a poison-tree Kām


  1. ○pīta mfn. one who has drunk poison Hariv


  1. ○puccha mf(ī)n. having a venomous tail L


  1. ○puṭa m. N. of a man (pl. 'his descendants'), g. yaskâdi


  1. ○puṣpa n. a poisonous flower Kathās
  2. the blue lotus L
  3. m. 'having poisonous flowers', Vanguieria Spinosa L


  1. ○puṣpaka mfn. (sickness or disease) caused by eating poisonous flowers Pāṇ. 5-2, 81
  2. m. Vanguieria Spinosa L


  1. ○pradigdha mfn. smeared with poison, empoisoned VarBṛS


  1. ○prayoga m. the use or employment of poison, administering poison as a medicine (also as N. of wk. or ch. of wk.) W


  1. ○prastha m. N. of a mountain MBh


  1. ○bhakṣaṇa n. the act of eating poison, taking poison W


  1. ○bhadrā f. N. of a plant (= bṛhad-dantī) L. (vḷ. bhiṣag-bh○)


  1. ○bhadrikā f. N. of a plant (= laghu-dantī) L


  1. ○bhiṣaj m. a poison-doctor, a dealer in antidotes, one who pretends to cure snake-bites L. [Page 996, Column]


  1. ○bhujaṃga m. a poisonous snake L


  1. ○bhṛt mfn. bearing or containing poison, venomous, poisonous
  2. m. a snake W


  1. ○mañjarī f. N. of a medical wk


  1. ○mantra m. a snake-charmer, one who pretends to charm snakes or cures the bite of snakes L
  2. n. a chirm for curing snake-bites MW


  1. ○maya mf(ī or ā)n. consisting of poison, poisonous Kāv


  1. ○mardanikā


  1. ○mardanī or f. 'destroying poison', a species of plant L


  1. ○mardinī f. 'destroying poison', a species of plant L


  1. ○muc mfn. 'discharging venom', venomous (as speech), Śāntiś
  2. m. a serpent Hcar. Priy


  1. ○muṣṭi f. a kind of shrub possessing medicinal properties (commonly called Bishdori or Karsinh) Bhpr


  1. ○muṣṭika m. Melia Sempervirens ib


  1. ○mṛtyu m. 'to whom poison is death', a kind of pheasant (cf. viṣa-darśana-mṛtyuka) L


  1. ○rasa m. 'poison-juice', a poisoned draught or potion MBh


  1. ○rūpā f. a species of plant L


  1. ○roga m. sickness arising from being poisoned Cat


  1. ○laḍḍuka mfn. poisoned Vet


  1. ○latā f. 'poisonous creeper', the colocynth plant L


  1. ○lāṅgala m. or n. a species of plant Suśr


  1. ○lāṭā or f. N. of a place Rājat


  1. ○lāṇṭā f. N. of a place Rājat


  1. ○vat (viṣá-), mfn. poisonous RV. &c. &c
  2. poisoned Cat


  1. ○vallarī


  1. ○valli or f. a poisonous creeper Kāv. Kathās


  1. ○vallī f. a poisonous creeper Kāv. Kathās


  1. ○viṭapin m. = -taru Veṇis


  1. ○vidyā f. 'poison-science', the administration of antidotes, cure of poison by drugs or charms ĀśvŚr


  1. ○vidhāna n. administering poison judicially or by way of or deal W


  1. ○vimuktâtman mfn. one whose soul or nature is released from poison MBh


  1. ○vṛkṣa m. a poison-tree, the Upas tree Rājat
  2. -nyāya m. the rule of the poison-tree (denoting that as a tree ought not to be cut down by the rearer of it so a noxious object should not be destroyed by the producer of it
  3. Kum. ii, 55, viṣa-vṛkṣo'pi saṃvardhya svayaṃ chettum asāmpratam) A


  1. ○vega m. 'poison-force', the effect of poison (shown by various bodily effects or changes) Mālav


  1. ○vaidya m. 'poison-doctor', a dealer in antidotes or one professing to cure the bites of snakes ib
  2. N. of wk


  1. ○vairiṇī f. 'poison-enemy', a kind of grass used as an antidote (= nir-viṣā, q.v.) L


  1. ○vyavasthā f. the state of being poisoned Daś


  1. ○śālūka See bisa-ś○


  1. ○śūka (Suśr.) or (L.), m. 'having a poisonous sting', a wasp


  1. ○śṛṅgin (L.), m. 'having a poisonous sting', a wasp


  1. ○saṃyoga m. vermilion L


  1. ○sūcaka m. 'poison-indicator', the Greek partridge, Perdix Rufa (= cakora)


  1. ○sṛkvan m. 'poison-mouthed', a wasp L


  1. ○secana mfn. emitting poison Nidānas


  1. ○ha mfn. removing poison L
  2. (ā), f. Kyllingia Monocephala L
  3. a kind of gourd L


  1. ○han mf(ghnī)n. destroying poison
  2. (-ghnī cikitsā, the science of antidotes) Car
  3. m. a kind of Kadamba L
  4. (ghnī), f. N. of various plants ( See under viṣa-ghna)


  1. ○hantṛ mfn. destroying or counteracting poison
  2. (trī), f. N. of various plants (= a-parājitā or nir-viṣā) L


  1. ○hara mf(ā or ī)n. removing venom, antidotal MBh
  2. m. N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
  3. (ā or ī), f. the goddess who protects from the venom of snakes ( See viṣa-dhātrī, manasā) L
  4. -cikitsā f. -mantra-prayoga m. -mantrâuṣadha n. N. of wks


  1. ○hīna mfn. free from poison (as a serpent) ŚārṅgP


  1. ○hṛdaya mfn. poison-hearted, cherishing hatred or hostility, malicious, malignant Hit


  1. ○heti m. 'whose weapon is poison', a serpent Harav


  1. viṣâkta mfn. smeared with poison, poisoned L


  1. viṣâgni m. 'drinker of burning poison', N. of Śiva MBh. (cf. viṣa-kaṇṭha and viṣântaka)


  1. viṣâgraja m. 'elder brother of poison', a sword L


  1. viṣâṅkura m. a poisoned sprout Bhartṛ
  2. 'having a poisoned point', a spear, dart L


  1. viṣâṅganā f. = viṣakanyakā Mudr


  1. viṣâd mfn. eating poison Kāṭh


  1. viṣâdanī f. 'poison-destroying', a kind of creeper (= palāśī) L. 1


  1. viṣâdin mfn. (for 2. See under vi-√ṣad, col. 3) swallowing poison Vcar


  1. viṣânana m. 'poison-mouthed', a snake L


  1. viṣânala m. = viṣâgni VarBṛS


  1. viṣântaka mfn. 'poison-destroying, antidotal'
  2. m. N. of Śiva (so called because he swallowed the poison produced at the churning of the ocean) L


  1. viṣânna n. poisoned food Daś


  1. viṣâpavādin mfn. curing poison by charms
  2. (inī). f. a magical formula curing poison ŚāṅkhBr


  1. viṣâpaha mfn. poison-repelling, antidotal, an antidote (mantrair viṣâpahaiḥ, with texts or charms which have the power of repelling poison) Mn. Suśr
  2. m. a kind of tree (= muṣkaka) L
  3. N. of Garuḍa L
  4. (ā), f. (only L.) a kind of birth-wort, Aristolochia Indica (= arka-mūlā)
  5. N. of various other plants (= indra-vāruṇī
  6. nir-viṣā
  7. nāga-damanī
  8. sarpa-kaṅkālikā)


  1. viṣâpaharaṇa n. removing or destroying poison Cat. [Page 996, Column]


  1. viṣâpahāra m. id
  2. -stotra n. N. of a Stotra
  3. -daṇḍa m. a magical wand for destroying poison Pañcad


  1. viṣâbhāvā f. 'having no poison', a species of plant (= kṛṣṇa-dhattūraka) L


  1. viṣâmṛta n. poison and nectar (also N. of wk.)
  2. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of poison and nectar, having the nature of both Kathās


  1. viṣâyudha m. = viṣaheti L


  1. viṣâyuḍdhīya m. a venomous animal VarBṛS


  1. viṣârāti m. 'enemy of poison', a kind of thornapple L


  1. viṣâri m. 'poison-enemy', a kind of plant or tree (L. = mahā-cañcu or ghṛta-karañja) Suśr


  1. viṣâstra n. a poisoned arrow L


  1. viṣâsya m. 'poison-mouthed', a snake L
  2. (ā), f. the marking-nut plant, Semecarpus Anacardium L


  1. viṣâsvāda mfn. tasting poison Mn. xi, 9 (cf. madhv-āpāta)


  1. viṣôddhāra m. N. of wk. on toxicology


  1. viṣôlbaṇa mfn. full of poison MBh


  1. viṣâuṣadhī f. Tiaridium Indicum L


  1. viṣaṇi m. a kind of snake L


  1. viṣala n. poison, venom L


  1. viṣāya Nom. Ā. ○yate (m. c. also P. ○yati), to become poison, turn into poison Bhartṛ. Subh


  1. viṣāra m. a venomous snake L


  1. viṣālu mfn. venomous, poisonous L


  1. viṣin mfn. poisoned Pañcar


  1. viṣī-bhūta mfn. become poison (as food) Kathās


  1. viṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See p. 989, col. 2) only in pari- and saṃ-v○, q.v
  2. (ā), f. the feces, excrement (wṛ. for viṣṭhā)


  1. viṣṭi f. (for 2. See p. 999, col. 1) service, (esp.) forced service, compulsory work, drudgery (also collectively, servants, slaves, bondsmen') MBh. R. Inscr. (ifc. also ○ṭika)
  2. m. N. of one of the seven Ṛishis in the 11th Manv-antara MārkP
  3. (ī́ or íbhis), ind. changing, alternatively, by turns RV. (in this sense accord. to some from vi + √1. as
  4. cf. abhi-, pari-ṣṭi)


  1. ○kara m. the lord of bondsmen or slaves MBh. (Nīlak.)
  2. = next VarBṛS


  1. ○kṛt m. a servant, slave, bondsman ib


  1. viṣṭhā f. (for 2. 3. See p. 999, col. 1) = 3. viṣ, feces, excrement (acc. with √kṛ or vi-√dhā, to void excrṭexcrement) Mn. MBh. &c. (often wṛ. viṣṭā)


  1. ○karaṇa n. voiding excrement VarBṛS


  1. ○bhū m. a worm living in ordure BhP


  1. ○bhūdāraka m. a tame or village hog L. (cf. viḍ-varāha)


  1. ○sāt ind. into excrement or ordure (with √as, to be turned into excrement or ordure) HYog


  1. viṣya mfn. worthy of poison, deserving death by poison Pāṇ. 4-4, 91


  1. viṣ cl. 9. P. viṣṇāti, to separate, disjoin Dhātup. xxxi, 54


  1. vi-ṣañj (√sañj), P. -ṣajati, to hang on, hang to, attach TS. Kāṭh
  2. (-ṣajjate), to be attached or devoted to BhP. (pr. p. -ṣajjat, addicted to worldly objects ib
  3. -ṣajjantī f. devoted to a man ib.)
  4. to be stuck to or clung to, i.e. be followed at the heels by (instr.) ib


  1. ví-ṣakta mfn. hung to or on or upon, hung or suspended to, hanging or sticking on or in, firmly fixed or fastened or adhering to (loc.) AV. &c. &c
  2. turned or directed towards (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. spread or extended over (loc.) Jātakam
  4. (ifc.) dependent on Daś
  5. produced, implanted Uttarar
  6. stopped, interrupted (said of a cow that has ceased to give milk) RV. i, 117, 20
  7. -tva n. the being occupied with (loc.) MBh


  1. vi-ṣaṅga m. the hanging on or being attached to ( nir-v○)


  1. vi-ḍṣaṅgin mfn. adhering, clinging or crowded together Śiś
  2. (ifc.) smeared or anointed with Pañcar


  1. vi-ṣajjita mfn. clinging or sticking or adhering to BhP


  1. viṣaṇḍa n. = mṛṇāla, the fibres of the stalk of the water-lily L


  1. viṣatvara vḷ. for viṣa-jvara ( See p. 995, col. 3)


  1. vi-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣīdati (impf. Class. vy-aṣīdat, Ved. vya-ṣīdat, or vy-asīdat Pāṇ. 8-3, 119
  2. pf. vi-ṣasāda ib. 118
  3. inf. -ṣattum or -ṣīditum MBh.), to be exhausted or dejected, despond, despair MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. to sink down, be immersed in (loc.) R. v, 95, 15 (perhaps vi-ṣeduḥ wṛ. for ni-ṣ○): Caus. -ṣādayati, to cause to despond or despair, vex, grieve, afflict MBh
  5. B. &c. [Page 996, Column]


  1. vi-ṣaṇṇa mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits or temper Kāv. Kathās. BhP
  2. -cetas mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited, downcast R
  3. -tā f. -tva n. dejection, sadness, languor, lassitude (esp. as one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L
  4. -bhāva m. id. Daś
  5. -manas mfn. = -cetas BhP
  6. -mukha mf(ī)n. dejected in countenance, looking sad or dejected R
  7. -rūpa mf(ā)n. having a sorrowful aspect, being in a dejected mood R
  8. -vadana mfn. = -mukha ib
  9. ○ṇṇâtman mfn. low-spirited, desponding, downcast BhP


  1. vi-ṣāda m. (ifc. f. ā) drooping state, languor, lassitude Mālatīm
  2. dejection, depression, despondency (esp. as the result of unrequited love) MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. disappointment, despair (one of the Vyabhicāras, q.v.) Daśar. Sāh
  4. aversion, disgust Bhartṛ
  5. fear, weakness MW
  6. dulness, stupidity, insensibility (= moha) ib
  7. -kṛt mfn. causing depression or grief. R
  8. -janaka mfn. id. Prab. Sch
  9. -vat mfn. dejected, downcast, sad Kathās
  10. ○dârta-vadana mfn. looking depressed with care or sorrow R


  1. vi-ḍṣādana mfn. causing depression or grief R
  2. (ī), f. See viṣâdanī, col. 1
  3. n. the causing despondency or sadness Car
  4. affliction, grief, despair BhP
  5. a distressing experience Kuval


  1. vi-ḍṣādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to sink down, made sorrowful, dejected MW


  1. vi-ṣādin mfn. (for 1. See col. 1) dejected, dismayed, disconsolate, sad Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (○di) -tā f. (Kāv. Kathās.), -tva n. (Suśr.) dejection, despondency, grief, despair


  1. vi-ṣama mf(ā)n. (fr. vi + sama) uneven, rugged, rough MBh. Hariv. Kāv. &c
  2. unequal, irregular, dissimilar, different, inconstant Br. ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn. &c
  3. odd, not even (in numbers &c.) Var. Kāvyâd
  4. that which cannot be equally divided (as a living sheep among three or four persons) Mn. ix, 119
  5. hard to traverse, difficult, inconvenient, painful, dangerous, adverse, vexatious, disagreeable, terrible, bad, wicked (ibc. 'terribly' Śiś.) Mn. MBh. &c
  6. hard to be understood Gol. Kāv
  7. unsuitable, wrong Suśr. Sarvad
  8. unfair, dishonest, partial Mn. MBh
  9. rough, coarse, rude, cross MW
  10. odd, unusual, unequalled W
  11. m. a kind of measure Saṃgīt
  12. N. of Vishṇu MW
  13. (ī), f. N. of various wks
  14. n. unevenness, uneven or rough ground or place (sama-viṣameṣu, 'on even and uneven ground' Śiś.), bad road VS. TS. ŚBr. &c
  15. oddness (of numbers) W
  16. a pit, precipice Mn. MBh. &c
  17. difficulty, distress, misfortune MBh. R. &c
  18. unevenness, inequality (eṇa ind. 'unequally') Kāś
  19. (in rhet.) incongruity, incompatibility Kāvyâd. Pratāp. Kuval
  20. pl. (with bharad-vājasya), N. of Sāmans SV. ĀrshBr
  21. (am), ind. unequally, unfairly MW
  22. -karṇa mfn. having unequal diagonals Col
  23. m. or n. (?) any four-sided figure with unequal diṭdiagonals MW
  24. the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle (esp. as formed between the gnomon of a dial and the extremities of the shadow) W
  25. -karman n. an odd or unequalled act W
  26. a dissimilar operation
  27. the finding of two quantities when the difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the difference of the quantities Col
  28. -kāla m. an unfavourable time, inauspicious season MW
  29. -kriya mfn. undergoing unequal (medical) treatment (-tva n.) Suśr
  30. -khāta n. an irregular cavity or a solid with unequal sides Col
  31. -gata mfn. situated or placed on an uneven place (higher or lower) Āpast
  32. fallen into distress ib
  33. -cakra-vāla n. (in math.) an ellipse Sūryapr
  34. -catur-aśra, or -catur-bhuja or -catuṣkoṇa m. an unequal four-sided figure, trapezium Sūryapr
  35. -cchada m. = sapta-cch○, Alstonia Scholaris L
  36. Echites Scholaris W
  37. -cchāyā f. 'uneven-shadow', the shadow of the gnomon at noon when the sun is on the equinoctial line W
  38. -jvara m. irregular (chronic) fever Suśr
  39. (○rântaka-lauha m. a partic. ferruginous preparation Rasêndrac
  40. ○rântaka-lauha m. id. L.)
  41. -tri-bhuja m. a scalene triangle Col
  42. -tva n. inequality, difference MaitrUp
  43. dangerousness, terribleness Vishṇ
  44. -dṛṣṭi mfn. looking obliquely, squint-eyed ĀpGṛ. Sch
  45. -dhātu mfn. having the bodily humors unequally proportioned, unhealthy MW
  46. -nayana or -netra mfn. 'having an odd number of eyes', 'three-eyed', N. of Śiva L
  47. -pada mf(ā)n. having unequal steps (as a path) Kir
  48. having unequal Pādas (a stanza) RPrāt. RAnukr. VS. Anukr
  49. ○da-vṛtti f. N. of various commentaries
  50. -palāśa m. Alstonia Scholaris (= sapta-pal○) L. [Page 997, Column]
  51. -pāda mf(ā)n. consisting of unequal Pādas Nidānas
  52. -bāṇa m. 'five-arrowed', N. of the god of love L
  53. (○ṇa-līlā f. N. of a poem) -bhojana n. eating at irregular hours MW
  54. -maya mf(ī)n. = viṣamād āgataḥ L
  55. -rāga mfn. differently nasalized (-tā f.). RPrāt
  56. -rūpya mfn. unequal quantities or qualities W
  57. -rca mfn. (fr. viṣama + ṛc) having an unequal number of verses ŚāṅkhŚr
  58. -lakṣmī f. adverse fortune, bad luck VarBṛS
  59. -vibhāga m. unequal division of property amongst co-heirs W
  60. -vilocana m. 'three-eyed', N. of Śiva (cf. -nayana above) Siddh
  61. -viśikha m. 'five-arrowed', N. of the god of love Cat
  62. -vṛtta n. a kind of metre with unequal Pādas Piṅg
  63. -vyākhyā f. N. of Comm
  64. -vyāptika mfn. furnishing an example of partial or one-sided invariable concomitance, Sāṃkhyas. Sch
  65. -śara m. 'five-arrowed', N. of the god of love Daś
  66. -śāyin mfn. sleeping irregularly W
  67. -śiṣṭa mfn. inaccurately prescribed (-tva n.) L
  68. left-unfairly, unjustly divided (as property &c. at death) W
  69. -śīla mfn. having an unequable disposition, cross-tempered, rough, difficult W
  70. m. N. of Vikramâditya Kathās
  71. of the 18th Lambaka of the Kathā-sarit-sāgara called after him
  72. (wṛ. for viṣama-śilā, 'an uneven rock' Pañcat. iii, 310/311)
  73. -śloka-ṭīkā f. -śloka-vyākhyā f. N. of wks
  74. -sāhasa n. irregular boldness, temerity, W
  75. -stha mf(ā)n. standing unevenly W
  76. being in an inaccessible position ib
  77. standing on a precipice, standing in a dangerous place Pañcat
  78. being in difficulty or misfortune MBh. R. &c
  79. -spṛhā f. coveting wrongly another's property L
  80. ○mâkṣa m. 'three-eyed', N. of Śiva Śivag
  81. ○mâditya m. N. of a poet Subh
  82. ○mânna n. irregular or unusual food MW. ○mâyudha m. 'five-arrowed', N. of the god of love Siṃhâs
  83. ○mârtha-dīpikā f. N. of wk
  84. ○mâvatāra m. descending on uneven ground MW
  85. ○mâśana n. eating irregularly (either as to quantity or time) Vāgbh. Siṃhâs. Bhpr
  86. ○mâśaya mfn. having an unfair disposition, dishonest, crafty W
  87. ○mêkṣaṇa m. 'three-eyed', N. of Śiva Śiś
  88. ○mêṣu m. 'five-arrowed', N. of the god of love Śiś. Hit
  89. ○mônnata mfn. raised unevenly L
  90. ○môpala mfn. having rough stones or rocks MW


  1. viṣamaka mfn. rather uneven, not properly polished (as pearls) VarBṛS


  1. viṣamāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become or appear uneven Cāṇ


  1. viṣamita mfn. made uneven or impassable Kir
  2. made crooked, disarranged ib. Śiś. Vās
  3. become dangerous or hostile BhP


  1. viṣamī in comp. for vi-ṣama,


  1. ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to make uneven MBh
  2. to make unequal or crooked Śiś. Sch
  3. to make hostile BhP


  1. ○bhāva m. derangement of equilibrium MBh


  1. ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become uneven or irregular Śak


  1. viṣamīya mfn. connected with or produced by unevenness or inequality, uneven, unequal, g. gahâdi


  1. viṣaya m. (ifc. f. ā
  2. prob. either fr √1. viṣ, 'to act', or fr. vi + √si, 'to extend', Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 Sch.) sphere (of influence or activity), dominion, kingdom, territory, region, district, country, abode (pl. = lands, possessions) Mn. MBh. &c
  3. scope, compass, horizon, range, reach (of eyes, ears, mind &c.) ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
  4. period or duration (of life) Pañcat
  5. special sphere or department, peculiar province or tield of action, peculiar element, concern (ifc. = 'concerned with, belonging to, intently engaged on'
  6. viṣaye, with gen. or ifc. = 'in the sphere of, with regard or reference to'
  7. atra viṣaye, 'with regard to this object') MBh. Kāv. &c
  8. space or room (sometimes = fitness) for (gen.) Kāv. Pañcat
  9. an object of sense (these are five in number, the five indriya, or organs of sense having each their proper viṣaya or object, viz. 1. śabda, 'sound', for the ear, cf. śruti-viṣaya
  10. 2. sparśa, 'tangibility', for the skin
  11. 3. rūpa, 'form' or 'colour', for the eye
  12. 4. rasa, 'savour', for the tongue
  13. 5. gandha, 'odour' for the nose: and these five Vishayas are sometimes called the Guṇas or 'properties' of the five elements, ether, air, fire, water, earth, respectively
  14. cf. śruti-viṣaya-guṇa) Yājñ. Śaṃk. Sarvad. IW. 83
  15. a symbolical N. of the number 'five' VarBṛS
  16. anything perceptible by the senses, any object of affection or concern or attention, any special worldly object or aim or matter or business, (pl.) sensual enjoyments, sensuality KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c
  17. any subject or topic, subject-matter MBh. Kāv. &c
  18. an object (as opp. to 'a subject') Sarvad. [Page 997, Column]
  19. a fit or suitable object ('for', dat., gen., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  20. (in phil.) the subject of an argument, category, general head (one of the 5 members of an Adhikaraṇa q.v., the other 4 being viśaya or saṃśaya, pūrva-pakṣa, uttara-pakṣa or siddhânta, and saṃgati or nirṇaya) Sarvad
  21. un-organic matter IW. 73
  22. (in gram.) limited or restricted sphere (e.g. chandasi viṣaye, 'only in the Veda') Kāś. (ifc. = restricted or exclusively belonging to)
  23. (in rhet.) the subject of a comparison (e.g. in the comp. 'lotus-eye' the second member is the viṣaya, and the first the viṣayin) Kuval. Pratāp
  24. a country with more than 100 villages L
  25. a refuge, asylum W
  26. a religious obligation or observance ib
  27. a lover, husband ib
  28. semen virile ib


  1. ○karman n. worldly business or act W


  1. ○kāma m. desire of worldly goods or pleasures ib


  1. ○grāma m. the multitude or aggregate of objects of sense Sāh


  1. ○candrikā f. N. of wk


  1. ○jña m. one who has a partic. domain of knowledge, a specialist Rājat


  1. ○jñāna n. acquaintance with worldly affairs MW


  1. ○tā f. the character or condition of being an object or having anything for an object, the relation between an object and the knowledge of it Sāh. Vedântas. Sarvad
  2. -rahasya n. -vāda (or -vicāra), m. -vāda-ṭippaṇa n. -vādârtha m. N. of wks


  1. ○tva n. = -tā Sarvad. Yājñ. Sch
  2. (ifc.) the being restricted to, occurring only in Pat


  1. ○nirati f. attachment to sensual objects A


  1. ○nihnuti f. negation with regard to an object (not as to one's self) Kāvyâd. ii, 306


  1. ○pati m. the governor of a province Inscr


  1. ○pathaka m. or n. (?) N. of a district ib


  1. ○parāṅmukha mfn. averted or averse from mundane affairs Śak


  1. ○pratyabhijñāna n. (in phil.) the recognition of objects MW


  1. ○pravaṇa mfn. attached to objects of sense Kull. on Mn. ii, 99


  1. ○prasaṅga m. = -nirati A


  1. ○lolupa mfn. eager for sensual enjoyment Kathās


  1. viṣayalaukikapratyakṣakāryakāraṇabhāvarahasya3viṣaya--laukika-pratyakṣa-kārya-kāraṇa-bhāva-rahasya n. N. of wk


  1. ○vat mfn. directed to objects of sense MBh
  2. objective Yogas


  1. ○vartin mfn. directed to anything (gen.) as an object R


  1. ○vākya-dīpikā (also -vāg-d○), f


  1. ○vākya-saṃgraha m


  1. ○vāda m. N. of wks


  1. ○vāsin mfn. inhabiting a country (anya-viṣaya-v○, the inhabitant of another country) Kāv. Pañcat
  2. engaged in the affairs of life W


  1. ○vicāra m. N. of a treatise by Gadādhara (also called viṣayatā-vic○, See -tā above)


  1. ○viṣayin m. du. object and subject Bādar


  1. ○saṅga m. addiction to sensual objects, sensual
  2. -ja mfn. sprung from addṭaddiction to sensual objects Mn. xii, 18


  1. ○saptamī f. the locative case in the sense of 'with regard to' Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 57


  1. ○sukha n. the pleasures of sense MW


  1. ○sneha m. desire for sensual objects Ragh


  1. ○spṛhā f. id. MW


  1. viṣayâjñāna n. 'non-recognition of objects', exhaustion, lassitude L


  1. viṣayâtmaka mfn. consisting of or identified with wordly objects, sensual carnal Mn. BhP


  1. viṣayâdhikṛta m. the governor of a province Kathās


  1. viṣayâdhipati m. id. ib
  2. 'lord of a country', a king, sovereign R


  1. viṣayânantara mfn. immediately adjacent or adjoining, next neighbour L


  1. viṣayânanda m. N. of various wks


  1. viṣayânta m. the boundary of a country MBh. R. Kathās


  1. viṣayâbhimukhī-kṛti f. directing (the senses) towards sensual objects Cat


  1. viṣayâbhirati f. and the enjoyment of sensual pleasures Kir


  1. viṣayâḍbhilāṣa m. the enjoyment of sṭsensual pleasures Kir


  1. viṣayârha mfn. entitled to sensual plṭpleasures (as youth) HPariś


  1. viṣayâsakta mfn. attached to sṭsensual pleasures
  2. -manas mfn. one whose mind is devoted to the world Śukas


  1. viṣayâsakti f. attachment to sṭsensual pleasures ib


  1. viṣayâsiddha-dīpikā f. N. of wk


  1. viṣayâiṣin mfn. addicted to sensual plṭpleasures, devoted to worldly pursuits L


  1. viṣayôparama m. cessation or abandonment of sensual pleasures Sāṃkhyak


  1. viṣayôpasevā f. addiction to sṭsensual pleasures, sensuality Ragh


  1. viṣayaka (ifc.) = viṣaya, having anything for an object or subject, relating to, concerning (-tva n.) Siddh. Nyāyas. Nīlak


  1. viṣayāyin m. (only L.) a prince
  2. an organ of sense
  3. a man of the world, sensualist, materialist
  4. N. of the god of love


  1. viṣayika See dārṣṭi- and samasta-v○


  1. viṣayin mfn. relating or attached to worldly objects, sensual, carnal Yājñ. Kāv. &c
  2. m. a sensualist, materialist, voluptuary (= vaiṣayika or kāmin) L
  3. a prince, king L
  4. a subject of (gen.) Pañcar
  5. (in phil.) the subject, the 'Ego' MBh. Śaṃk. (-tva n.)
  6. the god of love L
  7. (in rhetor.) the object of a comparison (cf. under viṣaya) [Page 997, Column]
  8. n. an organ of sense L


  1. viṣayī in comp. for viṣaya


  1. ○karaṇa n. the making anything an object of perception or thought Śaṃk


  1. ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to make anything an object Śaṃk. TPrāt. Sch
  2. to make anything one's own, take possession of (acc.) Hcar


  1. ○kṛta mfn. spread abroad Cat
  2. made an object of sense or thought, perceived Śaṃk. Vedântas
  3. (ifc.) made an object of or for (karṇa-viṣayī-kṛta, 'heard') Cat


  1. ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become an object of sense or perception Śaṃk


  1. ○bhūta mfn. become the dominion of (gen.) Pañcat


  1. viṣayīya m. or n. = viṣaya, an object, Kusum
  2. mfn. relating to an object MW


  1. vi-ṣah (√sah), Ā. -ṣahate (impf. vy-aṣahata, or vy-asahata Pāṇ. 8-3, 71
  2. inf. -ṣahitum or -soḍhum, not -ṣoḍhum ib., 115), to conquer, subdue, overpower, be a match for (acc.) RV. AV. MBh. Hariv
  3. to be able to or capable of (inf.) MBh. R
  4. to bear, withstand, resist MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to endure, suffer, put up with (acc. also with inf.) R. Gīt. BhP.: Caus. (only aor. vy-asīṣa-hat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 116: Intens., See vi-ṣāsahí


  1. vi-ṣahya mfn. bearable, tolerable ( See a-v○), conquerable, resistible MBh. R
  2. (also with kartum) possible, practicable MBh
  3. ascertainable, determinable ( See a-v○)


  1. vi-ṣāsahí mfn. victorious RV. AV. ŚBr
  2. -vrata n. N. of a partic. observance AV. Paddh. on Kauś. 57


  1. vi-soḍha mfn. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 115) endured Kathās


  1. viṣā ind.= buddhi Uṇ. iv, 36 Sch. (for viṣā f under viṣa, p. 995, col. 2)


  1. viṣâkta &c. See p. 996, col. 1


  1. viṣāṇa n. (for 2. See under vi-√ṣo, fr. which 1. may perhaps also come
  2. in older language also ā f. and accord. to g. ardhar-câdi, also m
  3. ifc. ā or ī) a horn, the horn of any animal AV. &c. &c. (cf. kharī-, śaśa-v○)
  4. a horn (wind-instrument) BhP
  5. the tusk (of an elephant or of a boar or of Gaṇêśa) MBh. Hariv. &c
  6. the claws (of a crab) Pañcat
  7. a peak, top, point, summit ṢaḍvBr. VarBṛS
  8. the horn-like tuft on Śiva's head MBh
  9. the tip of the breast, nipple BhP
  10. the chief or best of a class or kind (cf. -bhūta
  11. dhī-v○ = 'acuteness of intellect, sagacity') MBh. VarBṛS
  12. a sword or knife R. (vḷ. kṛpāṇa)
  13. (ī), f. N. of various plants (Odina Pinnata
  14. the Indian tamarind
  15. Tragia Involucrata
  16. = ṛṣabha, karkaṭa-śṛṅgī and kṣīra-kākolī) L
  17. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L


  1. ○kośa m. the hollow of a horn MW


  1. ○bhūta mfn. being the chief or best MBh. i, 3735


  1. ○vat mfn. horned Kathās
  2. m. 'having tusks', a boar Hariv


  1. viṣāṇânta m. N. of Gaṇêśa Gal


  1. viṣāṇônnā-mita-skandha mfn. one whose shoulders are raised up towards (or high enough to meet) the horns MW


  1. viṣāṇôllikhita-skandha mfn. one whose shoulders are grazed or scratched by his horns (said of the leader of a herd of cattle to mark superiority) ib


  1. viṣāṇaka (ifc.) = 1. viṣāṇa, a horn L
  2. m. an elephant Gal
  3. (akā́), f. a species of plant AV
  4. (ikā), f. N. of various plants (Odina Pinnata
  5. the Senna plant
  6. Asclepias Geminata
  7. = karkaṭa-śṛṅgī and sātalā) L


  1. viṣāṇín mfn. having horns, horned MBh. Hariv. (○ṇi-tva n.)
  2. having tusks MBh
  3. m. an elephant Hariv. Śiś
  4. any horned animal W
  5. Trapa Bispinosa L
  6. a partic. plant growing on the Himavat (= ṛṣabha) L
  7. pl. N. of a people RV. vii, 18, 7 ('holding horns in the hand' Sāy.)


  1. viṣātakī́ f. (meaning unknown) AV. vii, 113, 2


  1. vi-ṣāda &c. See under vi-√ṣad


  1. viṣânana viṣânala &c. See p. 996, col. 1


  1. vi-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to spill, shed ĀpŚr.: Intens. -sesicyate Vop


  1. ví-ṣikta mfn. discharged, emitted (semen) ŚBr


  1. ví-ṣita See under vi-√ṣo


  1. vi-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati, to sew or sew on in different places, Kaṭh. TS


  1. viṣu ind. (only in comp. and derivatives, prob. connected with viśva accord. to Pāṇ. 6-4, 77 Vārtt. 1 Pat. a Ved. acc. viṣvam = viṣuvam) on both sides, in both directions [Page 998, Column]
  2. in various directions
  3. similarly, equally


  1. ○drúh or mfn. injuring or hurting in various parts(?) RV. viii, 26, 15 (Sāy. 'an arrow')


  1. ○drúha mfn. injuring or hurting in various parts(?) RV. viii, 26, 15 (Sāy. 'an arrow')


  1. ○pada n. the autumnal equniox(?) MW


  1. ○rūpa (víṣu-) mf(ā)n. different in shape or colour, manifold, various RV. TS. VS


  1. ○vát See below


  1. víṣuṇa mfn. different, various, manifold RV
  2. changing (as the moon) ib
  3. averse from (abl.) ib
  4. (e), ind. aside, apart ib
  5. m. the equinox L


  1. viṣuṇák ind. to different parts or sides RV


  1. víṣupa m. or n. = viṣuva, the equinox L


  1. viṣuva m. or n. (cf. viṣuvát
  2. acc. viṣuvam or viṣvam, 1. viṣu above) the equinox MBh. Pur


  1. ○cchāyā f. the shadow of the gnomon or index of a dial at noon when the sun is on the equinoctial points MW


  1. ○dina n. the day of the equinox ib


  1. ○rekhā f. the equinoctial line ib


  1. ○saṃkrānti f. = viṣuvat-s○ ib


  1. ○samaya m. the equinoctial season Hit


  1. viṣuvát mfn. having or sharing both sides equally, being in the middle, middlemost, central RV. AitBr. TS. m. the central day in a Sattra or sacrificial session AV. Br. ŚrS
  2. a partic. Ekâha PañcavBr
  3. top, summit, vertex AV
  4. m. n. equinoctial point or equinox Yājñ. MBh. &c
  5. -pūrṇa-śitâṃśu m. the equinoctial full moon Rājat
  6. -prabhā f. the equinoctial shadow Sūryas
  7. -saṃkrānti f. the sun's equinoctial passage, the passing of the the sun into the next sign at either equinox Hit
  8. -stoma m. a partic. Ekâha ĀśvŚr


  1. viṣuvatka for ○vát (in a-viṣuvatka, having no central day) Lāṭy


  1. viṣuvad in comp. for ○vat


  1. ○dina n


  1. ○divasa m. the equinoctial day Gaṇit


  1. ○deśa m. a country situated under the equator, Āryav. Sch


  1. ○bhā f. the equinoctial shadow Sūryas


  1. ○valaya or n. the equinoctial circle, equator Gol


  1. ○vṛtta n. the equinoctial circle, equator Gol


  1. viṣuvan in comp. for ○vat


  1. ○maṇḍala n. the equator Sūryas


  1. viṣū = 1. viṣu above


  1. ○vát = viṣuvát above


  1. ○vṛ́t mfn. rolling in various directions (as a chariot) RV. (others 'balancing')
  2. equally divided AV
  3. indifferent to, not partaking of (gen.) RV. x, 43, 3 (others 'averter')


  1. viṣū-kuh mfn. (√2. kuh) split on both sides, divided in two ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy


  1. viṣūcaka (only in loc. m. c.) = víṣūcikā MBh


  1. viṣūci m. or f. = manas BhP


  1. víṣūcikā f. (fr. viṣūcī
  2. incorrectly visūcikā) a partic. disease (indigestion attended with evacuation in both directions, accord. to some 'cholera in its sporadic form') VS. TBr. Suśr


  1. viṣūcī f. See under viṣvañc, col. 2


  1. viṣūcī́na mfn. going apart or in different directions, spreading everywhere RV. AV. VS. TS. BhP
  2. n. = manas BhP


  1. ○karaṇa n. causing to go asunder, separating ĀpŚr. Sch


  1. viṣūcīnâgra mfn. with tops or points diverging in all directions ĀpGṛ


  1. viṣvak in comp. for ○vañc


  1. ○kaca mfn. 'one whose hair flies in all directions', having dishevelled hair BhP


  1. ○sama mfn. equal on all sides or in all parts L


  1. ○sena m. (sometimes written viśvak-s○) 'whose hosts or powers go everywhere', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa (or of a partic. form of that deity to whom the fragments of a sacrifice are offered) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. of Śiva MBh. xiii, 1168
  3. of an attendant of Vishṇu Pur
  4. of a Sādhya Hariv
  5. of the 14th (or 13th) Manu VP
  6. of a Ṛishi MBh
  7. of a king R
  8. of a son of Brahma-datta Hariv. Pur
  9. of a son of Śambara Hariv
  10. (ā), f. a kind of plant (= priyaṅgu or phalinī) L
  11. -kāntā f. a kind of plant (= priyaṅgu or a Diascorea) Car
  12. -priyā f. 'beloved of Vishṇu', N. of Lakshmī L
  13. a Diascorea L
  14. -saṃhitā f. N. of wk


  1. viṣvag in comp. for ○vañc


  1. ○añcana mfn. turned or directed everywhere Sāy. on RV. viii, 29, 1


  1. ○avêkṣaṇa mfn. looking in every direction Sāh


  1. ○aśva m. N. of a king (the son of Pṛithu) MBh


  1. ○āyat mfn. spreading or going in every direction MW


  1. ○aiḍa n. N. of a Sāman PañcavBr


  1. ○gata mfn. gone all about, spread, extended W


  1. ○gati mfn. going all about or everywhere, entering into every (topic) ib


  1. ○gamana-vat mfn. moving in every direction, going everywhere Vedântas


  1. ○jyotis m. N. of the eldest of the 100 sons of Śata-jit, V.P. [Page 998, Column]


  1. ○yuj mfn. Pāṇ. 6-3, 92 Sch


  1. ○lopa m. general disturbance or confusion MBh


  1. ○vātá m. a kind of noxious wind which blows from all quarters TS. MBh. &c


  1. ○vāyu m. id. L


  1. ○vilupta-cchada mfn. having leaves torn off on all sides (said of a tree) ŚārṅgP


  1. ○vṛta mfn. surrounded on all sides VarBṛS


  1. viṣvañc mf(○ṣūcī) n. (fr. 1. viṣu + 2. añc) going in or turned to both (or all) directions, all-pervading, ubiquitous, general RV. &c. &c
  2. going asunder or apart, separated or different from (instr. or abl.) RV. TS. Up
  3. getting into conditions of every kind Gaut
  4. following in inverted order ŚāṅkhŚr
  5. (○ṣūcī), f. the cholera (= viṣūcikā, q.v.) Suśr. ŚārṅgS
  6. n. the equinox W
  7. (víṣvak), ind. on both (or all) sides, sideways RV. AV
  8. in two AV. iii, 6, 6
  9. in all directions, all around, everywhere RV. &c. &c


  1. viṣvadrīcīna mfn. (fr. next) being everywhere, general Cat


  1. viṣvadryañc mf(○drīcī) n. (cf. tadryañc, madryañc) going everywhere or in all directions, all-pervading Śiś
  2. (○dryák), ind. forth on both or all sides or all directions RV. vii, 25, 1


  1. viṣvam See viṣuva, col. 1


  1. viṣvā́c m. N. of an Asura RV. i, 117, 16 (Sāy.)


  1. vi-ṣu (√3. su
  2. only pf. p. Ā. -suṣvāṇa with pass. meaning RV. ix, 101, 11
  3. accord. to Vop. also aor. vy-aṣāviit
  4. fut. vi-soṣyati and vi-saviṣyati), to press or squeeze out (the Soma plant for obtaining its juice)


  1. vi-ṣū (√2. sū
  2. only impf. Ā. vyasūyata), to bring forth (a child) Bālar


  1. vi-ṣev (√sev), Ā. -ṣevate (impf. vy-aṣevata pf. vi-ṣiṣeva &c.) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63


  1. vi-ṣo (√so), P. -ṣyati (aor. subj. -ṣāt
  2. Pot. -ṣīmahi
  3. Impv. -ṣāhi), to let loose, release, set free, flow, shed, cause to flow RV. AV. ŚBr. Kauś
  4. to unharness, unbridle RV
  5. to open ib
  6. to relax, mollify ib


  1. vi-ṣā́ṇa n. (for 1. See p. 997, col. 3) discharging (a fluid) RV. v, 44, 11


  1. vi-ḍṣāyin mfn. g. grahâdi


  1. ví-ṣita mfn. let loose, released &c
  2. relieved (applied to the sun at the moment immediately before its setting) Lāṭy
  3. -stuka mf(ā)n. one who has loose or dishevelled hair RV
  4. -stupa mfn. one whose tuft of hair has been untied or loosened AV. (Paipp. -stuga)


  1. viṣk cl. 10. P. viṣkayati to see, perceive Dhātup. xxxv, 34, vḷ


  1. viṣka m. (cf. vikka) an elephant twenty years old Śiś. xviii, 27 (Sch.)


  1. vi-ṣkanttṛ or vi-skanttṛ mfn. (vi + √skand
  2. Pāṇ. 8-3, 73) moving hither and thither, restless Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-ḍṣkanda m. dispersing, going away W


  1. vi-skanna (not viṣkaṇṇa, Pāṇ. 8-3, 73), mfn. gone in different directions, dispersed, gone away ib


  1. vi-ṣkandha See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-ṣkambh (√skambh
  2. Pāṇ. 8-3, 77), P. -skabhnoti, or -skabhnāti (inf. -ṣkábhe RV
  3. -ṣkambhitum Bhaṭṭ.), to fix, support, prop RV
  4. to hurl, cast ib
  5. to come forth, escape Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -ṣkabhāyati, to fix firmly RV. AV


  1. vi-ṣkabdha mfn. fixed, supported &c. Pāṇ. 7-2, 34 Sch


  1. vi-ḍṣkabhita (ví-), mfn. fixed or held asunder (heaven and earth) RV


  1. vi-ṣkambha m. a prop, support Lāṭy. Suśr
  2. the bolt or bar of a door Ragh. Sch
  3. the supporting beam or pillar of a house W
  4. a post (round which the string of a churning-stick is wound) L
  5. width, extension MBh. VarBṛS. MārkP
  6. the diameter of a circle Āryabh
  7. a mountain-range (= -parvata) MārkP
  8. an obstacle, impediment L
  9. the first of the twenty-seven astronomical periods called Yogas or the leading star of the first lunar mansion Col
  10. (in dram.) an interlude or introductory scene (coming between the acts [aṅkayor madhya-vartī] and performed by an inferior actor or actors [nīca-pātra-prayojitaḥ], who explains to the audience the progress of the plot, and inform them of what is supposed to have happened in the intervals of the acts, cf. praveśaka) Bhar. Daśar. &c. [Page 998, Column]
  11. a partic. Yoga-posture L
  12. a tree L
  13. action, doing anything W
  14. = pratibimba L
  15. N. of a divine being reckoned among the Viśve Devā? Hariv. (vḷ. viskumbhu, nikumba, and viṣṭara)
  16. -parvata m. a mountain-range MārkP
  17. -vat mfn. (prob.) wealthy, opulent Hcat
  18. ○bhârdha m. or n. the radius of a circle, Āryav


  1. vi-ḍṣkambhaka mfn. propping, supporting KātyŚr. Sch
  2. m. (in dram.) an interlude (= viṣkambha) Ratnâv. Bhar. &c
  3. a partic. astron. Yoga (= id.) W
  4. (ikā), f. a piece of wood for supporting the pole of a carriage KātyŚr. Sch
  5. ○bhaka-kāṣṭha n. = id. ib


  1. vi-ḍṣkambhaṇa n. the act of obstructing or impeding &c. L
  2. a means of tearing open Divyâv


  1. vi-ḍṣkambhita mfn. richly furnished with (comp.) Lalit
  2. driven away, rejected Pañcat


  1. vi-ḍṣkambhin mfn. obstructing, impeding W
  2. m. the bolt or bar of a door ib
  3. N. of Śiva MBh
  4. of a Bodhisattva Buddh
  5. of a Tāntric deity Kālac


  1. vi-ṣ-kara m. (√kṛ, or kṝ?) the bolt of a door L
  2. N. of a Dānava MBh
  3. n. a partic. manner of fighting Hariv


  1. vi-ṣ-kira m. (√kṝ) 'scatterer', a gallinaceous bird (such as a domestic fowl, partridge, quail &c.) Gaut. Yājñ. &c
  2. a partic. Agni ĀpŚr
  3. any bird W
  4. pulling or tearing to pieces ib
  5. -rasa m. chicken-broth Suśr


  1. vi-ṣkumbh (√skumbh), P. -ṣkubhnāti, or -ṣkubhnoti Vop


  1. viṣṭ See √veṣṭ


  1. viṣṭa. 2 See under √viś and √1. viṣ


  1. vi-ṣṭan wṛ. for vi-√stan, q.v


  1. vi-ṣṭambh (√stambh), P. -ṣṭabhnoti, or ○nāti (impf. vy-aṣṭabhnot or ○nāt pf. vitaṣṭambha Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c
  2. ind. p. -ṣṭabhya or -ṣṭambhitvā), to fix asunder, hold or keep apart, prop, fix, fasten, support RV. AV. Br
  3. to strengthen, encourage MBh. BhP
  4. to settle, ascertain MBh. xii, 5429
  5. to make stiff or rigid MBh. R. MārkP
  6. to stop, check, restrain, suppress, Bhp
  7. to press close against (the mouth) Yājñ
  8. to plant (the feet) firmly Hit
  9. to lean on or against (acc.) MBh. R. Bhaṭṭ
  10. to stiffen, i.e. fill through and through, pervade, permeate MBh. R
  11. to stuff (intr.), swell, remain undigested (in the stomach) Suśr.: Caus. -ṣṭham-bhayati, ○te (aor. vy-atastambhat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116), to cause to stop, check, arrest, obstruct MBh. R. &c
  12. to cause or produce (illness) by obstruction Cat
  13. to paralyse MW


  1. vi-ṣṭáp f. top, summit, surface, highest part, height (esp. of heaven) RV. VS. PañcavBr. ĀśvŚr


  1. vi-ḍṣṭápa n. (rarely m.) id. RV. VS. Br. (with ṛṣabhasya, 'a hump' ŚBr
  2. ○pe ind. in heaven Āpast.)
  3. forking or bifurcation (of an Udumbara branch) VS. Sch
  4. a world Mn. MBh. &c
  5. -traya n. the three worlds (cf. loka-tr○) Ragh
  6. -hārin mfn. world-ravishing Bhartṛ


  1. ví-ṣṭabdha mfn. firmly set or bound ŚBr. Mn. MBh
  2. rigid, stiff MBh. Hariv. Suśr
  3. checked, stopped, restrained, arrested, obstructed, paralysed MBh. R. Suśr
  4. propped, supported MBh. Suśr
  5. filled, stuffed PañcavBr
  6. undigested Suśr
  7. -gātra mfn. with rigid limbs Hariv
  8. -caraṇa mfn. with rigid feet MBh
  9. -tā f. firmness, confidence MW
  10. ○dhâkṣa mfn. with rigid eyes Suśr
  11. ○dhâjīrṇa n. indigestion arising from obstruction ib


  1. ví-ḍṣṭabdhi f. fixing firmly, propping, supporting Anup


  1. vi-ṣṭabha m. 'fixed or planted firmly', the world W


  1. vi-ḍṣṭabhita (ví-), mfn. fixed firmly, well founded AV


  1. vi-ṣṭambhá m. fixing, planting firmly (pada-v○) Kir
  2. prop, support RV. AV. MBh. Śaṃk
  3. 'supporters', N. of partic. syllables inserted in sacred texts PañcavBr
  4. checking, stopping, restraint, impediment, suppression Kām. BhP
  5. endurance, resistance MBh
  6. obstruction of the urine or feces, ischury, constipation Suśr
  7. a partic. disease of the fetus ŚārṅgS
  8. paralysis, loss of motion W
  9. -kara mfn. stopping, restraining, obstructing Suśr


  1. vi-ḍṣṭambhana mf(ī)n. propping, supporting VS
  2. n. checking, restraining, suppressing MaitrUp


  1. vi-ḍṣṭambhayiṣu mfn. wishing to stop or cause to stand still (a fleeing army) MBh. vii, 1746 (B. saṃstambhayiṣu). [Page 999, Column]


  1. vi-ḍṣṭambhita mfn. fixed firmly &c
  2. entirely filled or covered with (instr.) Hariv


  1. vi-ḍṣṭambhin mfn. supporting (lit. and fig.) Hcat
  2. checking, stopping, obstructing Suśr
  3. chilling W
  4. making motionless ib


  1. vi-ṣṭara m. (√stṛ) anything spread out, a handful of rushes or grass for sitting on (esp. the seat of the presiding Brāhman at a sacrifice) GṛŚrS. MBh
  2. a seat made of 25 shoots of Kuśa grass tied up in a sheaf W
  3. a tree L
  4. N. of a divine being reckoned among the Viśve Devā? Hariv
  5. m. n. any seat or couch, chair, stool &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. mfn. = vi-stara, extensive, wide (?), See comp
  7. -bhāj mfn. occupying a seat, seated Ragh
  8. -śrava m. = next Hcat
  9. -śravas m. 'broad-eared' or 'far-famed', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa MBh. Hariv. Śiś
  10. of Śiva Śivag
  11. -stha mfn. sitting on a seat, reclining on a bed (of leaves &c.) W
  12. ○râśva m. N. of a son of Pṛithu Hariv
  13. ○rôttara mfn. covered with Kuśa grass MW


  1. vi-ṣṭārá m. a layer of grass (?) RV. v, 52, 10 (others 'the far spread host, scil. of the Maruts')
  2. a kind of metre (cf. next and Pāṇ. 3-3, 34 ; viii, 3, 94)
  3. -paṅkti (○ṭārá-), f. a partic. form of Paṅkti metre (consisting of 8 x 12 x 12 x 8 syllables) VS. RPrāt
  4. -bṛhatī f. a species of Bṛihatī (8 x 10 x 10 x 8 syllables) RPrāt


  1. vi-ḍṣṭārin mfn. (prob.) spread, extended (applied to a partic. oblation) AV


  1. vi-ṣṭír f. expansion (opp. to saṃ-stir) RV


  1. viṣṭi f. (for 1. See p. 996, col. 2) = vṛṣṭi, rain L


  1. vi-ṣṭu (√stu), P. -ṣṭauti, or -ṣṭaviiti (impf. vy-astaut or vy-aṣṭaut Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to praise very much, extol with praises MBh


  1. ví-ṣṭuta mfn. praised highly, extolled TBr


  1. ví-ṣṭuti f. a variety of arrangement for reciting the verses of the Tri-vṛit Stoma (3 such varieties are enumerated, viz. udyatī, parivartinī, and kulāyinī) Br. Lāṭy
  2. pl. N. of a treatise on Vedic ritual


  1. vi-ṣṭubh (√stubh), Ā. -ṣṭobhate (aor. vy-aṣṭobhiṣṭa) Vop


  1. vi-ṣṭhala See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-ṣṭhā (√sthā
  2. for 1. viṣṭhā, See p. 996, col. 2), Ā. -tiṣṭhate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 22
  3. Ved. and ep. also P.), to stand or go apart, be spread or diffused or scattered over or through (acc. or adhi with loc.) RV. VS. AV
  4. to be removed or separated from (instr.) TS. AV
  5. to stand, be stationary stand still, remain firm, abide, dwell, stop RV. &c. &c
  6. to keep ground, not to budge R
  7. to be present or near MBh
  8. to be engaged in (loc.) Hariv.: Caus. (only aor. -tiṣṭhipaḥ) to spread, expand RV. i, 56, 5


  1. vi-ṣṭhā́ f. place, position, station, form, kind RV. AV. TBr. ŚrS
  2. a rope (?) Divyâv
  3. -vrājín mfn. remaining in one place, stationary ŚBr


  1. ví-ṣṭhita mfn. standing apart RV
  2. scattered, spread, diffused ib. TBr. AV
  3. standing, fixed, stationary (opp. to jagat) RV. AV
  4. standing or being on or in (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
  5. being present or near R. Hariv


  1. viṣṇa (dat. viṣṇāya = viṣṇave) Pañcar. (wrong form used by uneducated persons)


  1. viṣṇāpū́ m. N. of a son of Viśvaka RV


  1. víṣṇu m. (prob. fr. √viṣ, 'All-pervader' or 'Worker') N. of one of the principal Hindū deities (in the later mythology regarded as 'the preserver', and with Brahmā 'the creator' and Śiva 'the destroyer', constituting the well-known Tri-mūrti or triad
  2. although Vishṇu comes second in the triad he is identified with the supreme deity by his worshippers
  3. in the Vedic period, however, he is not placed in the foremost rank, although he is frequently invoked with other gods [esp. with Indra whom he assists in killing Vṛitra and with whom he drinks the Soma juice
  4. his. later names Indrânuja and Upêndra]
  5. as distinguished from the other Vedic deities, he is a personification of the light and of the sun, esp. in his striding over the heavens, which he is said to do in three paces [see tri-vikrama and cf. bali, vāmana], explained as denoting the threefold manifestations of light in the form of fire, lightning, and the sun, or as designating the three daily stations of the sun in his rising, culminating, and setting [Page 999, Column]
  6. Vishṇu does not appear to have been included at first among the Ādityas q.v., although in later times he is accorded the foremost place among them
  7. in the Brāhmaṇas he is identified with sacrifice, and in one described as a dwarf
  8. in the Mahā-bhārata and Rāmayaṇa he rises to the supremacy which in some places he now enjoys as the most popular deity of modern Hindū worship
  9. the great rivalry between him and Śiva [cf. vaiṣṇava and śaiva] is not fully developed till the period of the Purāṇas the distinguishing feature in the character of the Post-vedic Vishṇu is his condescending to become incarnate in a portion of his essence on ten principal occasions, to deliver mankind from certain great dangers [cf. avatāra and IW. 32]
  10. some of the Purāṇas make 22 incarnations, or even 24, instead of 10
  11. the Vaishṇavas regard Vishṇu as the supreme being, and often identify him with Nārāyaṇa, the personified Purusha or primeval living spirit [described as moving on the waters, reclining on Śesha, the serpent of infinity, while the god Brahmā emerges from a lotus growing from his navel
  12. Manu. i, 1]
  13. the wives of Vishṇu are Aditi and Sinīvālī, later Lakshmī or Śrī and even Sarasvatī
  14. his son is Kāma-deva, god of love, and his paradise is called Vaikuṇṭha
  15. he is usually represented with a peculiar mark on his breast called Śrī-vatsa, and as holding a śaṅkha, or conch-shell called Pāñcajanya, a cakra or quoit-like missile-weapon called Su-darśana, a gadā or club called Kaumodakī and a padma or lotus
  16. he has also a bow called Śārṅga, and a sword called Nandaka
  17. his vāhana or vehicle is Garuḍa, q.v
  18. he has a jewel on his wrist called Syamantaka, another on his breast called Kaustubha, and the river Ganges is said to issue from his foot
  19. the demons slain by him in his character of 'preserver from evil', or by Kṛishṇa as identified with him, are Madhu, Dhenuka, Cāṇūra, Yamala, and Arjuna [see yamalârjuna], Kāla-nemi, Haya-grīva, Śakaṭa, Arishṭa, Kaiṭabha, Kaṃsa, Keśin, Mura, Śālva, Mainda, Dvi-vida, Rāhu, Hiraṇya-kaśipu, Bāṇa, Kāliya, Naraka, Bali
  20. he is worshipped under a thousand names, which are all enumerated in MBh. xiii, 6950-7056
  21. he is sometimes regarded as the divinity of the lunar mansion called Śravaṇa) RV. &c. &c. (cf. RTL. 44 IW. 324)
  22. N. of the month Caitra VarBṛS
  23. (with prājāpatya) of the author of RV. x, 84
  24. of a son of Manu Sāvarṇa and Bhautya MārkP
  25. of the writer of a law-book Yājñ
  26. of the father of the 11th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇi L
  27. (also with gaṇaka, kavi, daivajña, paṇḍita, bhaṭṭa, miśra, yatī7ndra, vājapeyin, śāstrin &c.) of various authors and others Inscr. Cat
  28. = agni L
  29. = vasu-devatā L
  30. = śuddha L
  31. f. N. of the mother of the 11th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇi L
  32. n. pl. (in a formula) ĀpŚr
  33. (viṣṇor with apamarṇam, ājya-doham, vratam
  34. [oḥ] sāma, svarīyaḥ, N. of Sāmans
  35. with ṣoḍaśa-nāma-stotram, anusmṛtiḥ, aṣṭāviṃśati-nāma-stotram, and mahā-stutiḥ, N. of wks.)


  1. ○ṛkṣa n. the lunar mansion Śravaṇa (presided over by Vishṇu) Tithyād


  1. ○kanda m. a species of bulbous plant L


  1. ○karaṇa n


  1. ○kavaca n. N. of wks


  1. ○kāñcī f. N. of a town Cat


  1. ○kāntī f. or N. of a Tīrtha ib


  1. ○kānḍtī-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ib


  1. ○kutūhala n


  1. ○kośala N. of wks


  1. ○kramá m. the step of Vishṇu MW
  2. pl. N. of the three steps to be taken by the sacrificer between the Vedi and the Āhavanīya TS. ŚBr. GṛS. ŚrS


  1. ○kramī́ya mfn. relating to the prec. ŚBr


  1. ○krānta mf(ā)n. bestridden by Vishṇu TĀr
  2. m. a kind of measure Saṃgīt
  3. (ā), f. N. of various plants (accord. to L. Clitoria Ternatea
  4. Evolvulus Alsinoides
  5. a kind of dark Śaṅkha-pushpī) Pañcar. ŚārṅgS. &c


  1. ○krānti f. Evolvulus Alsinoides L


  1. ○kṣetra n. N. of a sacred district L


  1. ○gaṅgā f. N. of a river L


  1. ○gāthā f. pl. a song in honour of Vishṇu BhP


  1. ○gāyatrī f. N. of a Gāyatrī celebrating Vishṇu Hcat


  1. ○gupta m. 'hidden by Vishṇu', N. of the Muni Vātsyāyana MW
  2. of the saint Kauṇḍinya (said to have been concealed by Vishṇu when pursued by Śiva, whom he had incensed) L
  3. of the minister and sage Cāṇakya Kām. VarBṛS. &c
  4. of a follower of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat
  5. of an astronomer Cat
  6. of a Buddhist Kathās
  7. a species of bulbous plant L
  8. -siddhânta m. N. of wk


  1. ○guptaka n. a kind of radish L


  1. ○gūḍha m. N. of wk
  2. -svāmin m. N. of an author Cat
  3. ○ḍhârtha m. N. of wk


  1. ○gṛha n. 'Vishṇu's abode', N. of Tāmra-lipta L


  1. ○gopa-varman m. N. of a king Inscr


  1. ○gola m. the equator Vīrac


  1. ○granthi m. a partic. joint of the body Cat. [Page 999, Column]


  1. ○cakra n. Vishṇu's discus R
  2. a partic. mystical circle (formed from the lines in the hand) VP


  1. ○candra m. N. of various authors VarBṛ. Sch. Cat


  1. ○citta m. N. of an author Cat
  2. ○tīya n. N. of wk


  1. ○ja mfn. born under Vishṇu (i.e. in the first lustrum of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years) VarBṛS
  2. m. N. of the 18th Kalpa or day of Brahmā L


  1. ○jāmala n. wṛ. for -yāmala


  1. ○jāmātṛ m. (prob.) Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa's brother-in-law ( See kṛṣṇa-svasṛ)


  1. ○tattva n. Vishṇu's real essence Sarvad
  2. N. of wk
  3. -nirṇaya m. -rahasya n. ○ya-khaṇḍana n. -saṃhitā, f. N. of wks


  1. ○tantra n


  1. ○tarpaṇa n


  1. ○tarpaḍṇa-vidhi m. -tātparya-nirṇaya m. N. of wks


  1. ○tithi mf. N. of the 11th and 12th lunar day of each fortnight Inscr


  1. ○tīrtha m. N. of an author Cat
  2. n. N. of a Tīrtha ib


  1. ○tīrthīya-vyākhyāna n. N. of wk


  1. ○tulya-parākrama mfn. having prowess equal to that of Vishṇu MW


  1. ○taila n. a kind of oil BrahmaP


  1. ○toṣiṇī f


  1. ○triśatī f. N. of wks


  1. ○tva n. Vishṇu's nature R. NṛisUp. &c


  1. ○datta mfn. given by Vishṇu BhP
  2. m. N. of Parīkshit ib
  3. of various men Kathās. Sāh. Cat
  4. ○tâgni-hotrin m. N. of an author Cat


  1. ○dattaka m. N. of a scribe MW


  1. ○dāsa m. 'Vishṇu's slave', N. of a king Cat
  2. of another man ib


  1. ○deva m. N. of an author ib
  2. ○vârādhya m. N. of a man ib


  1. ○devatya mfn. having Vishṇu for a deity ṢaḍvBr


  1. ○daivata mfn. = -devatya L


  1. ○daivatya mfn. id. ib
  2. (ā), f. = -tithi ib


  1. ○dvādaśa-nāma-stotra n. N. of a ch. of the Āraṇya-parvan (q.v.)


  1. ○dviṣ m. foe of Vishṇu (nine in number, accord. to Jainas) L


  1. ○dvīpa m. N. of an island W


  1. ○dharma m. a kind of Śriddha MW
  2. N. of various wks
  3. -mīmāṃsā f. ○môttara n. N. of wks


  1. ○dharman m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh


  1. ○dhārā f. N. of a Tīrtha Cat


  1. ○dhyāna-stotrâdi N. of wk


  1. ○nadī f. N. of a river Cat


  1. ○nāma-māhātmya-saṃgraha m


  1. viṣṇunāmamāhātmaratnastotra3víṣṇu--nāma-māhātḍma-ratna-stotra n


  1. ○nīrājana n. N. of wks


  1. ○nyaṅga mfn. containing incidental mention of Vishṇu AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr


  1. ○pañcaka n


  1. ○pañcaḍkavrata-kathā f. N. of wks


  1. ○pañjara n. a kind of mystical prayer or charm for securing Vishṇu's favour MW
  2. N. of wk
  3. -yantra-vidhi m. -stotra n. N. of wks


  1. ○pati m. N. of an author Cat


  1. ○patnī (víṣṇu-), f. 'VṭVishṇu's wife', N. of Aditi VS. TS. TBr. ĀśvŚr


  1. ○pada n. 'station or footmark of VṭVishṇu', the zenith Nir. BhP
  2. the sky MBh. Ragh. &c
  3. the mark of Vishṇu's foot worshipped at Gayā RTL. 309
  4. N. of a sacred hill (also called ○da-giri, m.) MBh. Hariv. &c
  5. a lotus L
  6. m. n. the sea of milk L
  7. (ī), f. the sun's passage (into the zodiacal signs of Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius) Tithyād
  8. N. of the Ganges (as issuing from Vishṇu's foot) MBh. Hariv. R. &c
  9. of the town Dvārikā L
  10. -tīrtha n. the sacred place called Gayā (= viṣṇu-pada) Cat
  11. -śrāddha n. N. of a partic. Śrāddha (performed in the temple containing Vishṇu's footprint) RTL. 312
  12. ○dī-cakra n. a partic. astrological circle or diagram MW
  13. ○dy-utpatti f. N. of ch. in the Padma-Purāṇa


  1. ○paddhati f. N. of wk


  1. ○parâyaṇa m. N. of an author of mystical prayers (with Tāntrikas) Cat


  1. ○parṇikā f. Hedysarum Lagopodioides L


  1. ○pādâdi-keśânta-stuti f. N. of sev. wks


  1. ○putra m. N. of a man Cat


  1. ○pur f. N. of a city L


  1. ○pura n. Vishṇu's city Vop
  2. N. of a city (= -pur) L
  3. (ī), f. N. of a city MW
  4. of a mountain in the Himâlaya L
  5. (ī), m. N. of a scholar Cat


  1. ○purāṇa or n. N. of one of the most celebrated of the 18 Purāṇas (it conforms more than any other to the definition pañca-lakṣaṇa q.v.


  1. ○purāḍṇaka n. N. of one of the most celebrated of the 18 Purāṇas (it conforms more than any other to the definition pañca-lakṣaṇa q.v.
  2. and consists of 6 books, the 1st treating of the creation of the universe from Prakṛiti, and the peopling of the world by the Prajā-patis
  3. the 2nd giving a list of kings with many curious geographical and astronomical details
  4. the 3rd treating of the Vedas and caste
  5. the 4th continuing the chronicle of dynasties
  6. the 5th giving the life of Kṛishṇa
  7. the 6th describing the dissolution of the world) IW. 517


  1. ○pūjana n. 'worship of VṭVishṇu', N. of wk


  1. ○pūjā f. N. of wk
  2. -krama m. -dīpikā f. -paddhati f. -mantra m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks


  1. viṣṇupratimāsamprokṣaṇavidhi3víṣṇu--pratimā-samprôkṣaṇa-vidhi m


  1. ○pratiṣṭhā f


  1. ○pratiṣḍṭhā-paddhati f. N. of wks


  1. ○priyā f. basil Dhanv


  1. ○prīti f. land granted rent-free to Brāhmans for the worship of Vishṇu MW
  2. -vāda m. N. of wk


  1. viṣṇubrahmamaheśvaradānaprayoga3víṣṇu--brahma-mahêśvara-dāna-prayoga m. N. of wk


  1. ○bha n. = -ṛkṣa VP


  1. ○bhakta m. a worshipper of VṭVishṇu RāmatUp
  2. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of a part of the Mahā-bhārata


  1. ○bhakti f. the worship of VṭVishṇu (personified as a Yoginī) Prab. [Page 1000, Column]
  2. -kalpa-latā f. -candrôdaya m. -prabandha m. -māhātmya n. -rahasya n. -latā f. -stuti f. N. of wks


  1. ○bhagavata-purāṇa n. N. of wk


  1. ○bhujaṃ-ga


  1. ○bhujaṃ-gastotra n


  1. ○bhujaṃ-gī f. N. of Stotras


  1. ○mat mfn. containing the word 'Vishṇu' PañcavBr
  2. (atī) f. N. of a princess Kathās


  1. ○mantra m. a hymn addressed to VṭVishṇu Cat
  2. -vidhānâdi, -viśeṣa m. N. of wks


  1. ○mandira n. Vishṇu's temple Cat
  2. = -griha MW


  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. emanating from VṭVishṇu, belonging to Vishṇu, having the nature of VṭVishṇu &c. MBh. Hariv. R. VP


  1. ○mahiman m. the glory or majesty of Vishṇu Cat
  2. N. of wk
  3. ○himnaḥ stava m. N. of a Stotra in praise of VṭVishṇu


  1. ○mānasa n. N. of a Stotra


  1. ○māyā f. 'Vishṇu's illusion', a form of Durgā KālP


  1. ○māhātmya n


  1. ○māhātmḍya-paddhati f. N. of wks


  1. ○mitra m. a common name (used like the Latin Caius) Kaṇ. BhP
  2. N. of a priest Cat
  3. (with kumāra) N. of a Scholiast RPrāt., Introd


  1. ○mukha (víṣṇu-), mfn. pl. having Vishṇu as chief TS. MaitrS


  1. ○yantra-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk


  1. ○yaśas m. N. of Kalkin or Kalki MBh. Hariv
  2. of the father of Kalkin Pur. Pañcar
  3. of a teacher Cat


  1. ○yāga m


  1. ○yāga-prayoga m


  1. ○yāmala or n. ?or n. ?or n. N. of wks


  1. ○yāmaḍla-tantra n. or N. of wks


  1. ○ḍyāmila n. N. of wks


  1. ○ratha m. 'Vishṇu's chariot', N. of Gaurḍa (the bird and vehicle of Vishṇu) Cat


  1. ○rahasya n. N. of various wks


  1. ○rāja m. N. of a king Buddh


  1. ○rāta m. 'Vishṇu-given', N. of Parīkshit BhP. (cf. -datta)


  1. ○rāma


  1. ○rāma-siddhânta-vāg-īśa m. N. of authors Cat


  1. ○laharī f. N. of wk


  1. ○liṅgī f. a quail L


  1. ○loka m. Vishṇu's world Rājat. VP. Pañcar. (accord. to some = brahma-l○, or accord. to others, 'placed above it' MW.) -1


  1. ○vat (víṣṇu-), mfn. attended by VṭVishṇu RV
  2. n. (with ahar) a partic. 11th or 12th day Cat. -2


  1. ○vat ind. as with Vishṇu ĀpŚr


  1. ○varṇanadhyānâdi N. of wk


  1. ○vardhana m. N. of various kings (also kali-viṣṇu-va○, kubja-viṣṇuva○) Inscr


  1. ○varman m. N. of a king ib


  1. ○vallabha mfn. beloved by VṭVishṇu W
  2. (ā), f. N. of Lakshmī Tantras
  3. basil L
  4. = agni-śikhā (a kind of plant) L
  5. Echites Caryophyllata W
  6. Ocymum Sanctum ib
  7. N. of wk


  1. ○vāhana n. (Siṃhâs.) or (L.) 'VṭVishṇu's vehicle', N. of Garuḍa


  1. ○vāhya m. (L.) 'Vishṇu's vehicle', N. of Garuḍa


  1. ○vigraha-śaṃsana-stotra n


  1. ○vijaya m. N. of wks


  1. ○vṛddha m. N. of a man
  2. (pl.) his descendants ĀśvŚr. Inscr
  3. -sahasra-nāma-stotra n. N. of ch. of the Padma-purāṇa


  1. ○vrata-kalpa m. N. of wk


  1. ○śakti f. 'Vishṇu's energy', Lakshmī Rājat
  2. m. N. of a king Kathās


  1. ○śata-nāma-stotra n. N. of a Stotra


  1. ○śayana-bodha-dina n. (ifc.) the day of Vishṇu's lying down and of his awaking ŚāṅkhGṛ. Sch


  1. ○śarman m. N. of various authors and other persons (esp. of the narrator of the Pañca-tantra and the Hitôpadeśa) IW. 531
  2. ○ma-dīkṣita, ○ma-miśra m. N. of authors Cat


  1. ○śilā f. the sacred stone of VṭVishṇu which contains an ammonite (= śāla-grāma, q.v.) L


  1. ○śṛṅkhala m. a partic. astrological Yoga L


  1. ○śrāddha n


  1. ○śrādḍdha-paddhati f. N. of wks


  1. ○śruta m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-2, 148 Sch


  1. ○ṣaṭpadī f


  1. ○saṃhitā f


  1. ○samuccaya m. N. of wks


  1. ○saras (Cat.) or (MW.), n. N. of a Tīrtha


  1. ○saḍras-tīrtha (MW.), n. N. of a Tīrtha


  1. ○sarvajana wṛ. for next Cat


  1. ○sarva-jña m. N. of a teacher (also sarvajña-viṣṇu) Cat


  1. ○sahasranāman n. the thousand names of Vishṇu Cat
  2. N. of a portion of the Anuśāsana-parvan (ī, 6936-7078) of the Maha-bhārata (also ○ma-kathana or ○mastotra n.) and of a ch. of the PadmaP
  3. ○ma-bhāṣya n. N. of Śaṃkara's Comm. on the thousand names of Vishṇu


  1. ○siṃha m. N. of a man Cat


  1. ○siddhânta m


  1. ○siddhânḍta-līlā-vatī f. N. of wks


  1. ○sū7kta n. a hymn addressed to VṭVishṇu Cat


  1. ○sūtra n. = -smṛti


  1. ○stava m


  1. ○staḍva-rāja m


  1. ○stuti f


  1. ○stotra n


  1. ○smṛti f


  1. viṣṇusvarūpadhyānādivarṇana3víṣṇu--sva-rūpa-dhyānâdi-varṇana n. N. of wks


  1. ○svāmin m. a temple or statue of VṭVishṇu Rājat
  2. N. of various men Kathās. Sarvad. &c. (esp. of a celebrated Vaishṇava teacher, predecessor of Vallabhâcārya RTL. 134)


  1. ○hari m. N. of a poet Sadukt


  1. ○hāra-deva m. N. of a man Inscr


  1. ○hitā f. basil L


  1. ○hṛdaya or n. N. of a Stotra


  1. ○hṛdaḍya-stotra n. N. of a Stotra


  1. viṣṇū7ttara a grant of land rent-free for the worship of Vishṇu MW


  1. viṣṇū7tsava m. a festival in honour of VṭVishṇu Vop
  2. a partic. day sacred to Vishṇu MW


  1. viṣṇū7pâdhyāya m. N. of a teacher Cat


  1. viṣṇū-varuṇa m. du. Vishṇu and Varuṇa TBr


  1. viṣṇūya Nom. P. ○yati, to act towards any one (loc.) as towards Vishṇu Vop


  1. viṣṇv in comp. before vowels for viṣṇu


  1. ○aṅgiras m. N. of an author Cat


  1. ○atikrama m. pl. N. of partic. texts of the Taittirīya-saṃhitā (iii, 5, 3) ĀpŚr. [Page 1000, Column]


  1. ○anuṣṭhita (víṣṇv- MaitrS.) or (víṣṇv- TS.), mfn. attended by Vishṇu


  1. ○anusthita (víṣṇv- TS.), mfn. attended by Vishṇu


  1. ○avatāra m. a descent or incarnation of Vishṇu MW


  1. ○aṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n


  1. ○ādi-devatā-pūjā-prakāra m


  1. ○āvaraṇa-pūjā f. N. of wks


  1. vi-ṣpanda m. ( See vi-√spand
  2. prob. wṛ. for vi-spanda) throbbing, beating W
  3. a partic. dish (prepared from wheat-flour, Ghṛita, and milk) L. (prob. wṛ. for vi-ṣyanda)


  1. ví-ṣpardhas mfn. (√spardh
  2. cf. vi-√spardh) emulating, vying, envious RV. (Sāy. 'free from emulation') VS
  3. m. N. of a Ṛishi Br
  4. n. N. of a Sāman ib


  1. ví-ḍṣpardhā f. (cf. vi-spardhā) contest for superiority Vait


  1. vi-ṣpáś m. (nom. vi-ṣpáṭ
  2. fr. √spaś) one who espies, a spy RV. i, 189, 6


  1. vi-ṣpitá n. (√sphāy?) straits, peril, difficulty RV


  1. vi-ṣpuliṅgaká mfn. (cf. viṣphulínga below) sparkling RV. i, 191, 12 (Sāy. 'a tongue of fire' or 'a sparrow')


  1. vi-ṣpṛ (for vi-√spṛ
  2. only aor Subj. -ṣparat), to tear asunder, separate AV


  1. vi-ṣphar vi-ṣphāra, See vi-√sphar


  1. vi-ṣphāla See vi-√sphal


  1. vi-ṣphur vi-ṣphul, See vi-√sphur and vi-√sphul


  1. vi-ṣphulíṅga (√sphul
  2. See vi-√sphul and vi-sphuliṅga), a spark of fire RV. ŚBr. &c


  1. vi-ṣphuliṅgaka m. id. AV. Pariś


  1. viṣya See p. 996, col. 2


  1. vi-ṣyand (for vi-√syand, q.v.), Ā. -ṣyandate (accord. to Pāṇ. 8-3, 72, vi-syandate is the only correct form when the reference is to living beings), to overflow, flow out (of a vessel
  2. pr. p. vi-ṣyandamāna) VS. Br. ŚrS
  3. to flow in streams or abundantly Hariv. Bhaṭṭ
  4. to dissolve, melt (intr.) Car
  5. to cause to flow MBh.: Caus. -ṣyandayati, to cause to overflow (in a-viṣyandayat) ĀpŚr
  6. to pour out, sprinkle ŚBr. Kauś
  7. to dissolve, melt (trans.) Car


  1. ví-ṣyaṇṇa mfn. overflowed, overflowing TBr


  1. vi-ṣyanda m. (also written vi-syanda and vi-spanda, cf. also vi-ṣpanda) a drop MBh. R
  2. flowing, trickling, issuing forth W


  1. vi-ḍṣyandaka (or ○sy○), m. or n. (?) N. of a place Pañcar


  1. vi-ḍṣyandana (or ○sy○), m. a kind of sweetmeat Madanav. (cf. vi-ṣpanda)
  2. dripping liquid state MBh. Suśr
  3. overflowing ĀpŚr. Sch
  4. dissolving, melting (trans.) Car


  1. vi-ḍṣyandin (or ○sy○), mfn. liquid Suśr


  1. viṣva mfn. injurious, hurtful, mischievous (= hiṃsra) L


  1. viṣvak viṣvañc &c. See p. 998


  1. vi-ṣvañj (√svañj), Ā. -ṣvajate (impf. vy-aṣvajata, or vy-asvajata Pāṇ. 8-3, 70
  2. pf. vy-ṣasvaje or vi-ṣasvañje Vop.), to embrace R


  1. vi-ṣvan (for vi-√svan, q.v.), P. -ṣvaṇati (impf. vy-aṣvaṇat), to make a sound in eating, smack the lips (in any other sense the dental s must be used, accord. to Pāṇ. 8-3, 68 &c.) Śiś. xviii, 77


  1. vi-ḍṣvaṇa See nara-viṣvaṇa


  1. vi-ḍṣvaṇana n. smacking the lips in eating L


  1. vi-ḍṣvāṇa m. noisy eating. L. (cf. ava-ṣvāṇa)


  1. vis visa &c. See bis, bisa


  1. vi-saṃ-yukta mfn. (√yuj) disjoined, detached or separated from, omitting, neglecting (instr.) Mn. ii, 80


  1. vi-saṃyoga m. liberation from worldly fetters Buddh
  2. disjunction, separation, omission W


  1. vi-saṃ-√vad P. -vadati, to break one's word or promise Mn. viii, 219
  2. to fail in an agreement, contradict, raise objections Kathās. Kull.: Caus., See -saṃvādita


  1. vi-saṃvāda m. false assertion, breaking one's word, disappointing MBh
  2. contradiction, disagreement with (instr. with or without saha, loc., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 1000, Column]


  1. vi-saṃvādaka mfn. breaking one's word (in a-vis○) MBh


  1. vi-saṃvādana n. the breaking one's word or promise ib. Jātakam


  1. vi-saṃvādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) disappointed, dissatisfied R
  2. not generally proved, objectionable Śak. MārkP


  1. vi-saṃvādin mfn. breaking one's word, disappointing, deceiving ( See ○di-tā)
  2. contradicting, disagreeing Ragh. Rājat
  3. (○di) -tā f. the breaking one's word, breach of promise (in a-vis○) Kām
  4. contradiction, disagreement with (instr.) Sāh


  1. vi-saṃśaya vi-saṃṣṭhula, vi-saṃsthita &c p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-saṃ-sarpin See tiryag-vis○


  1. vi-saṃ-hata mfn. (√han) disjoined, loosened Suśr. (vḷ. ○hita)


  1. vi-saṃ-cārin mfn. (√car) moving hither and thither MBh


  1. vi-saparya ( See saparya), P. ○yati, to worship at different places RV. i, 70, 10


  1. vi-sam-bharā f. (√bhṛ) the domestic lizard L


  1. vi-sam-bhoga m. (√3. bhuj) separation HPariś


  1. vi-sam-mūḍha mfn. (√muh) utterly bewildered Hariv


  1. vi-sara vi-sāra, See below


  1. vi-sarga vi-sarjana, See p. 1001


  1. vi-salya vi-sāmagrī, vi-sārathi &c. See p. 953, col. 1


  1. visic m. a Jaina Bādar. Sch


  1. vi-sidh √1. P. -sedhati, to resort to (acc.) Pāṇ. 8-3, 113 Sch


  1. vi-sismāpayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of vi-√smi) wishing to astonish or surprise MBh


  1. vi-sismāpayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of vi-√smṛ) wishing to make forget HPariś


  1. vi-sukalpa vi-sukṛt, vi-sukha, vi-suta, vi-suhṛd &c. See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-sūcana n. (√sūc) making known MW


  1. vi-sūcikā


  1. vi-sūcī wṛ. for vi-ṣ○


  1. vi-√sūtr P. -sūtrayati, to drive away, remove Vās. Bālar
  2. to throw into confusion Rājat


  1. vi-sutra mfn. confused, disordered, disconcerted Rājat
  2. -tā f. confusion, disorder ib
  3. confusion of the mind, perplexity ib


  1. vi-sūtrana driving away Vcar
  2. throwing into confusion or disorder Rājat


  1. vi-sūraṇa n. (√sūr) sorrow, distress Vikr.iv, 19 ( See the Prākṛit)


  1. vi-sūrita n. id. L
  2. (ā), f. fever L


  1. vi-sūrya See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-√sṛ P. -sarati, -sisarti (Ved. and ep. also Ā. perf. vi-sasre RV.), to run or flow through RV
  2. to spread out in various directions, extend (intr.) R. Śiś
  3. (Ā.) to open or unfold one's self (with tanvâm) RV. x, 71, 4
  4. to be separated, part from (instr.) AV
  5. to go forth in various directions, disperse MBh
  6. to come forth, issue from (abl. or -tas) ib
  7. to rush upon (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -sārayati, to send forth R
  8. to stretch forth, extend MW


  1. vi-sara m. going forth or in various directions, spreading, extension L
  2. a multitude, quantity, plenty, abundance Kāv. Kathās
  3. a partic. high number Buddh
  4. bitterness L
  5. mfn. bitter L


  1. vi-saraṇa n. the act of going forth or out
  2. spreading (of a cutaneous eruption) Suśr
  3. becoming loose or slackened or relaxed ib


  1. vi-sarmán m. flowing asunder, dissolving, melting (acc. with √kṛ, to dissolve) RV. v, 42, 9


  1. vi-sārá m. spreading, extension, diffusion RV. Nalôd
  2. a fish L
  3. n. a wood, timber W
  4. (ī), f. the region of the winds ib


  1. vi-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to go forth or spread, set on foot, occasioned, effected, performed W. [Page 1001, Column]
  2. ○tâṅga mfn. one who has an expanded or extended body MW


  1. vi-sārin mfn. coming forth, issuing from (comp.) Ragh. Śiś
  2. walking about Pāṇ. 5-4, 16 Sch
  3. stretching over or through, spreading, diffusing (○ri-tā f.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
  4. m. a fish W
  5. (iṇī), f. Glycine Debilis L


  1. vi-sṛ́t f. the act of flowing asunder RV. iv, 19, 5


  1. vi-sṛta mfn. Kir
  2. gone in various directions, dispersed MBh
  3. come forth, issuing or proceeding from (comp.) VarBṛS. Daś
  4. stretched out, spread, extended R
  5. sent forth, despatched ib
  6. fallen off or down Hariv
  7. projecting, prominent Hariv
  8. uttered MW
  9. -guṇa mfn. one who has the string (of a bow &c.) stretched out Kir
  10. -bhūṣaṇa mfn. (a limb) from which the ornaments have fallen down Hariv


  1. vi-sṛtvara mf(ī)n. spreading about, becoming diffused Kum. Śiś
  2. gliding along, flowing W


  1. vi-sṛmara mf(ā)n. spreading about Hcar
  2. flowing, gliding W


  1. vi-√sṛj P. -sṛjati (ep. also Ā.), to send or pour forth, let go or run or flow, discharge, emit, shoot, cast, hurl (lit. and fig
  2. 'at', loc., dat., or acc. with prati) RV. &c. &c
  3. to turn (the eye) upon (loc.) ŚāṅkhŚr
  4. to shed (tears) R. Kālid. Daś
  5. (Ā.) to evacuate the bowels PraśnUp
  6. to utter (sounds or words) Br. MBh. &c
  7. to set free, release (Ā. 'one's self') from (abl.) ChUp. Hariv. &c
  8. to send away, dismiss, repudiate, reject, throw or cast off Mn. MBh. &c
  9. to despatch (a messenger) R
  10. to pass over, overlook MārkP
  11. (in older language, Ā.) to abandon, desert, give up, renounce MBh. Kāv. &c
  12. to open TS
  13. (Ā.) to stretch out, extend ŚBr
  14. to spread about, diffuse RV. AV
  15. to remove TS
  16. to remit, exempt from (acc.) Rājat
  17. to hand over, deliver, bestow, grant MaitrS. &c. &c
  18. to produce, create (esp. 'in detail') Up. Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -sarjayati, to discharge, emit, cast, hurl, throw (lit. and fig.) ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c
  19. to utter (a sound) ŚBr
  20. to set free, release, let go, dismiss MBh. Hariv. Kālid
  21. to banish, exile R
  22. to send out, despatch Mn. MBh. &c
  23. to abandon, desert, relinquish, give up, renounce, avoid MBh. R. &c
  24. to spare, save MBh
  25. to commit, entrust Kālid
  26. to lay aside, remove VarBṛS
  27. to divulge, publish (news) Rājat
  28. to give away MBh
  29. to hand over, deliver, grant, bestow MBh. Hariv. &c
  30. to produce, create BhP
  31. to answer questions Divyâv


  1. vi-sargá m. sending forth, letting go, liberation, emission, discharge GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
  2. voiding, evacuation (of excrement) ŚBr. MBh. Suśr
  3. opening (of the closed hand) KātyŚr
  4. getting rid of, sending away, dismissal, rejection Mn. MBh. &c
  5. letting loose i.e. driving out (cows
  6. See go-vis○)
  7. final emancipation, exemption from worldly existence BhP
  8. cessation, end RV. GṛS
  9. end of the annual course of the sun Car
  10. destruction of the world BhP
  11. giving, granting, bestowal Mn. MBh. &c
  12. scattering, hurling, throwing, shooting, casting (also of glances) MBh. Ragh. BhP
  13. producing, creating (esp. secondary creation or creation in detail by Purusha
  14. See under sarga) Bhag. BhP
  15. creation (in the concrete sense), product, offspring Hariv. BhP
  16. 'producer', cause BhP
  17. membrum virile ib
  18. the sun's southern course L
  19. separation, parting W. (cf. -cumbana)
  20. light, splendour ib
  21. N. of a symbol in grammar (= vi-sarjanīya, which is the older term, See below) Pāṇ. Sch. Śrutab. MBh. BhP
  22. N. of Śiva MBh. xiii, 1241
  23. -cumbana n. a parting kiss Ragh
  24. -lupta n. elision of the Visarga Pratāp


  1. vi-sargika See loka-visargika


  1. vi-sargin mfn. granting, bestowing MBh. (cf. also loka-vis○)


  1. vi-sarjana m. pl. N. of a family BhP
  2. (ī), f. 'evacuating', N. of one of the 3 folds of skin at the anus Suśr
  3. (vi-sárjana), n. cessation, end RV. ŚrS. Hariv
  4. relaxation (of the voice) VS. ŚBr
  5. evacuation RV
  6. abandoning, deserting, giving up MBh. Ragh
  7. discharge, emission Mn. Ragh
  8. sending forth, dismissal Yājñ. MBh. &c
  9. driving out (cows to pasture) Vās., Introd
  10. throwing (the image of a deity into holy water, as the concluding rite of a festival) Cat
  11. setting (a bull) at liberty (on partic. occasions) MW
  12. giving, bestowing Kāv
  13. hurting, casting, shooting R
  14. creating RV
  15. product, creation BhP
  16. answering a question L


  1. vi-sarjanīya mfn. (fr. vi-√sṛj) to be sent forth or emitted &c. W
  2. (fr. vi-sarjana), See vrata-visarjanīya
  3. m. (cf. vi-sarga above) N. of a symbol in grammar (usually marked by two perpendicular dots [:] representing a hard and distinctly audible aspiration [Page 1001, Column]
  4. it generally, but not always, occurs at the end of a word, often taking the place of final s and r
  5. it is called Visarjanīya either from its liability to be 'rejected' or from its being pronounced with a full 'emission' of breath, or from its usually appearing at the 'end' of a word or sentence
  6. Paṇḍits in some parts of India seem to pronounce a vowel after it, e.g. naraḥ like naraha, agniḥ like agnihi) Prāt. Pāṇ. &c


  1. vi-sarjayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be (or being) discharged (into the anus) PraśnUp


  1. vi-sarjayitṛ mfn. giving up, renouncing Jātakam


  1. vi-sarjikā (?), f. N. of the Tretā-yuga L


  1. vi-sarjita mfn. (fr. Caus.) sent forth, emitted, dismissed, abandoned, left &c
  2. exposed (in a forest) Pañcat


  1. vi-sarjya mfn. (fr. id.) to be dismissed or sent away MBh


  1. vi-sṛjya mfn. to be sent out or let go &c
  2. to be (or being) produced or effected (as subst. = 'effect') BhP


  1. ví-sṛṣṭa mfn. sent or poured forth, let go, allowed to flow or run, discharged, emitted, shed, cast, thrown, hurled RV. &c. &c
  2. spat out VP
  3. removed TS
  4. turned, directed Mṛicch
  5. deprived or destitute of (instr.) BhP
  6. spread, diffused AV
  7. opened Vait
  8. (ifc.) bestowed on MārkP
  9. produced, created, founded R. Ragh
  10. n. (in gram.) = vi-sarjanīya Kāt
  11. -dhena (ví○), mfn. streaming or yielding milk RV
  12. -bhūmi mfn. one who has space or room given (to sit down &c.) MW
  13. -rāti (ví-), mfn. munificent in gifts RV
  14. -vat mfn. one who has sent out or despatched (messengers) Kathās
  15. -vāc mfn. uttering words i.e. breaking silence ĀśvŚr
  16. ○tâtman mfn. one who has cast off (i.e. does not care for) his own self, unselfish R


  1. ví-sṛṣṭi (ví-), f. letting go, allowing to flow, discharge Kāṭh
  2. emission (of semen) L
  3. leaving, quitting W
  4. giving, offering ib
  5. creation, production RV. ŚBr. &c
  6. secondary creation or creation in detail Pur
  7. offspring Hariv


  1. vi-√sṛp P. -sarpati (m.c. also Ā
  2. Ved. inf. -sṛ́pas), to glide, move along or about, sneak, steal VS. &c. &c
  3. to fly about (as arrows) MBh
  4. to be scattered or dispersed RV
  5. to be spread or diffused over (acc.) VS. MBh. &c
  6. to spread, diffuse, divulge BhP.: Caus. -sarpayati, to spread, extend Hariv


  1. vi-sarpa m. creeping along or about, spreading, diffusion Uttarar. Śāntiś. (vḷ.)
  2. a partic. disease (erysipelas or any similar spreading eruption) Suśr
  3. (in dram.) an action which leads to an unhappy or undesired issue (e.g. Veṇis. iii, 10) Sāh
  4. -khinnavigraha mfn. one whose body is moist with the exudation caused by the Visarpa disease Rājat
  5. -ghna n. bees' wax (prob. as removing that disease) W
  6. -cikitsā f. the cure of the above disease MW


  1. vi-sarpaṇa mfn. creeping along, spreading, increasing Car
  2. (ī), f. a species of plant L
  3. n. leaving one's place, shifting MBh. R
  4. spreading, diffusion, increase, growth Suśr


  1. vi-sarpi m


  1. vi-sarpikā f. the disease Visarpa VarBṛS


  1. vi-sarpin (ví-), mfn. creeping or shooting forth, issuing from or against (comp.) MBh. Kālid
  2. gliding or roaming or swimming or winding about MBh. R. &c
  3. spreading, increasing, growing Kāv. Suśr
  4. suffering from the disease Visarpa Hcat
  5. m. the above disease Suśr
  6. a kind of hell TĀr.: (ī), f. Ptychotis Ajowan L


  1. vi-soḍha vi-soḍhum, See under vi-ṣah, p. 997, col. 1


  1. vi-soma See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-skanttṛ vi-skanna, See p. 998, col. 2


  1. vi-√skambh See vi-ṣkambh


  1. viskumbhu See vi-ṣkambha


  1. vi-√skhal (only pf. -caskhale), to stumble, trip Śiś. xv, 57


  1. vi-skhalita mfn. stumbling, stopping, faltering (as words) Kathās
  2. (ifc.) mistaken or blundering in Ragh
  3. gone astray Jātakam


  1. vista m. (ifc. f. ā) a partic. weight of gold (= 80 Raktikās or a Karsha of 16 Māshas, about half an ounce troy), Práyaśc


  1. vi-√stan P. -stanati, to groan aloud, sound Bhaṭṭ. Jātakam. [Page 1001, Column]


  1. vi-√stṛ (or stṝ), P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, -stṛṇute
  2. -stṛṇāti, -stṛṇīte (ep. also -starati
  3. ind. p. -stīrya, or -stṛtya), to spread out, scatter, strew (sacrificial grass) R
  4. to expand, extend (wings) R
  5. to spread abroad, diffuse, divulge BhP
  6. to enlarge or expatiate upon, speak diffusely about (acc.) MBh. Kāv. (vi-stīrya ind. copiously, at large)
  7. (with vacanam) to exchange words, converse with (instr.) ib.: Pass. -stīryate or -staryate (fut. -stariṣyate), to be spread abroad or widely diffused Mn. Pañcat. BhP
  8. to be explained Divyâv.: Caus. -stārayati, to spread, extend, diffuse, display Mn. MBh. &c. (-stārya, fully, copiously, at length)
  9. to discuss in detail Kull
  10. to expose (wares for sale) Daś


  1. vi-stara mfn. extensive, long (as a story) Sāh
  2. m. (ifc. f. ā
  3. cf. vi-stāra and Pāṇ. 3-3, 31 Vām. v, 2, 41) spreading, extension, expansion, prolixity, diffuseness MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. a multitude, number, quantity, assemblage, large company Mn. R. VarBṛS. &c
  5. becoming large or great (met. applied to the heart) Daś
  6. high degree, intensity, MBĪ. Hariv. BhP
  7. (pl.) great wealth or riches MBh
  8. detail, particulars, full or detailed description, amplification (also as direction to a narrator = vistareṇa kāryam, 'give full particulars'
  9. eṇa or āt ind. diffusely, at length, fully, in detail
  10. ○rī-√kṛ, to spread, divulge, expand) MBh. R. &c
  11. (ifc.) an extensive treatise CūlUp
  12. affectionate solicitation L
  13. a layer, bed, couch (= vi-ṣṭara) L
  14. (ā), f. a partic. Śakti Hcat
  15. -tas ind. diffusely, at length Kāv. Pur. &c
  16. -tā f. extension, spreading Ṛitus
  17. -bhīru mfn. afraid of diffuseness Sarvad
  18. -śaṅkā f. fear of diffṭdiffuseness Sāh
  19. -śas ind. = -tas Mn. MBh. &c


  1. vi-starakeṇa (or ○staratarakeṇa), ind. very diffusely, at full length Pat


  1. vi-staraṇī f. N. of a goddess MārkP


  1. vi-staraṇīya mfn. to be spread or extended, capable of being extended or expanded MW


  1. vi-stāra m. (ifc. f. ā
  2. cf. vi-stara) spreading, expansion, extent, width MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. becoming large or great (met. said of the heart) Sāh
  4. the breadth of a circle i.e. its diameter Col
  5. specification, detailed enumeration or description Yājñ. Suśr. (eṇa, diffusely, at length, prob. wṛ. for vistareṇa R. iii, 4, 4)
  6. the branch of a tree with its new shoots L
  7. a shrub L
  8. the diameter of a circle L


  1. vi-stāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) outstretching (of the feet) Kāv


  1. vi-stārikā f. N. of a Comm. on the Kāvya-prakāśa


  1. vi-stārita mfn. (fr. id.) spread, extended Ragh
  2. fully stated, amplified MW


  1. vi-stārin mfn. extending, large, great, mighty Hariv. Kāv. Pur
  2. (iṇī), f. (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt


  1. vi-stīrṇa mfn. strewn or covered or studded with (instr. or comp.) Kāv. Kathās
  2. spread out, expanded, broad, large, great, copious, numerous MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. extensive, long (as a tale) MBh
  4. far-sounding R
  5. -karṇa mfn. 'extending the ears' and 'broad-eared' (applied to an elephant) Bhartṛ
  6. -jānu f. a bandy-legged girl (unfit for marriage) L
  7. -tā f. -tva n. breadth, diffusion, vastness, largeness, amplitude MBh. Kāv. &c
  8. -bheda m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
  9. -lalāṭā f. 'having a large forehead', N. of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ
  10. -vatī f. N. of a partic. world Buddh


  1. vi-stṛta mfn. strewn or covered or furnished with (comp.) Rājat. BhP
  2. outstretched, expanded, opened wide MBh. Kāv. BhP
  3. displayed, developed Bhartṛ. BhP
  4. extensive, broad, ample, wide MBh. R. &c
  5. far-sounding Hariv
  6. spread, diffused L
  7. (am), ind. fully, at length Śatr. BhP


  1. vi-stṛti f. extent, width, breadth Āryabh
  2. the diameter of a circle Col
  3. spreading, expansion W


  1. vi-sthāna See p. 953, col. 1


  1. vi-√spand Ā. -spandate, to quiver, throb, tremble, start MBh. Hariv
  2. to struggle, strive, exert one's self Jātakam
  3. to come forth, appear ib


  1. vi-spanda See vi-ṣpanda and vi-ṣyanda


  1. vi-spandita See a-vispandita


  1. vi-√spardh Ā. -spardhate (m. c. also P.), to emulate, vie with (acc
  2. instr. with or without saha, or sârdham) MBh. R. Jātakam. 2


  1. vi-spardhā f. (for 1. See p. 953, col. 1) emulation, rivalry MBh. (Cf. vi-ṣpardhas and ○dhā, p. 1000, col. 2.)


  1. vi-spaṣṭa mfn. (√spaś
  2. cf. viṣpáś) very clear or apparent, manifest, evident plain, intelligible (am ind. clearly &c.) Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 1002, Column]
  3. -tā f. great clearness or perspicuity Sāh
  4. ○ṭârtha mfn. having a very clear or obvious sense Mn. ii, 33


  1. vispaṣṭī in comp. for ○ṣṭa


  1. ○karaṇa n. the making clear or evident L


  1. ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to make clear or evident Sāy


  1. vi-√spṛ See vi-ṣpṛ, p. 1000, col. 2


  1. vi-√sphar (cf. vi-√sphur), Caus. -spharayati (Pass. ○ryate), to open wide (eyes) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to draw, discharge (a bow) MBh


  1. vi-sphāra m. (also written vi-ṣphāra) opening wide Sāh
  2. discharging a bow, the twang of a bow-string MBh. R
  3. trembling, agitation W


  1. vi-sphāraka m. a kind of dangerous fever Bhpr. (also ○sphuraka and ○sphoraka)


  1. vi-sphāraṇa n. spreading (wings) Jātakam


  1. vi-sphārita mfn. opened wide, torn or rent asunder MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. exhibited, manifested, displayed Śiś. Jātakam
  3. n. drawing or discharging (a bow) MBh


  1. vi-√sphal See next


  1. vi-sphāla m. (also written vi-ṣphāla Pāṇ. Sch.) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-1, 47


  1. vi-√sphāy Ā. -sphāyate, to swell Sadukt


  1. vi-sphīta mfn. abundant, plentiful L


  1. vi-√sphuṭ P. -sphuṭati, -sphoṭati (fut. -sphuṭiṣyati), to burst open, be split or cleft or rent asunder R. MārkP


  1. vi-sphuṭa mfn. burst open, gaping (○ṭī-kṛta mfn. = next) Suśr


  1. vi-sphuṭita mfn. opened, burst MBh


  1. vi-sphoṭa m. cracking, crashing MBh
  2. a blister, boil Kāv. Kathās. Suśr
  3. mfn. open Divyâv


  1. vi-sphoṭaka m. a blister, boil Suśr
  2. a kind of leprosy AgP. ŚārṅgS
  3. small-pox W
  4. N. of a serpent-demon L
  5. (ikā), f. a blister, boil Śak. Sch


  1. vi-sphoṭana n. the appearance of blisters Kaṇ
  2. loud roaring BhP


  1. vi-√sphur (cf. vi-√sphar), P. -sphurati, or -ṣphurati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 76), to dart asunder (intr.) RV. ŚBr
  2. to quiver, tremble, writhe, struggle MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to vibrate, flash, glitter ib
  4. to break forth, appear Subh. ŚārṅgS


  1. vi-sphura mfn. opening the eyes wide R


  1. vi-sphuraṇa n. quivering (of lightning) Harav. (cf. also buddhi-visphuraṇa)


  1. vi-sphurita mfn. trembling, quivering, palpitating (○tâdhara mfn. having quivering lips BhP
  2. ○tekṣaṇa mfn. having trembling eyes R.)
  3. flashing, glittering (-śastra mfn. with glittering weapons Uttarar.)
  4. swollen, enlarged W
  5. n. = ○sphuraṇa Jātakam


  1. vi-sphuritavya mfn. to be opened wide (as the eyes) Kāraṇḍ


  1. vi-sphoraka See vi-sphāraka


  1. vi-sphorya mfn. (fut. p.p. of vi-√sphur) Pat


  1. vi-sphurj &c. See vi-√sphūrj


  1. vi-√sphul P. -sphulati, or -ṣphu-lati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 76), to wave or flicker to and fro, move hither and thither Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-sphuliṅga m. (cf. vi-ṣphuliṅga) a spark of fire Up. MBh. &c. (○gī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become a mere spark Inscr.)
  2. a sort of poison L
  3. (ā), f. a spark (= m.) Harav


  1. vi-sphuliṅgaka mf(ikā)n. sparkling, glittering AgP


  1. vi-√sphūrj (incorrectly -sphurj), P. -sphūrjati, to resound, thunder, roar BhP
  2. to snort MBh
  3. to break forth, appear Kāv.: Caus. -sphūrjayati, to cause to resound or twang (a bow) BhP


  1. vi-sphūrja m. roaring, thundering, breaking forth like thunder Kaṇ. Ragh


  1. vi-sphūrjathu m. thundering, roaring (as of waves), a thunder-clap MW
  2. -prakhya mfn. resembling a clap of thunder ib


  1. vi-sphūrjana n. gaping, opening wide Sarvad


  1. vi-sphūrjita mfn. resounded, resounding &c
  2. broken forth, appeared Kāv
  3. outstretched Suśr
  4. shaken, agitated BhP
  5. m. N. of a serpent-demon Buddh
  6. n. the act of rumbling, resounding, roaring, thundering MBh. R. BhP
  7. breaking forth, sudden manifestation of (comp.) Ragh. Prab
  8. knitting, contraction (of the brows) BhP


  1. vi-sphoṭa &c. See above under vi-√sphuṭ. [Page 1002, Column]


  1. vi-√smi Ā. -smayate (m.c. also P.), to wonder, be surprised or astonished at (instr., loc., or abl.) ŚBr. &c. &c
  2. to be proud of (instr.) Mn. iv, 236: Caus. -smāyayati, or -smāpayati, ○te (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 68 ; vi, 1, 57), to astonish, surprise MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid. of Caus., vi-sismāpayiṣu


  1. vi-smaya m. (for 2. See p. 953, col. 1) wonder, surprise, amazement, bewilderment, perplexity (in rhet. one of the sthāyi-bhāvas, q.v.) MBh. Kāv. Daśar
  2. pride, arrogance Mn. BhP
  3. doubt, uncertainty W
  4. -kara, -kārin, -ṃ-kara, -ṃ-gama mfn. causing astonishment or admiration, astonishing, wonderful MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. -vat mfn. manifesting pride or arrogance Hcat
  6. -viṣāda-vat mfn. filled with astonishment and perplexity Kathās
  7. -harṣa-mūla mfn. caused by astonishment and Joy MW
  8. ○yâkula, ○yânvita or ○yâviṣṭa mfn. filled with astonishment or wonder MBh
  9. ○yôtphulla-nayana (or -locana), mfn. having eyes wide open or staring with astonishment MW


  1. vi-smayana n. astonishment, wonder Cat


  1. vi-smayanīya mfn. astonishing, wonderful MBh


  1. vi-smayin mfn. amazed, surprised Śiś


  1. vi-smāpaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing astonishment or surprise, wonderful Kāv


  1. vi-smāpana mf(ī)n. id. MBh. VarBṛS. BhP
  2. m. a juggler, conjurer L
  3. illusion, deceit L
  4. = gandharva-nagara (q.v.) L
  5. the god of love L
  6. n. the act of astonishing or surprising Hariv
  7. a means of surprising Car. Bhpr
  8. a surprising or miraculous sign or phenomenon VarBṛS


  1. vi-smāpanīya mfn. causing astonishment ('in' or 'to', gen.) Hariv


  1. vi-smapayanīya mfn. id. MBh


  1. vi-smāpin mfn. = ○smāpana Harav


  1. vi-smita mfn. amazed, surprised, perplexed MaitrUp. MBh. &c
  2. wondered at, surprising R. BhP
  3. proud, arrogant BhP
  4. n. and (ā), f. a kind of metre Col
  5. -mānasa mfn. surprised or perplexed in mind MW
  6. ○tânana mfn. having a surprised face ib


  1. vi-smiti f. astonishment, wonder, surprise ib


  1. vi-smera mfn. wondering, astonished, surprised Śiś


  1. vi-√smṛ P. -smarati (m. c. also Ā.), to forget, be unmindful of (acc. or gen.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -smaryate (aor. vy-asmāri), to be forgotten Rājat.: Caus. -smārayati (fut. -smārayiṣyate), to cause to forget Vikr. iii, 18: Desid. of Caus., See vi-sismārayiṣu


  1. vi-smaraṇa n. the act of forgetting, oblivion Kap. Śak


  1. vi-smaraṇīya


  1. vi-smartavya


  1. vi-smarya mfn. to be forgotten Kāv. Kathās. &c


  1. vi-smārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to forget anything (acc.) Rājat
  2. caused to be forgotten, lost to memory BhP


  1. vi-smṛta mfn. one who has forgotten anything, forgetful of (acc. or comp.) Kāv
  2. forgetful of all R. ii, 58, 30
  3. forgotten by (instr. or gen.) R. Kālid. Rājat. &c
  4. -pūrva-saṃskāra mfn. forgetting a former promise or resolution MW
  5. m. N. of Bhava-bhūti L
  6. -vat mfn. one who has forgotten Śak
  7. -saṃskāra mfn. one who forgets an agreement MW


  1. vi-smṛti f. forgetfulness, loss of memory, oblivion Kāv. VarBṛS. Kathās


  1. vi-√syand vi-syanda &c. See vi-ṣyand, p. 1000, col. 2


  1. visra mfn. (fr. √vis for bis?) musty, smelling of raw meat VarBṛS. Kathās. Suśr. &c
  2. (ā), f. a species of plant (= hapuṣā) L
  3. n. (only L.) a smell like that of raw meat
  4. blood
  5. fat


  1. ○gandha m. a musty smell VarBṛS
  2. mfn. smelling musty or of raw meat L
  3. (ā), f. = visrā L


  1. ○gandhi mfn. smelling of raw meat Kād
  2. n. orpiment L


  1. ○tā f


  1. ○tva n. mustiness Suśr


  1. visraka mfn. = visra, smelling of raw meat, ŚārṅgS


  1. vi-√sraṃs Ā. -sraṃsate (ep. also P
  2. Ved. inf. -srásaḥ, cf. vi-srás), to fall asunder, break down, collapse, be broken (as limbs), fall off, become loose or unfastened (as hair) RV. Br. Up. Hariv. Pañcar.: Caus. -sraṃsayati, to cause to fall asunder &c., let fall, loosen, untie AV. &c. &c
  3. to betray, publish MBh


  1. vi-sraṃsa m. falling asunder, dropping down, relaxation, weakness Br. Suśr
  2. -jā f. decrepitude L


  1. vi-sraṃḍsraṃsana mfn. causing to fall down or away, casting off MBh. Sāh
  2. n. falling down Gaut
  3. slackening, relaxation Suśr
  4. loosening, unfastening, casting off Gīt. [Page 1002, Column]
  5. a laxative, aperient W


  1. vi-sraṃḍsráṃsikā f. (of doubtful meaning) MaitrS. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-3, 110 Sch.)


  1. vi-sraṃḍsraṃsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall down or asunder, dropped, loosened, untied Kāv. Kathās. &c
  2. -keśa-bandhana mfn. one whose hair-band has become loose BhP
  3. -sitâṃśuka mfn. one whose white garment has slipped down Kathās


  1. vi-sraṃḍsraṃsin mfn. falling or slipping down (as a garland) Ragh


  1. vi-srás (prob.) f. dropping down, debility, decay (abl. ○srásaḥ also as inf.) RV. AV. Br


  1. vi-sráḍsrasā f. decrepitude, infirmity, senility Bālar


  1. ví-srasta mfn. fallen asunder or down, unfastened, untied, loosened, detached AV. &c. &c
  2. dishevelled (as hair) HPariś
  3. slackened, relaxed MBh
  4. -kusuma-sraj mfn. one whose garland of flowers has fallen off Kathās
  5. -cetas mfn. one whose spirit is dejected MBh. (B. vi-dhvasta-c○)
  6. -pauṃsna mfn. one whose manhood is broken or impaired BhP
  7. -bandhana mfn. having bonds or fetters unfastened Kathās
  8. -vasana mfn. having loosened garments ib
  9. -śiroruhâmbara mfn. having dishevelled hair and loosened garments BhP
  10. -sragvibhūṣaṇa mfn. one whose garland and ornaments have fallen off MBh
  11. -hāra mfn. one whose neeklace has slipped off MW
  12. ○tâṅga mfn. having a languid body or relaxed limbs MBh


  1. vi-srásya mfn. to be loosened or untied TS


  1. vi-√srambh vi-srambha &c. See vi-√śrambh, p. 992, col. 1


  1. visri m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi (vḷ. viśri)


  1. vi-√sru P. -sravati, to flow forth or away, issue from (abl.) ŚBr. MBh
  2. to discharge or emit (any fluid) MBh. R
  3. to flow asunder (fig.), melt, dissolve, come to nothing MBh.: Caus. -srāvayati, to cause to flow forth or away MBh
  4. to wash away Car
  5. to let blood (with gen. or acc. of pers.) Suśr


  1. vi-srava m. a flow, stream MBh
  2. efflux, issuing moisture Jātakam


  1. vi-sravaṇa n. flowing asunder Nir


  1. vi-sravan-miśrá mfn. (pr. p. of vi-√sru + m○) having blood streaming forth (on it) ŚBr


  1. vi-srāva m. (also written -śrāva) flowing forth, issuing Hariv


  1. vi-srāvaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) causing to flow (blood, matter &c.), bleeding Suśr


  1. vi-srāvita mfn. (fr. id.) wasted away, caused to flow out, bled ib


  1. vi-srāvitavya mfn. (fr. id.) = next MW


  1. vi-srāvya mfn. (fr. id.) to be made to flow MBh. (cf. a-visr○)
  2. dissolving, melting, becoming liquid (-tā f.) Cat
  3. to be bled, requiring bleeding Suśr


  1. vi-sruta mfn. flowed forth, dropped, flowing W
  2. spread, diffused, stretched ib


  1. vi-sruti f. (also written -śruti) flowing forth, issuing from (abl.) VarBṛS


  1. vi-srúh f. (prob. fr. √sruh = rudh, to grow
  2. cf. vii-rudh) a plant, shoot (?) RV. v, 44, 3 (read vi-sruhām) ; vi, 7, 6 (Nir. āpaḥ Sāy. nadyaḥ)


  1. vi-√svan (cf. vi-ṣvan), P. -svanati, to sound forth, roar, yell Śiś. xviii, 77 (cf. Pāṇ. 8-3, 69 Sch.)


  1. vi-√svap P. -svapiti (pf. -suṣvāpa) Vop


  1. vi-ṣupta mfn. fallen asleep, sleeping Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-3, 88 Sch.)


  1. vi-svara vi-svāda, See p. 953, col. 2


  1. viha-ga vihaṃ-ga &c. See under vi- √1. hā below


  1. vihat f. = vehat L


  1. vi-√han (often wṛ. for ni-han), P. -hanti, to strike apart or asunder, disperse, shatter, break, destroy RV. AV. Br
  2. to beat asunder, extend (a skin) RV. ŚBr
  3. to tear off TBr
  4. to unbind, loosen (hair) Pāṇ. 3-1, 21 Sch
  5. to ward off, repel MBh. R
  6. to keep back, withhold, refuse MBh
  7. to hinder, interrupt, disturb, prevent, frustrate, annihilate ib. R. &c.: Pass. -hanyate, to be frustrated or disappointed, exert one's self in vain MBh. R. Hariv.: Caus. -ghātayati, ○te, to beat, vanquish, defeat Hit
  8. (Ā.) to afflict, distress, annoy MBh
  9. to interrupt, disturb Kull. on Mn. v, 84: Desid. -jighāṃsati, to wish to interrupt or disturb BhP.: Intens. (-jījahi?), to harm, injure MBh. vii, 2383. [Page 1003, Column]


  1. ví-hata mfn. torn up, furrowed TBr. ŚBr
  2. struck or beaten away or dashed out (of a person's hand) BhP
  3. struck or touched or visited by (instr. or comp.) Kāv. Pur
  4. warded off, repelled MBh. R
  5. rejected, repulsed BhP
  6. disturbed, impeded Kāv. Pur


  1. ví-ḍhati f. a stroke, blow Bālar
  2. striking, killing W
  3. prevention, removal Bālar
  4. repulse, defeat Ml
  5. m. a friend, companion W


  1. ví-ḍhanana n. (only L.) killing, slaying
  2. hurting, injury
  3. opposition, obstruction
  4. a bow-like instrument for carding cotton


  1. ví-ḍhantavya mfn. to be destroyed Prab


  1. ví-ḍhantṛ́ mfn. one who destroys or frustrates or disappoints (with gen. or ifc.) RV. Up


  1. vi-hara &c. See vi-√hṛ, col. 2


  1. vi-√hary P. -haryati, to scorn, repudiate Nir. vii, 17 (cf. a-viharyata-kratu)


  1. vi-harṣa vi-hasta &c. See p. 953, col. 2


  1. vihálha m. (of unknown meaning) AV. vi, 16, 1


  1. vi-hava &c. See vi-√hve, p. 1004


  1. vi-√has P. -hasati, to laugh loudly, burst out laughing MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to laugh at (acc., rarely gen.) Kāv. BhP. Pañcat


  1. vi-hasatikā f. gentle laughter, smiling Hcar. (vḷ. ○sitikā)


  1. vi-ḍhasana n. id. W


  1. vi-ḍhasita mfn. laughing, smiling Hariv. Caurap
  2. laughed, smiled at Kathās
  3. n. laughter, laughing, smiling Kāv. Sāh


  1. vi-ḍhasitikā See ○hasatikā


  1. vi-hāsa m. laughing, laughter Hariv. Pañcar
  2. mfn. opened L


  1. vi-hā √1. Ā. -jihīte, to go apart, become expanded, start asunder, open, fly open, gape, yawn RV. AV. TS. ŚBr.: Caus: -hāpayati, to cause to gape, open AV. AitBr. ŚBr


  1. viha (only ibc.) the sky, air


  1. ○ga m. 'sky-goer', a bird MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. an arrow MBh. vii, 9021
  3. the sun L
  4. the moon L
  5. a planet L
  6. a partic. configuration of stars (when all the planets are situated in the 4th and 10th houses) VarBṛS
  7. -pati m. 'king of birds', N. of Garuḍa Kāv
  8. -vega m. 'having the swiftness of a bird', N. of a Vidyā-dhara Bālar
  9. -gâdhipa m. (= -pati) L
  10. -gâlaya m. 'abode of birds.' the air, sky R
  11. -gêndra (vihá-), m. (= -pati), Supraṇ
  12. (○dra-saṃhitā f. -sampāta m. N. of Tāntric wks.)
  13. -gôpaghuṣṭa mfn. resonant with birds MW


  1. ○ṃ-ga mfn. sky-going, flying W
  2. m. = vihaga, a bird Mn. R. &c
  3. an arrow MBh. viii, 3343
  4. a cloud L
  5. the sun L
  6. the moon L
  7. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
  8. -rāja m. (= vihaga-pati) L
  9. -han m. a bird-killer, bird-catcher MBh
  10. ○gârāti m. 'bird-enemy', a falcon or hawk


  1. ○ṃ-gaka m. a little bird, any bird Hcar
  2. (ikā), f. a sort of pole or yoke for carrying burdens L
  3. N. of a woman Veṇis


  1. ○ṃ-gama mfn. moving in the sky, flying MBh. Hariv. R
  2. m. (ifc. f. ā) a bird Mn. MBh. &c
  3. the sun MBh
  4. N. of a class of gods under the 11th Manu Pur
  5. (ā), f. a female bird MBh
  6. next L


  1. ○ṃ-gamikā f. a sort of yoke (= vihaṃ-gikā) L


  1. vihā ind. = svarga, heaven Uṇ. iv, 36 Sch


  1. vi-hāyas m. n. (for 1. See p. 953, col. 2) the open space (cf. vi-yat), air, sky, atmosphere Mn. MBh. &c. (also ○saḥ-sthalī f. or ○sas-tala, n
  2. instr. ○sā, 'through the sky')
  3. m. a bird Kautukas
  4. ○sā-gāmin mfn. able to move through the sky L


  1. vi-hāyása m. n. heaven, sky, atmosphere TĀr. MBh. Hariv
  2. m. a bird L


  1. vi-hā √3. P. -jahāti, (ind. p. -hāya, below), to leave behind, relinquish, quit, abandon RV. &c. &c. (with śarīram, prâṇan &c., 'to abandon the body or life', to die)
  2. to give up, cast off, renounce, resign MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to be deprived of, lose Ragh. Sarvad
  4. to get rid of or free from (acc.) MBh. R. BhP
  5. to desist from (abl.) Subh
  6. to stop, pause VarBṛS.: Pass. -hīyate (aor. -hāyi), to be left behind ŚBr
  7. to be inferior to (abl.) MBh
  8. to be lost AV.: Caus. -hāpayati, See next: Desid. -jihāsati, to wish to leave or abandon HPariś


  1. vi-hāpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to abandon or give up &c
  2. given W
  3. extorted ib
  4. n. a gift, donation Pārśvan. [Page 1003, Column]


  1. vi-ḍhāya ind. leaving behind, i.e. at a distance from (acc.) VarBṛS
  2. disregarding, overlooking, setting aside = more than (acc.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
  3. in spite of, notwithstanding (acc.) Pañcat
  4. excepting, with the exception of (acc.) Hariv. VarBṛS


  1. vi-hīna mfn. entirely abandoned or left &c
  2. low, vulgar MBh
  3. (ibc.) wanting, missing, absent R. VarBṛS
  4. destitute or deprived of, free from (instr., abl., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. -tā f. abandonment MW
  6. (ifc.) absence or want of Hariv. Pañcat
  7. -tilaka mf(ā)n. having no coloured sectarian mark ( tilaka) on the forehead R
  8. -yoni mfn. of low origin MBh
  9. -varṇa mfn. of low caste Gaut


  1. vi-ḍhīnita mfn. deprived of (with inst.) Hariv


  1. vihāna (?), m. n. morning, dawn L


  1. vihāruhā f. a species of plant L


  1. vi-√hiṃs P. -hiṃsati, to injure severely, hurt, damage Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -hiṃsayati id. MBh


  1. vi-ḍhiṃsaka mfn. injuring, hurting, harming (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. R. &c


  1. vi-ḍhiṃsa-tā f. the act of harming or injuring (with loc.) MBh


  1. vi-ḍhiṃsana n. (BhP.),


  1. vi-ḍhiṃsā f. (MBh. R.) id. (with gen. or ifc.)


  1. vi-ḍhiṃsita mfn. injured, hurt, damaged &c. MBh. R


  1. vi-ḍhiṃsra See a-vihiṃsra


  1. ví-hita mfn. (fr., vi- √1. dhā, p. 967
  2. for 1. vi-hita, See p. 953, col. 2) distributed, divided, apportioned, bestowed, supplied &c
  3. put in order, arranged, determined, fixed, ordained, ordered RV. &c. &c
  4. prescribed, decreed, enjoined GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
  5. destined or meant for (nom.) MBh
  6. contrived, performed, made, accomplished, done Mn. MBh. &c
  7. supplied, endowed, furnished with or possessed of (instr.) MBh. R. (cf. su-vihita)
  8. n. an order, command, decree Pañcat
  9. -kṣaṇa mfn. eager for the right moment, intent upon (artham) Vcar. (cf. kṛta-kṣ○)
  10. -tva n. the being enjoined or prescribed, prescription, direction Hcat. -durga-racana mfn. one who has enjoined the building of a fortress MW
  11. -pratiṣiddha mfn. enjoined and prohibited (-tva n.) KātyŚr. Sch
  12. -yajña mfn. performing sacrifices Śak. (vḷ. for vitata-y○)
  13. -vat mfn. one who has performed or undertaken W
  14. -vṛtti mfn. one who is maintained or nourished by (instr.) Rājat
  15. -sena m. N. of a prince Kathās
  16. ○tâgas mfn. one who has committed a fault, faulty, wicked W
  17. ○tâñjali mfn. making a respectful obeisance Śiś
  18. ○têndriya mfn. possessed of one's senses Bhaṭṭ


  1. ví-ḍhiti f. procedure, way of acting AitBr
  2. action, performance, accomplishment Kāvyâd. Bālar


  1. ví-ḍhitrima mfn. done according to rule Bhaṭṭ


  1. vi-hīna &c. See above


  1. vi-huṇḍana m. (√huṇḍ) N. of one of Śiva's attendants L


  1. vi-√hurch (or -hūrch), P. -hūrchati, to waddle, toddle, sway from one side to another (applied to a corpulent person's gait) ŚBr
  2. to stagger, totter, stumble Kāṭh


  1. vi-√hṛ P. -harati (rarely Ā.), to put asunder, keep apart, separate, open RV. AV. Br. ŚrS
  2. to distribute and transpose (verses or parts of verses) Br. ŚrS
  3. to disperse (clouds, opp. to saṃ-√hṛ) Hariv
  4. (with talāt talam) to shift, let pass from hand to hand MBh
  5. to divide (also arithmetically) KātyŚr. Gol
  6. to construct (in geom.), Śulbas
  7. to cut off, sever MBh
  8. to extract from (abl.) ib
  9. to carry away, remove Kāv. Rājat
  10. to tear in pieces, lacerate RV
  11. to move on, walk ĀśvŚr
  12. to spend or pass (time) Gobh. Mn. MBh. &c
  13. to roam, wander through (acc.) MBh
  14. (esp.) to walk or roam about for pleasure, divert one's self Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c. (with mṛgayām, 'to go about hunting' R.)
  15. to shed (tears) Śak.: Desid., See vi-jihīrṣā, ○ṣu (p. 960, col. 3)


  1. vi-hara m. taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartṛ
  2. separation, disunion, absence W


  1. vi-ḍharaṇa n. the act of taking away or removing or changing or transposing Lāṭy. MārkP
  2. opening, expanding Pāṇ. 1-3, 20
  3. stepping out ib. i, 3, 41
  4. going about for pleasure or exercise, roaming, strolling Kāv. Pur. Suśr
  5. taking out for a walk or for airing Gobh
  6. moving to and fro, brandishing MBh


  1. vi-ḍharaṇīya mfn. to be taken away W
  2. to be rambled or sported ib. [Page 1003, Column]


  1. vi-ḍhartṛ m. one who takes away, a robber Yājñ. MBh
  2. one who rambles about or enjoys himself Ragh


  1. vi-hāra m. (once in BhP., n.) distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lāṭy
  2. arrangement or disposition (of the 3 sacred fires
  3. also applied to the fires themselves or the space between them), ŚrS
  4. too great expansion of the organs of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or drawling in pronunciation, opp. to saṃ-hāra, q.v.) RPrāt
  5. walking for pleasure or amusement, wandering, roaming MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure ('in' or 'with', comp
  7. ifc. also = taking delight in) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c
  8. a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. (with Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple (originally a hall where the monks met or walked about
  10. afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit. Mṛicch. Kathās. &c. (cf. MWB. 68 ; 81 &c.)
  11. consecration for a sacrifice Āpast
  12. N. of the country of Magadha (called Bihār or Behār from the number of Buddhist monasteries, See MWB. 68) Cat
  13. the shoulder L
  14. a partic. bird (= bindurekaka) L
  15. = vaijayanta L
  16. -kārikā f. pl. N. of wk
  17. -krīḍā-mṛga m. a toy-antelope to play with BhP
  18. -gṛha n. a pleasure-house, play-house, theatre MW
  19. -dāsī f. a female attendant of a convent or temple Mālatīm
  20. -deśa m. a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MārkP
  21. -bhadra m. N. of a man Daś
  22. -bhūmi f. = -deśa Hariv
  23. a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir
  24. -yātrā f. a pleasure-walk MBh
  25. -vat mfn. possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh
  26. (ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9
  27. -vana n. a pleasure-grove Daś
  28. -vāpī f. 'pleasure-pond', N. of wk
  29. -vāri n. water for sporting or playing about in Ragh
  30. -śayana n. a pleasure-couch R
  31. -śaila m. a pleasure-mountain R
  32. -sthalī f. (Vās.), -sthāna n. (BhP.)
  33. ○râjira n. (= ○radeśa)
  34. ○râvasatha m. (= ○ra-gṛha) MBh


  1. vi-ḍhāraka mf(ikā)n. delighting in (comp.) Pañcar
  2. serving for the amusement of (comp.) Mālatīm
  3. roaming or walking about, a roamer MW
  4. belonging to a Buddhist temple or convent ib


  1. vi-ḍhāraṇa n. pleasure, delight (ifc. = delighting in) Pañcar


  1. vi-ḍhārin mfn. wandering about for pleasure, roaming, strolling MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. going as far as, extending to (comp.) R. Rājat
  3. dependent on (comp.) MBh
  4. enjoying one's self with, delighting in, given or addicted to, fond of (comp.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
  5. charming, beautiful Bhartṛ. (vḷ.)
  6. (iṇī), f. a girl too fond of gadding about (unfit for marriage) L
  7. ○ri-siṃha m. N. of a king Inscr


  1. vi-hṛta mfn. set or put asunder, distributed, disposed &c
  2. transposed, varied (as words or Pādas) ŚrS
  3. n. a walk R
  4. hesitation, reluctance, bashful silence (one of the 10 Hāvas or feminine modes of indicating love) Daśar. Sāh
  5. -ṣoḍaśī f. N. of wk


  1. vi-ḍhṛti f. expansion, increase, growth Kir
  2. sport, pastime, pleasure Nalôd
  3. taking away MW


  1. vi-√heṭh Caus. P. -heṭhayati, to hurt, injure Lalit


  1. vi-√heṭḍheṭha m. hurt, injury ib


  1. vi-√heṭḍheṭhaka mfn. hurting, injuring, an injurer MBh
  2. a reviler W


  1. vi-√heṭḍheṭhana n. the act of hurting, injuring, distressing, afflicting &c. L


  1. vi-√hel Caus. Ā. -helayate, to vex, annoy MBh. xiii, 6720 (B. -ghātayate)


  1. vi-√hnu Ā. -hnute Sch. on APrāt. i, 100


  1. vi-√hmal Caus. -hmalayati ib


  1. vi-√hru (cf. vi-√hvṛ below), P. -hruṇāti, to cause to deviate, turn aside, frustrate, spoil RV


  1. vi-ḍhrút f. a serpent-like animal, worm &c. VS


  1. vi-ḍhruta (ví-), mfn. crooked, dislocated, hurt, injured RV. AV


  1. vihlaṇa &c. See bilhaṇa


  1. vi-hvarita See vi-√hvṛ


  1. vi-√hval P. -hvalati, to shake or sway to and fro, tremble, be agitated or unsteady, stagger MantraBr. MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. vi-hvala mf(ā)n. agitated, perturbed, distressed, afflicted, annoyed (am ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. myrrh L
  3. -cetana (MBh.), -cetas (Kathās.), mfn. distressed in mind, low-spirited
  4. -tanu mfn. one whose body is exhausted by (comp.) Pañcat
  5. -tā f. -tva n. agitation, perturbation, consternation, anxiety MBh. [Page 1004, Column]
  6. -locana mfn. one who has unsteady or rolling eyes MBh. BhP
  7. -sâlasâṅga mf(ī)n. one whose body is exhausted and languid Caurap
  8. -hṛdaya mfn. (= -cetana) BhP
  9. ○lâkṣa mf(ī)n. (= ○la-locana) ib
  10. ○lâṅga mfn. (= ○la-tanu) MārkP. Pañcat
  11. ○lâtman mfn. (= ○la-cetana) BhP


  1. vi-ḍhvalita mfn. = ○hvala MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. -sarvâṅga mfn. trembling with the whole body MBh


  1. vihvalī-kṛta mfn. made confused or agitated MW
  2. fused, liquid ib


  1. vi-√hvṛ (cf. vi-√hru), to stagger, stumble, fall TĀr. (cf. a-vihvarat): Caus. (only aor. Subj. -jihvaraḥ), to cause to fall, overthrow RV


  1. vi-hvarita mfn. staggered, fallen (Vedic, accord. to Kāś. on Pāṇ. 7-2, 33)


  1. vi-hvā́ruka mfn. tumbling, falling MaitrS


  1. vi-√hve Ā. -hvayate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 30), to call in different places, call, invoke, vie in calling, contend for anything RV. TS. Br


  1. vi-havá m. invocation RV. AitBr


  1. vi-ḍhavīya n. 'containing the word vihava', N. of the hymn RV. x, 128


  1. vi-ḍhávya or mfn. to be invoked or invited or desired RV. AV. VS


  1. vi-ḍhavyá mfn. to be invoked or invited or desired RV. AV. VS
  2. m. (with āṅgirasa) N. of the supposed author of RV. x, 128 Anukr
  3. of a son of Varcas MBh
  4. (ā), f. N. of partic. bricks TS
  5. (scil. sū7kta) N. of RV. x, 128 (cf. ○haviiya) TS. Kāṭh. Lāṭy

  1. vī cl. 2. P. (Dhātup. xxiv, 39) veti (accord. to some in the conjug. tenses substituted for √aj
  2. 2. sg. véṣi also as Impv. RV
  3. 3. pl. vyánti RV. AV. Br
  4. Subj. 2. 3. sg. ves RV
  5. Impv. [v�Ihí], viitāt ib
  6. 3. pl. viyantu TS
  7. p. Ā. vyāná RV
  8. pf. vivāya, vivye ib
  9. aor. avaiṣīt Gr
  10. 3. pl. aveṣan Subj. veṣat RV
  11. fut. vetā, veṣyati inf. vetum Gr.), to go, approach, (either as a friend, i.e. 'seek or take eagerly, grasp, seize, accept, enjoy', or as an enemy, i.e. 'fall upon, attack, assail, visit, punish, avenge') RV. AV. TS. Br
  12. to set in motion, arouse, excite, impel RV
  13. to further, promote, lead or bring or help any one to (two acc.) ib
  14. to get, procure ib.: Pass. -viiyáte &c. AV. Br.: Caus. vāyayati or vāpayati (aor. aviivayat), to cause to go or approach &c
  15. to impregnate Pāṇ. 6-1, 55: Desid. viviiṣati Gr.: Intens., See ā-√vii and √vevii. [Cf., accord. to some, Lat. ve-nari ; Germ. weida, Weide, weiden.]

  1. vī́ mfn. going to, eager for, desirous or fond of (gen.) RV. i, 143, 5 (cf. deva-vií, pada-vií)
  2. set in motion ( See parṇa-v○)
  3. m. the act of going, motion L


  1. vītá mfn. gone, approached &c
  2. desired, liked, loved, pleasant RV. ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. straight, smooth RV. iv, 2, 11 ; ix, 97, 17
  4. trained, quiet Rājat
  5. (ā), f. a line, row (= rāji). ĀśvGṛ
  6. n. a wish, desire TĀr
  7. the driving or guiding of an elephant (with a goad) &c. Śiś. v, 47


  1. ○tama (viitá-), mfn. most acceptable or pleasant RV


  1. ○pṛṣṭha (viitá-), mf(ā)n. straight-backed (as a horse) ib


  1. ○vat mfn. containing the word viita or other forms fr. √vii ĀśvŚr


  1. ○vāra (viitá-), mfn. straight-tailed (as a horse) ib


  1. ○havya (viitá-), mfn. one whose offerings are acceptable ib
  2. m. N. of a man with the patr. āṅgirasa (author of RV. vi, 15) Anukr
  3. of a man with the patr. śrāyasa TS. PañcavBr
  4. of a king who obtained the rank of a Brāhman MBh
  5. of a son of Śunaka and father of Dhṛiti Pur
  6. of Kṛishṇa Pañcar
  7. pl. the sons of Vīta-havya MBh
  8. ○vyôpâkhyāna n. N. of a ch. of the Vāsishṭha-rāmâyaṇa


  1. vītí f. (dat. viitáye often used as inf.) enjoyment, feast, dainty meal, full draught &c. RV
  2. advantage, profit ib. (L. also light, lustre, = gati, prajana, dhāvana)
  3. m. a partic. Agni AitBr


  1. ○rādhas (viití-), mfn. affording enjoyment RV


  1. ○hotra (viití-), mfn. inviting to enjoyment or to a feast ib
  2. invited to a feast (as gods) VS
  3. m. fire or the god of fire Rājat. BhP. (pl. the worshippers of fire in any form Cat.)
  4. the sun L
  5. N. of a king MBh
  6. of a son of Priya-vrata BhP
  7. of a son of Indra-sena ib
  8. of a son of Su-kumāra ib
  9. of a son of Tāla-jaṅgha ib. VP. (pl. his descendants)
  10. of a priest Cat
  11. -dayitā or -priyā f. 'beloved of Vīti-hotra i.e. Agni', N. of a Svāhā Pañcar

  1. vī7 (vi- √5. i), P. vy-eti (3. pl. viyanti
  2. impf. vy-ait
  3. pf. vii7yāya
  4. inf. vy-etum
  5. for vyayati, vyayayati, See √vyay), to go apart or in different directions, diverge, be diffused or scattered or distributed or divided or extended RV. &c. &c. [Page 1004, Column]
  6. to be lost, perish, disappear Up. MBh. &c
  7. to go through, traverse RV. VS. AitBr.: Intens. (or cl. 4) Ā. vii7yate, to pass through, traverse RV


  1. vī7ta mfn. gone away, departed, disappeared, vanished, lost (often ibc. = free or exempt from, without, -less) Up. Mn. MBh. &c


  1. ○kalmaṣa mfn. freed from taint or sin Mn. xii, 22


  1. ○kāma mfn. free from desire W


  1. ○ghṛṇa mfn. one from whom mercy has departed, merciless MW
  2. -tā f. mercilessness ib


  1. ○cinta mfn. free from anxiety about (loc.) Śak


  1. ○janma-jarasa mfn. not subject to birth or old age Kir


  1. ○trasareṇu mfn. = -rāga, free from passions or affections Bālar. iv, 11/12 (printed -trās○)


  1. ○tṛṣṇa mfn. free from all passions or desires L


  1. ○dambha mfn. free from pride, humble L


  1. ○bhaya m. 'fearless, undaunted', N. of Śiva Śivag
  2. of Vishṇu L


  1. ○bhī mfn. free from fear, intrepid Mn. vii, 64


  1. ○bhīti mfn. id. Śiś. xviii, 84
  2. m. N. of an Asura Kathās


  1. ○matsara mfn. free from envy or passion Mn. xi, 111


  1. ○manyu mfn. free from resentment or anger KaṭhUp
  2. exempt or free from sorrow MBh


  1. ○mala mfn. free from obscurity or darkness, clear, pure MW


  1. ○moha mfn. freed from illusion MW
  2. ○hôpâkhyāna n. N. of wk


  1. ○rāga mfn. free from passions or affections, dispassionate, desireless, calm, tranquil MBh. Kāv. &c. (also applied to 8 partic. Bodhi-sattvas and their attributes)
  2. not attached to (loc.) HPariś
  3. colourless, bleached W
  4. m. a sage with subdued passions (esp. applied to a Buddhist or Jaina saint). L
  5. -bhaya-krodha mfn. free from passions and fear and anger Bhag
  6. -bhūmi f. one of the 7 stages in the life of a Śrāvaka Buddh
  7. -stuti f. N. of a Jaina wk


  1. ○viruddha-buddhi mfn. one whose hostile feelings have passed away, peaceable W


  1. ○viṣa mfn. free from impurities, clear (as water) Dhanaṃj


  1. ○vrīḍa mfn. shameless Bhartṛ


  1. ○śaṅka mfn. fearless, intrepid (am ind.) Śiś


  1. ○śoka mfn. free from sorrow ŚvetUp. MBh
  2. m. the Aśoka tree, Jonesia Asoka MBh
  3. (ā), f. N. of a town HPariś
  4. ○ka-tā f. freedom from sorrow Yājñ
  5. ○ka-bhaya mfn. free from sorrow and fear Mn. vi, 32
  6. ○ka-bhayâbādha mfn. free from the disturbance of sorrow and fear MW


  1. ○spṛha mfn. free from wish or desire W


  1. ○hiraṇmaya mfn. one who does not possess any golden vessels (-tva n.) Ragh. v, 2


  1. vī7târci (or ○cis), mfn. one whose flame is extinguished ĀpŚr


  1. vī7tâśoka m. a proper N. (= vigatâśoka) Buddh


  1. vī7tôccayabandha mfn. having the fastening of the knot gone Kir


  1. vī7tôttara mfn. having no answer, unable to reply (am ind.) Amar


  1. vī7tí f. separation TS

  1. vī mfn. (weak form of √vye) covered (cf. hiraṇya-vií)


  1. vītá mfn. covered, hidden, concealed RV. (cf. kṛtsna-v○)
  2. covered or wrapped in, girt with (instr.) ib. BhP


  1. ○sūtra n. the sacred thread or cord Vikr. v, 19 (cf. ni- and upa-viita)


  1. vītaka n. a vessel for camphor and sandal powder L
  2. (in a-v○) = vi-viita, an inclosed spot of ground Yājñ. ii, 291


  1. vītin m. N. of a man (pl. his family) Saṃskārak

  1. vī m. = 1. vi, a bird ( See takva-vií)
  2. f. a female bird L


  1. vīka m. a 'bird' or 'wind' Uṇ. iii, 47 Sch
  2. = manas L

  1. vī in comp.= 3. vi (in vii-kāśa, -cayana, -taṃsa, -nāha, -barha, -mārga, -rudh, -vadha, -vāha, -vidha, -vṛta, -sarpa, -hāra, qq.vv.)


  1. vī-kāśa m.= 1. vi-k○ L
  2. = 2. vi-k○, brightness, light, lustre Daś


  1. vīkṛḍa mfn. (applied to Rudra) MaitrS. (vḷ.)


  1. vī7kṣ (vi-√īkṣ), Ā. vii7kṣate (ep. also P.), to look at, see, behold ŚBr. &c. &c
  2. to look upon, regard (pitṛ-vat, as a father) R
  3. (with hṛdi) to see in the heart, ponder R
  4. to consider, observe, discern, ascertain, understand Mn. MBh. &c
  5. to think fit or proper Suśr
  6. to look over, peruse, study VarBṛS.: Pass. vii7kṣyate, to be looked at &c
  7. to look like, appear Vikr


  1. vī7kṣa m. sight, seeing W
  2. (ā) f. id. R
  3. investigation Cat
  4. knowledge, intelligence BhP
  5. unconsciousness, fainting L. [Page 1004, Column]
  6. n. surprise, astonishment W
  7. any visible object ib
  8. ○kṣâpanna (or ○kṣâp○), mfn. astonished, surprised ib
  9. ○kṣâraṇya-māhātmya n. N. of wk


  1. vī7kṣaṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) looking at, seeing, inspection, investigation ŚrS. MBh. &c
  2. a glance, gaze Kāv. VarBṛS. BhP
  3. the eye Śiś. xviii, 30
  4. (in astrol.) aspect of the planets VarBṛS


  1. vī7kṣaṇīya mfn. to be looked at or regarded or considered, visible, observable Kāv. Kathās


  1. vī74kṣita mfn. looked at, seen, beheld, regarded VS. &c. &c
  2. n. a look, glance Kālid. Bhartṛ


  1. vī7kṣitavya mfn. = vii7kṣaṇīya (n. impers. it should be looked &c.) Kathās


  1. vī7kṣitṛ mfn. one who looks at or sees (ifc.) BhP


  1. vī7kṣya mfn. = vii7kṣaṇīya L
  2. astonishing, wonderful W
  3. m. a dancer, actor L
  4. a horse L
  5. n. wonder, surprise, wonderful object L


  1. vīkhā f. (cf. vii7ṅkhā) a partic. motion Siṃhâs


  1. vīṅka n. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr


  1. vī7ṅkh (vi-√īṅkh), Caus. vii7ṅkhayati (only 3. du. impf. vy-aiṅkhayatām), to toss to and fro, swing PañcavBr


  1. vī7ṅkhā f. a partic. mode of moving, dancing &c. (also 'one of a horse's paces') L
  2. = saṃdhi L
  3. Carpopogon Pruriens L


  1. vī74ṅgita mfn. (fr. vi-√iṅg) tossed, moved to and fro TBr. (wṛ. vii7ṅkita)


  1. vīca See under viici


  1. vī-cayana n. = vi-c○ ( See vi- √2. ci), research, inquiry W


  1. vī́ci f. (prob. fr. vi + 2. añc) going or leading aside or astray, aberration, deceit, seduction RV. x, 10, 6
  2. also m. (L.) and (ī), f. (ifc. ○ci, or ○cika) a wave, ripple Kāv. VarBṛS. &c
  3. 'wave' as N. of a subdivision of a chapter (called pravāha, 'river') Sadukt
  4. (prob. for a-viici) a partic. hell R. (L. also = sukha, avakāśa, svalpa, alpa, āli, kiraṇa)


  1. ○kṣobha m. agitation or roughness of waves Megh


  1. ○taraṃga-nyāya m. wave-undulation-method (or the rule by which sound reaches the ear, a term used to denote successive operation) Bhāshāp


  1. ○mālin m. 'wave-garlanded', the ocean L


  1. vīca prob. for viici (in ambu-viica, N. of a king MBh. i, 7476)


  1. vīcī-kāka m. a partic. bird MārkP


  1. vīj (cf. √1. vij), cl. 1. P. Ā. viijati, ○te (pf. vivyajuḥ), to fan, cool by blowing upon or fanning, Hāriv
  2. to sprinkle with water MBh. (according to Dhātup. vi, 24 only Ā. 'to go'): Caus. or cl. 10 (Dhātup. xxxv, 84), viijayati (Pass. viijyate), to fan, blow, kindle (fire) MBh. R. &c
  3. to stroke, caress Suśr


  1. vījana m. N. of two kinds of bird (= koka and jīvaṃ-jīva) L
  2. n. fanning, wafting Kāv. Kathās. &c
  3. a fan Bhpr
  4. = vastu L


  1. vījita mfn. fanned, cooled &c
  2. sprinkled with water, wetted Hariv. (vḷ. vejita)


  1. vījya See sukha-v○


  1. vīja &c. See bīja


  1. vīṭa n. (only in Siddh.) or viiṭā f. a small piece of wood shaped like a barley-corn and about a span long (it was struck with a stick or bat in a kind of game, like tip-cat, played by boys ; accord. to some it was a kind of metal ball ; others say it was held in the mouth as a form of penance) MBh. i, 5050 (Sch.) &c


  1. ○mukha (viiṭā-), mfn. holding the Vīṭā in the mouth VP


  1. vīṭaka n. (also written bīṭaka) a preparation of the Areca nut with spices and lime rolled up together in a leaf of the betel plant (commonly called betel or Pān) Pañcad
  2. (ikā), f. id. Daś. Kathās. &c
  3. a tie or fastening (of a garment) Amar


  1. vīṭi or f. the betel plant, Piper Betel L


  1. vīṭī f. the betel plant, Piper Betel L


  1. vīḍ (accord. to some connected with √viṣ), only Caus. viiḍáyati, or viiḻayati, ○te, (P.) to make strong or firm, strengthen, fasten RV. viii, 45, 6
  2. (Ā.) to be strong or firm or hard ib. ii, 37, 3 &c


  1. vī́ḍita or mfn. made strong, strengthened, firm, hard RV. [Page 1005, Column]


  1. vī́ḻita mfn. made strong, strengthened, firm, hard RV. [Page 1005, Column]


  1. vīḍú or mf(○ḍvii)n. strong, firm, hard RV. VS


  1. vīḻú mf(○ḍvii)n. strong, firm, hard RV. VS
  2. n. anything firmly fixed or strong, stronghold RV


  1. ○jambha (viiḍú-), mfn. strong-jawed RV


  1. ○dvéṣas mfn. hating the strong or hating strongly ib


  1. ○pátman mfn. flying strongly or incessantly ib


  1. ○paví mfn. having strong tires (as the Maruts) ib


  1. ○pāṇí (or viiḍú-p○), mfn. strong-handed, strong-hoofed ib


  1. ○haras (viiḍú-), mfn. seizing firmly, holding fast ib


  1. ○harṣín mfn. (prob.) fiercely passionate, refractory ib


  1. vīḍv-âṅga mfn. stronglimbed, firm in body ib


  1. vī́ṇā f. (of doubtful derivation) the Vīṇā or Indian lute (an instrument of the guitar kind, supposed to have been invented by Nārada, q.v., usually having seven wires or strings raised upon nineteen frets or supports fixed on a long rounded board, towards the ends of which are two large gourds
  2. its compass is said to be two octaves, but it has many varieties according to the number of strings &c.) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. (in astrol.) a partic. configuration of the stars (when all planets are situated in 7 houses) VarBṛS
  4. lightning L
  5. N. of a Yoginī Cat
  6. of a river MBh


  1. ○karṇa m. 'Lute-ear', N. of a man Hit


  1. ○gaṇakin m. a music-master, the leader of a musical band ĀpŚr


  1. ○gaṇagin (viíṇā-), m. id. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr


  1. ○gāthín m. a lute-player TBr. ŚBr. GṛŚrS


  1. ○tantra n. N. of a Tantra


  1. ○tūṇava n. sg. lutes and flutes ĀpŚr


  1. ○daṇḍa m. 'lute-stick', the neck or long rounded board of a lute L


  1. ○datta m. N. of a Gandharva Kathās


  1. ○"ṣnubandha (viiṇân○), m. the tie of a lute (or lower part of one of its ends where the wires are fixed) L


  1. ○paṇava-tūṇa-vat mfn. (tūṇa for tūnava) furnished with a lute and a drum and a flute R


  1. ○pāṇi m. 'Lute-hand', N. of Nārada Pañcar


  1. ○praseva m. the damper on a lute L


  1. ○bhid f. a kind of lute MW


  1. ○rava m. (ifc. f. ā) the sound of a lute Kathās
  2. mfn. humming like a lute (ā f. N. of a fly) Pañcat


  1. ○vaṃśa-śalākā f. around-headed peg round which the string of a lute is bound L


  1. ○vat mfn. possessed of a lute (atī f. N. of a woman) Pāṇ. 6-1, 219 Sch


  1. ○vatsa-rāja m. N. of a king Pañcat


  1. ○vādá m. a lute-player, lutanist VS. ŚBr. ĀpŚr
  2. playing on a lute Bhartṛ


  1. ○vādaka m. a lutanist L


  1. ○vādana n. a plectrum for sounding a lute L


  1. ○vādya n. playing on a lute L


  1. ○vinoda m. N. of a Vidyādhara Bālar


  1. ○śilpa n. the art of playing on the lute Pañcar


  1. ○"ṣsya (viiṇâsya), m. 'Lute-faced', N. of Nārada L


  1. ○hasta mfn. bolding a lute in his hand (Śiva) Śivag


  1. vīṇāla mfn. (fr. viiṇā), g. sidhmâdi


  1. vīṇin mfn. (fr. id
  2. g. vrīhy-ādi) furnished with a lute, playing on a lute Megh. Kathās


  1. vīta mfn. (prob. fr. √vai
  2. for 1. 2. 3. viita See under √1. 3. 4. vii) worn out, useless L
  3. n. a useless horse or elephant L


  1. vī-taṃsa m. (fr. 1. vi + t○
  2. cf. vi-t○) a cage or net or any enclosure for catching or confining or keeping birds or beasts Hcar


  1. vītana m. du. (possibly fr. vi + √tan) the sides or cartilages of the larynx or throat L


  1. vīti m.= 1. pīti, a horse Rājat


  1. vī-tta mfn. (for vi-datta, √1. dā) APrāt. Sch. (cf. parī-tta)


  1. vīthi or viithī f. (perhaps fr. √vii
  2. 1. viita) a row, line Kāv. Rājat
  3. a road, way, street MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. a race-course Śiś. v, 60
  5. a market, stall, shop ib. ix. 32
  6. a row of pictures, pictures-gallery Uttarar. (vḷ. viithikā)
  7. a partic. division of the planetary sphere (comprising 3 asterisms) VarBṛS
  8. a terrace in front of a house L
  9. a sort of drama (having an amatory intrigue for its plot and said to be in one act and performed by one or two players) Bhar. Daśar. &c


  1. vīthika m. or n. (only m. c.) or a row, line, Ratnâv. Kathās


  1. vīthiḍkā f. a row, line Ratnâv. Kathās
  2. a road, street R
  3. a terrace in front of a house Hariv. VarBṛS
  4. a picture-gallery Uttarar. (vḷ. for viithi)
  5. a sort of drama ( See under viithi) Bhar


  1. vīthī in comp. for viithi


  1. ○kṛta mfn. placed or arranged in rows MBh


  1. ○mārga m. one of an elephant's paces L


  1. vīthīka (ifc.) = viithī Bhar


  1. vīthy in comp. for viithi


  1. ○aṅga n. a division of the Vīthi drama (described as a kind of dialogue consisting in quibble, equivoque, jest, abuse, and the like) W. [Page 1005, Column]


  1. vīdhra mfn. (accord. to Uṇ. ii, 26 fr. vi + √indh) clean, clear, pure L
  2. n. (only in loc.) a clear sky, sunshine AV. Kāṭh
  3. wind L
  4. fire L


  1. ○bindu m. a rain-drop fallen in sunshine Kāṭh


  1. ○samṛddha mfn. said to = nabhas, vāyu, agni ib


  1. vī́dhrya mfn. relating to the clear sky VS


  1. vī7n (vi-√in, or inv), P. vii7noti, to drive away, scatter, disperse RV
  2. to send forth in various ways, bestow ib


  1. vī-nāha f. N. of a river MW. (cf. viiṇā)


  1. vī-nāha m. (for 3. vi + n○
  2. √nah) the top or cover of a well MBh
  3. a kind of small sacrificial grass L


  1. vī-nāhin m. (fr. prec.) a well L


  1. vī74ndra mfn. (for 3. vi + indra) that from which Indra is excluded TS. (cf. apêndra)


  1. vī7ndv-arka mfn. (fr. 3. vi + indu + arka) without or exclusive of the moon and the sun Laghuj


  1. vīpa mfn. (fr. 3. vi + ap) destitute of water, waterless Pat


  1. vī7ps (Desid. of vy-√āp), P. vii74psati, to wish to pervade Pat


  1. vī7psā f. 'the desire of pervading' (with any property or quality simultaneously or continuously), several or successive order or series, distributiveness, repetition (esp. repetition of words to imply continuous or successive action
  2. e.g. vṛkṣaṃ vṛkṣaṃ siñcati, he waters tree after tree
  3. mandam mandaṃ nudati pavanaḥ, 'gently, gently breathes the wind', Pāṇ. 8-1, 4 Vām. v, 2, 87), APrāt. Pāṇ. Śaṃk


  1. ○vicāra m. N. of wk


  1. vī-barhá m. (for 3. vi + b○
  2. √1. bṛh) scattering, dispersing AV


  1. vībukośa (?), m. = cāmara, a chowrie W


  1. vībh See √bībh


  1. vī-mārga m. (for 3. vi + m○
  2. √mṛj) Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Sch


  1. vī7r (vi-√īr
  2. only aor. vy-airat), to split, break into pieces, tear open, divide asunder RV.: Caus. vii7rayati (impf. vy-airayat), id. ib


  1. vīr cl. 10. Ā. (Dhātup. xxxv, 49
  2. rather Nom. fr. viirá below) viiráyate, to be powerful or valiant, display heroism RV. VS. TBr
  3. (P. viirayati) to overpower, subdue Nir. i, 7


  1. virá m. a man, (esp.) a brave or eminent man, hero, chief (sometimes applied to gods, as to Indra, Vishṇu &c
  2. pl. men, people, mankind, followers, retainers) RV. &c. &c
  3. a hero (as opp. to a god) RTL. 272, n
  4. a husband MBh. R. Pur
  5. a male child, son (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GṛŚrS
  6. (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GṛŚrS
  7. the male of an animal AV. ŚāṅkhŚr
  8. (with, Tāntrikas) an adept (who is between the divya and the paśu RTL. 191) Rudray
  9. (in dram.) heroism (as one of the 8 Rasas q.v.
  10. the Vīra-carita q.v. exhibits an example) Bhar. Daśar. Sāh. &c
  11. an actor W
  12. a partic. Agni (son of Tapas) MBh
  13. fire, (esp.) sacred or sacrificial fire L
  14. N. of various plants (Terminalia Arunja
  15. Nerium Odorum
  16. Guilandina Bonduc, manioc-root) L
  17. N. of an Asura MBh
  18. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
  19. of a son of Bharad-vāja ib
  20. of a son of Purusha Vairāja and father of Priya-vrata and Uttāna-pāda Hariv
  21. of a son of Gṛiñjima ib
  22. of two sons of Kṛishṇa BhP
  23. of a son of Kshupa and father of Viviṃśa MārkP
  24. of the father of Līlāvatī ib
  25. of a teacher of Vinaya Buddh
  26. of the last Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇi L
  27. (also with bhaṭṭa, ācārya &c.) of various authors &c. Cat
  28. (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Tāmasa BhP
  29. (ā), f. a wife, matron (whose husband and sons are still alive) L
  30. an intoxicating beverage ib
  31. N. of various plants and drugs (Flacourtia Cataphracta
  32. Convolvulus Paniculatus
  33. Gmelina Arborea
  34. the drug Ela-vāluka &c.) L
  35. (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt
  36. N. of the wife of Bharad-vāja L
  37. of the wife of Karaṃ-dhama MārkP
  38. of a river MBh. (B. vāṇī)
  39. n. (only L.) a reed (Arundo Tibialis)
  40. the √of ginger(?)
  41. pepper
  42. rice-gruel
  43. the √of Costus Speciosus, of Andropogon Muricatus &c. [Page 1005, Column]
  44. mf(ā)n. heroic, powerful, strong, excellent, eminent L. [Cf. Lat. vir ; Lith. vy4ras ; Goth. wair ; Angl. Sax. [w‰r], [w‰re-wulf] ; Eng. werewolf ; Germ. Werwolf, Wergeld.]


  1. ○karā f. 'hero-forming', N. of a river MBh. (B. viiraṃ-k○)


  1. ○kárma n. 'performing virile acts', the membrum virile RV


  1. ○karman n. manly deed Nir


  1. ○kāṭī f. N. of a village Kshitîś


  1. ○kāma mfn. desirous of male offspring ŚāṅkhBr. ŚrS


  1. ○kīṭa m. 'worm of a hero', a pitiful warrior MW


  1. ○kukṣi (viirá-), f. (a woman) bearing sons in the womb RV


  1. ○ketu m. N. of a man with the patr. Pāñcāla-putra MBh
  2. of a king of Ayodhyā Kathās
  3. of a king of Pāṭalī Daś


  1. ○kesarin (or -keś○), m. N. of a king Cat


  1. ○kṣurikā f. a dagger Kathās


  1. ○gati f. 'a hero's resort', Indra's heaven MBh. BhP


  1. ○gotra n. a family of heroes MārkP


  1. ○goṣṭhi f. conversation between heroes Hcar


  1. ○ghnī See viira-han


  1. ○ṃ-karā See viira-k○


  1. ○cakra n. (with Tāntrikas) N. of a mystic diagram RTL. 196
  2. an army of heroes ( See next)
  3. ○krêśvara m. lord of an army of heroes', N. of Vishṇu Pañcar


  1. ○cakṣuṣmat mfn. having the eye of a hero (said of Vishṇu) R


  1. ○carita or n. 'exploits of the hero', N. of a celebrated drama by Bhava-bhūti (= mahāviira-carita, q.v.) and of a legendary history of Śāli-vāhana


  1. ○caritra n. 'exploits of the hero', N. of a celebrated drama by Bhava-bhūti (= mahāviira-carita, q.v.) and of a legendary history of Śāli-vāhana


  1. ○carya m. N. of a king Buddh
  2. (ā), f. the deeds of a hero, adventurous exploits Kathās. Rājat


  1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of an extract from the Śārṅgadhara Paddhati


  1. ○jánana mfn. generating hero MaitrS


  1. ○jayantikā f. a kind of dance performed by soldiers after a victory or on going to battle, wardance, war, battle L


  1. ○jāta (viirá-), mfn. (wealth) consisting in men or sons RV


  1. ○jita m. N. of a man Kathās


  1. ○taṇḍula n. Amaranthus Polygonoides L


  1. ○tantra n. N. of a Tantra wk. (also -yāmala) RTL. 204


  1. ○tama (viirá-), m. (ifc. f. ā) a very strong or powerful man, an eminent hero RV. AV. MBh


  1. ○tara (viirá-), mfn. stronger, bolder
  2. m. a great or a greater hero RV. MBh
  3. an arrow L
  4. a corpse (?) L
  5. n. = viiraṇa, Andropogon Muricatus
  6. ○râsana n. a partic. posture L


  1. ○taru m. N. of various trees and other plants (Pentaptera Arjuna
  2. Andropogon Muricatus, Barleria Longifolia &c.) L


  1. ○tā (viirá-), f. or n. heroism, manliness VS. MBh. &c


  1. ○tva n. heroism, manliness VS. MBh. &c


  1. ○tāpinyupaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad


  1. ○tṛṇa n. Andropogon, Muricatus L


  1. ○datta m. N. of a poet
  2. -gṛhapati-paripṛcchā f. N. of wk


  1. ○dāman m. N. of a king, Inscr


  1. ○deya wṛ. for vaira-d○


  1. ○deva m. N. of various men Kathās. Rājat
  2. of a poet Cat


  1. ○dyumna m. N. of a king MBh


  1. ○dru m. Terminalia Arunja L


  1. ○dhanvan m. 'having a powerful bow', N. of Kāma-deva (god of love) L


  1. ○dhara m. N. of a wheelwright Pañcat


  1. ○nagara n. N. of a town VP


  1. ○nātha m. N. of a man Rājat
  2. mf(ā)n. having a hero as protector R


  1. ○nārāyaṇa m. N. of a king and a poet Cat
  2. -carita n. and ○yaṇīya n. N. of wks


  1. ○ṃ-dhara m. (only L.) a peacock
  2. fighting with wild beasts
  3. a leather cuirass or jacket
  4. N. of a river


  1. ○paṭṭa m. a kind of military dress or accoutrement (worn round the forehead) Rājat


  1. ○pattrī f. a kind of bulbous plant L


  1. ○patnī (viirá-), f. the wife of a hero RV. MBh. &c
  2. -vrata n. a partic. observance Hariv. Kāv. Pur


  1. ○parākrama m. N. of two wks


  1. ○parṇa n. a partic. drug (= suraparṇa) L


  1. ○pāṇa or n. the drink of warriors or heroes (taken before or during a battle, for refreshment or to raise the courage) L


  1. ○pāṇaka n. the drink of warriors or heroes (taken before or during a battle, for refreshment or to raise the courage) L


  1. ○pāṇḍya m. N. of a king Cat


  1. ○pāna n. = -pāṇa R


  1. ○pura n. N. of a town in the district of Kānyakubja Hit
  2. of a mythical town in the Himâlaya mountains Kathās


  1. ○puruṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) a heroic man, hero R. Hariv. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-1, 58 Sch.)
  2. ○ṣaka mfn. (a village) the men of which are heroes Pat


  1. ○puṣpa m. a kind of plant L
  2. (ī), f. = siṅdūra-puṣpī L


  1. ○peśas (viirá-), m. forming the ornament of heroes RV


  1. ○poṣí m. thriving or prosperous condition of men or of sons AV


  1. ○prajāyinī (MBh.),


  1. ○prajāvatī (MārkP.), f. the mother of a hero


  1. ○prabha m. N. of a man Kathās


  1. ○pramokṣa N. of a Tīrtha MBh


  1. ○prasavā (Kum.),


  1. ○prasavinī (Mcar.),


  1. ○prasū (Bālar.), f. a woman who brings forth heroes


  1. ○bali m. N. of wk


  1. ○bāhu m. 'strong-armed', N. of Vishṇu L
  2. of one of the sons of Dhṛita-rāshṭra and various kings and other men MBh
  3. of a monkey R


  1. ○bukka m. N. of the founder of Vidyā-nagara BhP., Introd. ( See bukka). [Page 1006, Column]


  1. ○bhaṭa m. a warrior, hero Daś
  2. N. of a king of Tāmra-lipta Kathās


  1. ○bhadra m. a distinguished hero L
  2. a horse fit for the Aśva-medha sacrifice L
  3. Andropogon Muricatus L
  4. N. of a Rudra Yājñ. Sch
  5. of an incarnation or form of Śiva (sometimes regarded as his son, and worshipped esp. in the Marāṭha country
  6. in the Vāyu-Purāṇa he is said to have been created from Śiva's mouth in order to spoil the sacrifice of Daksha, and is described as having a thousand heads, a thousand eyes, a thousand feet, and wielding a thousand clubs
  7. his appearance is fierce and terrific, he is clothed in a tiger's skin dripping with blood, and he bears a blazing bow and battle-axe
  8. in another Purāṇa he is described as produced from a drop of Śiva's sweat) MBh. Pur. Kathās. &c. (RTL. 79 ; 82)
  9. of a warrior on the side of the Pāṇḍavas MBh
  10. of a king and various authors Cat
  11. -kālikā-vacana n. N. of a ch. of the Vīra-bhadra-tantra
  12. -campū f. N. of a poem
  13. -jit m. 'conqueror of Vīra', N. of Vishṇu Pañcar
  14. -tantra n. N. of a Tantra
  15. -deva m. N. of a king and author (16th century
  16. -campū f. N. of a poem written in his praise)
  17. -mantra m. -vijaya m. N. of wks
  18. -vijṛmbhaṇa n. N. of a drama Daśar., Introd
  19. -sutā f. a daughter of Vīra-bhadra
  20. -stotra n. N. of a Stotra


  1. ○bhadraka n. Andropogon Muricatus L


  1. ○bhavat m. 'your heroic worship' (in reverential address) Kathās


  1. ○bhānu m. N. of a king and an author Cat


  1. ○bhāryā f. the wife of a hero L


  1. ○bhāva m. heroic nature, heroism, Veṇis


  1. ○bhukti f. N. of a place Cat. (prob. for tīra-bhukti)


  1. ○bhuja m. N. of two kings Kathās


  1. ○bhūpati m. N. of a king of Vijaya-nagara (patron of Cauṇḍappâcārya) Cat


  1. ○matī f. N. of a woman HPariś


  1. ○matsya m. pl. N. of a people R


  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. (with Tāntrikas) relating or belonging to an initiated person L


  1. ○mardana m. N. of a Dānava Hariv


  1. ○mardanaka wṛ. for mardalaka


  1. ○mardala or m. a war-drum L


  1. ○mardaḍlaka m. a war-drum L


  1. ○malla m. N. of a man Cat


  1. ○mahêśvara m. (with ācārya) N. of an author ib
  2. ○râcāra-saṃgraha m. ○rīya and ○rīya-tantra n. N. of wks


  1. ○māṇikya m. N. of a king Prasannar


  1. ○mātṛ f. the mother of a male child or of a hero MBh. BhP


  1. ○mānin mfn. thinking one's self a hero Kathās
  2. m. N. of a hero Vcar


  1. ○mārga m. the course or career of a hero MBh. Hariv


  1. ○māhendra-kāṇḍa n. N. of wk


  1. ○mitrôdaya m. N. of a short Comm. on the Mitâksharā IW. 304


  1. ○miśra m. N. of the author of the Vīra-mitrôdaya (commonly called Mitra-miśra) Cat


  1. ○mukunda-deva m. N. of a king of Utkala (the patron of Mārkaṇḍeya-kavîndra) ib


  1. ○mudrikā f. an ornament or ring worn on the middle toe W


  1. ○m-manya mfn. = viira-manya Bālar. Prasannar


  1. ○yoga-vaha mfn. promoting men or heroes MBh. xiii, 6526


  1. ○yoga-saha mfn. resisting men or hṭheroes ib. (B.)


  1. ○rajas n. red lead, minium (= sindūra) L


  1. ○ratha m. N. of a king VP


  1. ○rasa m. the Rasa of heroism ( See rasa) MW


  1. ○rāghava m. N. of various authors and teachers (also with ācārya and śāstrin) Cat
  2. -stava m. N. of wk
  3. ○viiya n. N. of a poem (abridgment of the Rāmâyaṇa)


  1. ○reṇu m. N. of Bhīma-sena L


  1. ○lalita n. a hero's natural way of acting VarBṛS
  2. N. of a metre ib


  1. ○loka m. 'hero-world', Indra's heaven MBh. R
  2. pl. brave warriors or champions, heroes MBh


  1. ○vakṣaṇa (viirá-), mfn. strengthening or refreshing heroes RV


  1. ○vat (viirá-), mfn. abounding in men or heroes, having followers or sons RV
  2. consisting in men (as wealth or property) ib
  3. manly, heroic ib
  4. (atī), f. a woman whose husband is living BhP
  5. a partic. fragrant plant (= māṃsa-rohiṇī) Bhpr
  6. N. of a river MBh
  7. of a woman Kathās
  8. n. wealth consisting in men or sons RV


  1. ○vatsā f. the mother of a hero L


  1. ○vara m. 'best of heroes', N. of various men Kathās. Hit
  2. -pratāpa m. N. of a king Cat


  1. ○varman m. N. of various men Inscr


  1. ○váh (strong form vā́h), mfn. conveying men RV


  1. ○vākya n. a heroic word MārkP
  2. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in heroic words Kathās


  1. ○vāda m. heroic fame, glory Mcar


  1. ○vāmana m. N. of an author Cat


  1. ○vikrama m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt
  2. N. of a king Hit


  1. ○vijaya m. N. of a drama


  1. ○víd mfn. procuring men or heroes AV


  1. ○viplāvaka m. 'disturber of the sacrificial fire', a Brāhman who performs oblations with money procured from the lowest or Śūdra caste L


  1. ○viruda N. of a kind of artificial verse L. (cf. śūra-śloka)


  1. ○vṛkṣa m. the marking-nut plant, Semecarpus Anacardium Bhpr
  2. Pentaptera or Terminalia Arunja L. [Page 1006, Column]
  3. a sort of grain, Andropogon or Holcus Sorghum L


  1. ○vṛndabhaṭṭa m. N. of a medical author Cat


  1. ○vetasa m. Rumex Vesicarius L


  1. ○vyūha m. an heroic or bold military array R


  1. ○vrata mfn. acting like a man, adhering to one's purpose BhP
  2. m. N. of a man (son of Madhu and Sumanas) ib
  3. n. heroism Bālar
  4. -caryā f. heroic duty or deed ib


  1. ○śaṅku m. an arrow L


  1. ○śaya m. (BhP.),


  1. ○śayana n. (MBh.) the couch or a dead or wounded hero (formed of arrows)


  1. ○śayyā f. id. MBh. Rājat. BhP
  2. a partic. posture MBh. (cf. viira-sthāna)


  1. ○śarman mṆ. of a warrior Kathās


  1. ○śāka m. a kind of pot-herb L


  1. ○śāyin mfn. lying as a dead or wounded warrior on a couch of arrows (cf. -śaya &c.) MBh


  1. ○śuṣma (viirá-), mfn. having heroic strength or courage RV


  1. ○śekhara m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Daś


  1. ○śaiva m. pl. a partic. Śaiva sect W
  2. N. of wk. by Appaya Dīkshita
  3. -tattva-vivaraṇa n. -dikṣā-vidhāna n. -pūrāṇa n. -pradīpikā f. -liṅgârcana-vidhi m. -siddhânta m. -siddhânta-śikhāmaṇi, m
  4. ○vâgama m. ○vâcāra-pradīpikā f. ○vânanda-candrikā f. ○vâmṛta-purāṇa n. ○vôtkarṣa-pradīpa m. N. of wks


  1. ○śrī f. (in music) a kind of composition Saṃgīt


  1. ○śreṣṭha m. a matchless hero MBh


  1. ○samanvita mfn. attended or accompanied by heroes


  1. ○sarasvatī m. N. of a poet Cat


  1. ○siṃha m. N. of various kings and authors Cat
  2. -deva m. N. of the patron of Mitra-miśra ib
  3. -mitrôdaye saṃskāra-prakaraṇa n. -śivêndra-pūjā-kārikā, f
  4. ○hâvaloka m. (or ○kana n.) N. of wks


  1. ○sū f. 'hero-bearing', the mother of a hero (-tva n.) RV. &c. &c
  2. the mother of a male child L


  1. ○sena m. 'having an army of heroes', N. of a Dānava Kathās
  2. of a king of Nishadha (father of Nala) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. of a king of Siṃhala Kathās
  4. of a king of Murala Daś
  5. of a king of Kānyakubja Hit
  6. of a king of Kaliṅga (the murderer of his brother) Vās., Introd
  7. of a general of Agni-mitra Mālav
  8. of a son of Vigatâśoka Buddh
  9. of an author Cat
  10. n. N. of a partic. plant (= āruka) L
  11. -ja or -suta m. 'son of Vīra-sena', N. of Nala (the hero of several well-known poems, e.g. the Nalôpâkhyāna, Naishadha, Nalôdaya) MBh. Kāv. &c


  1. ○sainya n. garlic W


  1. ○soma m. N. of the author of the Hasti-vaidyaka Cat. (others call him Vīra-sena)


  1. ○skandha m. 'having powerful shoulders', a buffalo W


  1. ○sthá mfn. abiding with a man MaitrS


  1. ○sthāna n. place or condition of a hero ṢaḍvBr
  2. a partic. posture (practised by ascetics) MBh. (cf. viirâsana)
  3. N. of a place sacred to Śiva MBh


  1. ○sthāyin mfn. practising the Vīrasthāna posture MBh


  1. ○snākā (?), f. a stand for books &c. made of reeds or cane L


  1. ○svāmin m. N. of a Dānava Kathās
  2. (with bhaṭṭa) of the father of Medhâtithi Cat


  1. ○haṇa mf(ī)n. hero-killing MW. (cf. -han)


  1. ○hatyā f. the killing of a man, murder of a son Mn. xi, 41


  1. ○hán mf(ghnī́ or haṇī)n. slaying men or enemies TS. Br. MBh. R
  2. m. destroyer of sacrificial fire, a Brāhman who has suffered his sacred domestic fire to become extinct (either from carelessness, impiety, or absence) Vas
  3. N. of Vishṇu MW


  1. ○hari-pralāpa m. N. of a poem


  1. ○hotra m. pl. N. of a people MārkP


  1. vīrâkṣara-mālā-viruda n. N. of an artificial stanza in the Panegyric called Virudâvalī (in which the qualities of the hero are enumerated singly in alphabetical order) Cat


  1. vīrâkhya m. Guilandina Bonduc L


  1. vīrâgama n. (?) N. of wk


  1. vīrâcārya m. N. of an author Gaṇar


  1. vīrâdhvan m. = viira-mārga MBh
  2. an heroic death VP


  1. vīrânanda m. N. of a drama


  1. vīrā-pura n. N. of a town Cat


  1. vīrâmla m. a kind of dock or sorrel (= amla-vetasa) L


  1. vīrâruka n. a medicinal plant (= āruka) L


  1. vīrâśaṃsana n. 'place wished for by heroes', the post of danger in battle L
  2. a field of battle Śiś. xix, 79 (vḷ. vairāś○)
  3. keeping watch W
  4. a forlorn hope MW


  1. vīrâṣṭaka m. 'consisting of eight men', N. of one of Skanda's attendants. MBh


  1. vīrâsana n. 'hero-sitting' W
  2. sleeping out in the open air, the station of a guard or sentinel BhP. Sch
  3. standing on an elevated spot (= ūrdhvâvasthāna) ib
  4. a bivouac W
  5. a partic. sitting posture practised by ascetics (squatting on the thighs, the lower legs being crossed over each other, = paryaṅka, q.v
  6. cf. also 1. āsana, p. 159) Mn. MBh. &c
  7. a field of battle W
  8. kneeling on one knee W


  1. vīrêndra m. a chief of heroes Kathās
  2. (ī), f. N. of a yoginī Inscr


  1. vīrêśa m. 'chief of heroes', N. of Śiva or Vīra-bhadra L
  2. one who is emancipated in a certain degree Sarvad. [Page 1006, Column]
  3. n. a Liṅga, of Śiva Vīrêśa L


  1. vīrêśvara m. 'chief of heroes', N. of Śiva or Vīra-bhadra KāśīKh
  2. N. of various authors &c. (also with bhaṭṭa, paṇḍita, ṭhakkura, dīkṣita, maudgalya &c.) Cat
  3. any great hero W
  4. -liṅga n. N. of a sacred Liṅga (= viirêśa n.)
  5. -sūnu m. N. of an author Cat
  6. -stotra n. N. of a Stotra ib
  7. ○rânanda m. N. of an author ib


  1. vīrôjjha m. a Brāhman who omits to offer burnt offerings or neglects his sacrificial fire L


  1. vīrôpajīvaka m. 'subsisting by a sacrificial fire', a Brāhman who claims alms under pretence of maintaining a sacrificial fire L


  1. vīraká m. a little man, manikin RV. viii, 91, 2
  2. a pitiable hero Bālar. ix, 1/2
  3. Nerium Odorum L
  4. N. of one of the seven sages under Manu Cākshusha BhP
  5. of a police-master Mṛicch
  6. (pl.) of a people MBh
  7. (ikā), f. N. of a wife of Harsha Cat


  1. vīraṇa m. N. of a Prajā-pati (father of Vīraṇī or Asiknī) MBh. Hariv
  2. of a teacher Cat. (prob. wṛ. for viiraṇin)
  3. (ī), f. a side-glance, leer W
  4. a deep place ib
  5. N. of a daughter of Vīraṇa and mother of Cākshusha Hariv
  6. = n. L
  7. n. a fragrant grass, Andropogon Muricatus MBh


  1. ○stamba or m. a tuft or bunch of (fragrant) grass ib


  1. ○stambaka m. a tuft or bunch of (fragrant) grass ib


  1. vīraṇaka m. (g. riśyâdi) N. of a serpent-demon MBh


  1. vīraṇin m. N. of a teacher Cat


  1. vīrayā́ ind. (instr.) with heroism, courageously, boldly RV


  1. vīrayú mfn. heroic, valiant, bold ib


  1. vīrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to act like a hero, show heroism Uttarar. (○yita n. impers.)


  1. vīriṇa m. n. (cf. bīriṇa) Andropogon Muricatus ŚBr. GṛŚrS
  2. (íṇī), f. See s.v


  1. ○tūla n. a tuft of Andropogon MṭMuricatus Kauś


  1. ○miśrá mfn. mixed with AṭAndropogon Muricatus ŚBr


  1. ○vat (in karṣū-viiriṇa-vat mfn. furnished with furrows or trenches and with the Vīriṇa plant) KātyŚr


  1. vīríṇī f. a mother of sons RV. x, 86, 9
  2. N. of a wife of Daksha (also called Asiknī, daughter of Vīraṇa and mother of a thousand sons
  3. cf. viiraṇī) MBh
  4. wṛ. for ūriṇī MatsyaP


  1. vīreṇya mfn. manly, heroic RV


  1. vīryá n. (ifc. f. ā) manliness, valour, strength, power, energy RV. &c. &c